United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Radiation
Office of
Radiation Programs
Washington, DC 20460
EPA 520/1-83-013-2
November 1983
Analysis of Costs for
Compliance with Federal
Radiation Protection
Guidance for Occupational
Exposure

Volume

-------
                              DISCLAIMER NOTICE

The  views  and conclusions contained in  this document  are  those of the authors and
should  not  be interpreted as necessarily representing the official policies  or  recom-
mendations of the Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Government.

-------
                                                 EPA 520/1-83-013-2
Analysis of Costs for Compliance with Federal Radiation
     Protection Guidance for Occupational Exposure
                 (Proposed on January 23,1981)
      Volume II:  Case Study Analysis of the Impacts of
     Proposed Radiation Protection Guidance for Workers
                        November 1983
               Prepared under Contract No. 68-01-6486
                    by Jack Faucett Associates
                     Chevy Chase, Maryland
                             and
                   S. Cohen and Associates, Inc.
                        McLean, Virginia
                   Office of Radiation Programs
                  Environmental Protection Agency
                     Washington, D.C. 20460

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION                                                                PAGE

             ACKNOWLEDGEMENT	       ii

             INTRODUCTION	       1
                 Selection of the Case Studies	       1
                 Conduct of the Case Studies	      11

   A.        HOSPITALS
                 A.I    Large Hospital	      18
                 A.2    Large Teaching Hospital	      28
                 A.3    Medical Center	      39
                 A.4    Small Hospital	      48

   B.        MEDICAL PRIVATE OF PRACTICE
                 B.I    Private Practice in Radiology	      56
                 B.2    Private Practice in Nuclear Medicine	      62

   C.        INDUSTRIAL RADIOGRAPHY
                 C.I    Large Contract Industrial Radiographer	      70
                 C.2    Small Contract Industrial Radiographer	      78
                 C.3    In-House Radiographer	      85

   D.        MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION
                 D.I    Manufacturer and Distributor of Clinical and Re-
                         search Radioisotopes	      92
                 D.2    Manufacturer and Distributor of Large Sources  .  .     102

   E.        FABRICATORS OF LIGHT WATER REACTOR FUEL
                 E.I    Large LWR Fuel Fabricator	     110
                 E.2    Small LWR Fuel Fabricator	     123

   F.        WELL LOGGER	     131

   G.        DENTAL PRACTICE	     140

   H.        DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY FACILITIES
                 H.I    Rocky Flats Plant	     143
                 H.2    Idaho National Engineering Laboratory (INEL).  .  .     152

   I.         COMMERCIAL LIGHT WATER REACTORS
                 LI     Relative  New BWR	     162
                 L2     Relative  Old BWR	     169
                 L3     Relative  New PWR	     177
                 L4     Relative  Old PWR I	     185
                 L5     Relative  Old PWR H	     193

   J.        UNIVERSITY REACTOR	     199

   K.        URANIUM PROCESSING
                 K.I    Large Uranium Mill	     207
                 K.2    Uranium  Conversion Plant	     217

   L.        NUCLEAR PHARMACY	     230

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This study of worker protection from ionizing radiation was directed by Michael F.
Lawrence. Mr. Lawrence and Dr. Sanford Cohen of SC&A were  co-principal  investi-
gators and conducted the case studies.  Dr.  Cohen is the principal author of the case
study report and Mr. Lawrence is the  principal  author of the cost  report.  Mr.  Charles
Weaver participated in the case study of the Uranium mill and processing industry and
prepared reports on that industry and the  nuclear power industry.  Mr. Gary  Mathias
assisted in the preparation of the cost  report.

EPA technical direction for the project was provided  by Andrew Leiter of the Office of
Radiation Programs  and valuable comments   and  recommendations  were provided
through the study by ORP staff including Allan Richardson, Byron Hunger and DeVaughn
Nelson.

However, the  strongest acknowledgement  goes to the health physics professionals at
each of the 27 establishments where case studies were conducted. In each case their
full cooperation, spending time with the case study team and promptly reviewing the
draft case study reports, made this study possible.

-------
                                  INTRODUCTION
 This report contains the writeups of case studies conducted in support of an effort to
 estimate  costs  and  economic  impacts  of proposed  Federal Radiation  Protection
 Guidance  for Occupational Exposures.    A  summary  of the proposed  guidelines,
 compared against the existing FRC (Federal Radiation  Council) guidelines,  is given in
 Exhibit 1.  The circled numbers in the summary correspond to the order in which these
 items are discussed in the case study writeups.  The case studies were conducted during
 the period  November 1981 through January 1983.  The  purpose of the case studies was
 to develop  background information on representative organizations necessary to deter-
 mine the impact of the proposed guidelines on selected industries. This information was
 used, together with other data, to estimate the aggregate costs of compliance with  the
                                                                         2
 proposed guidelines. The cost estimates are contained in a companion report.

 The  categories of organizations using sources of ionizing radiation, together with  the
 numbers of case studies  in each category, are  given in  Exhibit 2. The total number of
 case studies was constrained by the available budget to 24. The justification for  the
 allocation of case studies among the 24 slots is discussed below.

                             Selection of the Case Studies
 The case studies were selected in three parts. Initially, 15 private sector case studies
 were  selected  specifically to evaluate the impact of the proposed EPA  guidelines.
 Then,  two additional  case  studies were  added  to evaluate  the  impact of the  EPA
 guidelines on Department of Energy Facilities.  Finally, nine additional private sector
 case studies were chosen, primarily to evaluate the impact of preliminary revisions by
 the Nuclear Regulatory Commission to 10 CFR  Part  20.  The  NRC case studies are
                                o
 contained in a separate report.    However,  versions  of  these case studies directed
 toward the proposed EPA guidelines were drafted and are contained herein.
 Federal Radiation Protection  Guidance for Occupational Exposures; Proposed Recom-
 mendations, Request for Written Comments, and Public Hearings,  U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, Federal Register, Vol. 46, No. 15, January 23, 1981.
2
 Cost of Compliance with Proposed Radiation  Protection Guidance for Workers, Jack
 Faucett Associates, September 1983.
3
 Cost of Compliance with Occupational Exposure Revisions to 10 CFR 20, Jack Faucett
 Associates and SC&A, December 1982.

-------
                                                                             EXHIBIT 1
                                  SUMMARY OP PROPOSED CHANGES IN OCCUPATIONAL RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE
  REQUIREMENT
  Justification
       FRC GUIDANCE

"...no man-made radiation exposure
without the expectation of bene-
fit..."
     PROPOSED NEW GUIDANCE
"...occupational exposure should be Justified by the
net benefit ... include consideration! of alterna-
tives not requiring exposure."
     INTERPRETIVE ASSUMPTIONS
No substantive change from current
requirement*! I.e., no new paperwork
required.
  ALARA
"„.encourage maintenance of radi-
ation doses as far below this guide
as practicable.*
                                                                     '...assure that collective dose I* ALARA." Abo,
                                                                     maintain Individual dosea and lifetime doses
                                                                     ALARA.
                                               No substantive change from currant
                                               requirements) I.e., no new paperwork
                                               required.
BPQ1
W.B,
Rat*
Accumulated

Internal Exposure*


to





Combined uniform W.B. •;-
and Internal exposure*.
Extremltlei and Individual
Organs









*-3 rem/qtr. \l}
1- MN-18) limit, where N • age. (2\
vCx
Individual critical organ UmlU
carried out through MFC's (Radio-
activity Concentration Guide*)








Independent limit*

Hinds A forearms, feet & ankle*
< 25 rem/qtr. end t- 75 rem/yr.
Head and trunk, active blood (3)
forming organs, gonads, or eye V_X
lens i- S rem/qtr.
Skin of W.B. A thyroid < 10
rem/qtr. and i. 30 rem/yr.
Bone < 0.1 Mgm Ra-226 or equlv.
body burden
Other-organs r 5 rem/qtr. and
15 rem/yr.

<5 rem/yr.1
<;100 rem objective In lifetime.

I w.H, T S rem/yr., where H. 1* annual dose
equivalent and committed do** equlv. to orgaa
I, andi
CT-0-1'
"red bone marrow " *•**
"thyroid"0-04
"bone surface* " °-OJ
"•kin * °"°l
"other organ. '"-M
Radioactivity Intake Factor* (RIFs) oalou-
lated from the above.

W.B. + S WjHj < S r»ra/yr.

Hand* <- 50 rem/yr.

By* law or gonads < S rem/yr.

Other organs < 39 rem/yr.






The quarterly Imlt 1* eliminated.
Assume existing workers are grand-
fathered.
Mote constraint* from subsequent
requirement* on gonads and other organ*.






EPA will supply value* of KIT* ud
corresponding I1PCX •* In the Attach-
ment.

1


Include* external •xpojur* and committed
dose equivalent from Internal.







YAa an alternative, consider W.B. RPQ < 1.5 rem/yr.
  "Annual committed dose equivalent" means the sum of all dose equivalent* that may accumulate over an Individual's remaining lifetime (usually taken as 50 yean)
  from radioactivity that is taken Into the body In a given year.
  If any opaclfio RIP !B larger than currently In uso, uea current limit.

-------
                                                                             EXHIBIT 1
                                SUMMARY OP PROPOSED CHANGES IN OCCUPATIONAL RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE
                                                                        (Continued)
REQUIREMENT
Exposure of Minor*  '*

Exposur* of Unborn
       FRC GUIDANCE

1/10 RPQ*
                                                                          PROPOSED NEW GUIDANCE

                                                                     1/10 RPQ1!
                                                                                       INTERPRETIVE ASSUMPTIONS
No Outdance
                                                                     Alternatlvesi
                                                                     I.  Women voluntarily keep dote to unborn v 0.8
                                                                        rem during known/suspected pregnancy.

                                                                     II.  Women able to bear children voluntarily avoid
                                                                        job* with doaa > 0.1 rem/mo., and keep dose
                                                                        to unborn < O.S rem during known pregnancy.

                                                                     111. Women able to bear children limited to Joba
                                                                        with doae ^ O.S rem/mo. and dot* to unborn
                                                                        v O.S rem.
                                                                                  Requirement on the unborn U awumed
                                                                                  to be met It satisfied by the woman.
Lower UmlU
Permitted after eoniideratlon by
agency.
                                                                     Agencies may set UmlU below RPQt and RlTs
                                                                     when appropriate.
                                                                                   Aaiume RPQ% In this guidance for purpose*
                                                                                   of east estimate.  If any future lower limit*,
                                                                                   the other regulatory agencies would Justify
                                                                                   them separately.
Higher LUnlU
Permitted after consideration by
agency.
                                                                     Permitted after consideration by agency (but
                                                                     must be publicly disclosed).
                                                                                  Assume RPQ% In this guidance for purpose*
                                                                                  of oost estimate.  If any future lower limits,
                                                                                  the other regulatory agencies would Justify
                                                                                  them separately.
Training


Monitoring
No guidance



No guidance
                                                                     All radiation workers must be Instructed on
                                                                     level* of risk from radiation and radiation proUe-
                                                                     tlon principles.
                                                                                   Quantitative guidance on risk.
                                                                     Range A (assume ^-0.1 RPG)i Monitor area
                                                                     exposure rate* to assure exposure* in rang* and
                                                                     ALARA.
                                                                     Range B (assume -^0.1 RPQ and < 0.3 RPGh
                                                                     Monitor and record Individual exposure*.
                                                                     Range C (assume 70.3 RPQ and < 1.0 HPG)i
                                                                     Monitor area exposure rates before and during
                                                                     tasks in addition to monitoring individual
                                                                     exposures.
                                                                                   Done once and for all unless changes la
                                                                                   source and/or exposure configuration.

                                                                                   Individual dosimeter* and records.

                                                                                   Individual dosimeter* and records plus
                                                                                   surveys before and during task*.
Supervision
No guidance
                                                                     Range A (assume z-0.1 RPQ)i No requirements.

                                                                     Range B (assume-? 0.1 RPQ and < 0.3 RPQh
                                                                     Provide professional radiation protection
                                                                   I  supervision  sufficient to assure exposure*
                                                                   |  justified and ALARA.
                                                                     Range C (assume > 0.3 RPQ and t-1.0 RPQh
                                                                     Provide professional radiation protection
                                                                     supervision  before and while tasks are under-
                                                                     taken which make significant contribution to
                                                                     exposures in this range and to assure exposures
                                                                     are ALARA.
                                                                                                                    Assume radiation protection professional
                                                                                                                    la available but not necessarily full-time.
                                                                                                                    Also, assume no formal paperwork required.

                                                                                                                    Assume full-time radiation protection
                                                                                                                    supervision. Exposure to the supervisor
                                                                                                                    is not Implied.

-------
                     EXHIBIT 2

   CATEGORIES AND NUMBERS OF CASE STUDIES

CATEGORY                               NUMBER

Hospitals                                      4
Medical Private Practice                        2
Industrial Radiography                          3
Manufacturing and Distribution                  2
Fabricators of Light Water                      2
  Reactor Fuel
Well Logger                                    1
Dentist                                        1
Department of Energy Facilities                 2
Commercial Light Water Reactors               5
University Reactor                              1
Uranium Mill                                   1
Uranium Conversion Facility                     1
Nuclear Pharmacy                              1

-------
  The initial 15 private sector case studies were selected on the basis of potential impact,
  drawing heavily from the 1975 EPA study of occupational exposures.1   Impact was
  defined as the degree to which a particular industry might be affected by the proposed
  guidelines.   Numbers of workers  potentially  exposed in excess of 5  rem  was not
  considered to be a sufficient criterion, since the establishment of a  5 rem/year whole-
  body RPG is only one part of the proposed guidance. (Also, many of  the alleged annual
  exposures in excess of 5 rem in the 1975 data base may be anomalous.)

  The following were considered as possible indicators of impact:

        1.     Numbers of whole-body exposures in excess of 5 rem
        2.     Numbers of whole-body exposures in Range B (0.5-1.5 rem) and Range C
              (1.5-5 rem)
        3.     Numbers of females of child-bearing age with exposures in excess 0.5 rem
        4.     Numbers of organ exposures in excess of the proposed RPG's
        5.     Numbers of workers with measurable internal exposures
  Cross-industry data were unavailable for items 4 and 5. Thus items 1 through 3  were
                                      2
  used as the actual indicators of impact.

  Exhibit 3 presents items 1,  2, and 3  from the data  given in the  1975 occupational
                                                                   o
  exposure report, according to the "activity" categories given therein.   We observed
  that, aside from the Power Reactor  Category, only  the  medical  categories include
  significant numbers of  exposures to  females of child-bearing age.   Noting  this, we
  simplified the selection process by 1) discarding activities for which no exposures  were
 Occupational Exposure to Ionizing Radiation in the  United States;  A Comprehensive
 Summary  for the  Year  1975, U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Office  of
 Radiation Programs, EPA 520/4-80-001, November 1980.
2
 The estimates of female exposures were taken from  a  contractor report, Occupational
 Exposures  to Ionizing  Radiation  within  the  United  States  for the  Year  1975-A
 Statistical Data Base, prepared by Teknekron, Inc., under  EPA  Contract No. 68-01-
 1953, July 1978.
3
 1.0 rem. rather than 1.5 rem, approximates the exposure separating Ranges B and C.

-------
                                            EXHIBIT 3
   Activity

 1.   Power Rectors

 2.   Industrial
      Radiography

 3.   Manufacturing &
      Distribution

 4.   Fuel Processing &
      Fabrication

 5.   Medical Hospital/
      Clinics

 6.   Other Industrial

 7.   Veterinary

 8.   Medical Private

 9.   Waste Disposal

10.   Education

11.   Dental

12.   Podiatrists

13.   Uranium Mills

14.   Chiropractors

15.   Transportation
SUMMARY
OF HIGH EXPOSURE


DATA FROM 1975 SUMMARY
Estimated Total
Number of Workers
55,000
20,000
11,000
11,000
100,000
170,000
18,000
138,000
300
22,000
270,000
10,000
300
15,000
77,000
Percent of Workers
>5 1.0-5.0
rem rem
0.5% 12.8%
0.4% 8.5%
0.5% 5.7%
0.7% 5.6%
0.2% 4.2%
0.2% 3.5%
0.2% 1.1%
0.3% 2.5%
0.0% 0.0%
0.1% 1.5%
0.1% 0.5%
0.0% 0.0%
0.0% 0.0%
0.0% 0.2%
0.0% 0.2%
Exposed
0.5-1.0
rem
5.7%
6.4%
4.2%
5.9%
5.6%
1.8%
1.6%
2.8%
0.0%
1.8%
0.6%
0.0%
0.0%
0.9%
0.6%
Percent of Females
Ages 18-39 Exposed
to>0.5 rem
16%
0%
1%
0%
7%
1%
3%
4%
No Data
2%
1%
0%.
0%
No Data
No Data

-------
recorded in excess of 5 rem, and 2) considering only exposures in excess of 0.5 rem and
5.0 rem.  Thus, we estimated in each category the total number of workers exposed to
radiation in excess of these limits and computed the percentage contributed to the total
for each category. These results are given in Exhibit 4.

From the percentages given in Exhibit 4, a preliminary allocation of case studies was
made.  At the time, it was assumed that enough data existed in the open literature on
power reactors so that a case study was unnecessary.  Assuming 15 case studies for the
remaining  activities, the allocation of case studies to  each activity is given  by the
following:

                                             Potential Numbers
                     Activity                   of Case Studies
           Industrial Radiography                     ~1
           Manufacturing & Distribution               0-1
           Fuel Processing & Fabrication              0-1
           Medical Hospital/Clinic                    2-4
           Other Industrial                            3-4
           Veterinary                                ~0
           Medical Private                            4-3
           Education                                 ~0
           Dental                                    3-1
Where a spread is indicated, the number on the left was determined from the exposures
in excess  of 5 rem, whereas the number on the right was derived from the exposures
over 0.5 rem.

Additional decision rules were used to select the final  numbers of case studies for each
activity.  We placed more emphasis on  the results based on exposures in excess of 0.5
rem because of the belief that many of the measured  exposures in excess of 5 rem are
anomalous and because it was assumed that the cost impact from the 5 rem  RPG would
not constitute a significant fraction of the costs of compliance.

It  was necessary to  further disaggregate the "other industrial" category into  industry
sectors.   This category is complex;  it  contains exposures from the  industrial use of
electronic machines, as well as exposures from radionuclides licensed by the Agreement
States used for industrial radiography and manufacturing & distribution.

-------
                                          EXHIBIT 4
                    ESTIMATED NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES OF WORKERS
                      EXPOSED TO HIGH AND LOW DOSAGES, BY ACTIVITY
                                         Estimated Workers
                                           >5 rem
Estimated Workers
   > (K 5 rem
            Activity

  1.   Power Reactors*

  2.   Industrial Radiography

  3.   Manufacturing 
-------
An NRC breakdown (by Program Codes) of the Other Industrial category is  given in
Exhibit 5  for  those  Program  Codes  containing  significant numbers of  monitored
workers.  Estimates are shown for the numbers of workers exposed in  excess of 5 rem
and  0.5 rem for the year 1978.  From these data,  it was determined that the only
subcategory  with significant numbers of  workers exposed  is that of  well  logging.
Moreover,  from a comparison of the numbers given  in  Exhibit 5 with those  given in
Exhibit 4 for the other activities, it was determined that well logging  warrants only a
single case study.

It was  concluded that  the  exposures other  than from  well  logging in the "other
industrial"  category are attributable  to  industrial  radiography and manufacturing and
distribution activities  regulated by the states.  Therefore, the numbers of case studies
in the  industrial radiography  and manufacturing and distribution sectors were increased
to three and two, respectively.

One other  change  from the preliminary numbers of case studies was deemed to  be
desirable.   Because of the large  number of case  studies in  the  medical sector, and
because of the frequent overlap between private practice and hospital  practice, it was
decided to  reduce  the number  of medical private case  studies  from three  to  two.
Correspondingly, the  number of case studies in  the fuel processing  and fabrication
sector  was  increased  from one  to two because of the interest in the impact of the
internal exposure provisions of the proposed guidelines.

In order to adequately  measure the impact of the proposed guidelines, at least one small
firm in each  of the industrial  radiography, manufacturing and distribution, and fuel
processing and fabrication sectors were examined.

The  two Department of Energy  facility case studies were selected by EPA.  In making
the selection, EPA placed considerable weight on the potential for internal exposures.

The nine additional case studies  for NRC were selected for activities which were felt to
be inadequately  covered by the 15 initial case studies. The most obvious category was
that of commercial power reactors. Because of the importance of this  category to the
NRC, five  case studies were scheduled.  Uranium milling and UFg conversion  were
added because a significant  impact from the internal exposure provisions of both the
proposed EPA guidelines and  the revised 10 CFR Part  20 could be anticipated for  these

-------
                                                                           EXHIBIT 5
DISAGGREGAT1ON OF "OTHER INDUSTRIAL" CATEGORY OF LICENSEES
NRC Program
Codes
03-110
03-120
03-510 & 520
03-710
11-100 thru 500
21-130 & 240
Description
Well Logging
Other Measuring Systems
Irradiators
Civil Defense
All Source Materials
Special Nuclear Material
Total No.*
Monitored
5,044
17,553
2,894
1,833
3,041
5,969
Estimated No,**
Nationwide
13,000
49,000
7,000
5,000
8,000
9,000
Percent Workers*
Exposed 5 rem
(in 1978)
0.2%
0.0196
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.03%
Estimated No.
Exposed
5 rem
30
5
0
0
0
3
Percent Workers*
Exposed 0.5 rem
(in 1978)
13.6%
0.6%
1.3%
0.2%
6.5%
2.0%
Estimated No.
Exposed
0.5 rem
1,800
300
90
10
500
200
  22-110 thru 200   (not incl. Fuel Fabrication
  23-100 & 200      and Processing)
 •From  Occupational Radiation Exposure; Eleventh  Annual Report 1978, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of Management and  Program Analysis, NUREG-0593,
  January 1981.

""Obtained by  correcting  the Total No.  Monitored for  the  fraction of  licensees reporting, and  doubling  the corrected number  to account for Agreement  State
  licensees (assumed to be roughly comparable in number to the NRC licensees).

-------
industries.  A nuclear pharmacy was added because, during the hospital case studies it
became apparent that a portion of the historic dose for this sector had been shifted to
the nuclear pharmacies that  were preparing unit dosages  outside the hospitals.  Finally,
a university research reactor was added at the suggestion  of NRC.

                            Conduct of the Case Studies

The case studies were conducted using the following step-wise procedure:

1.     Initial Telephone Contacts

Candidates for the  case studies were  contacted by telephone to determine their
appropriateness and willingness to be participants in the case studies. To determine the
appropriateness, the following information was solicited:
       •     The nature of their business
       •     The number of  badged  employees
       •     Rough numbers of high exposures
       •     The potential for  costs to their  operations  attributable to the guidelines
             (usually unknown, initially)

To determine the willingness, the following information was imparted:
       •     Short history of the FRC, the role of EPA,  and the role of the regulatory
             agencies
       •     Short history of this rulemaking process
       •     Description of  the tasks under the contract, including the numbers of case
             studies planned for each category
       •     The responsibilities of the participants in the case studies planned for
             each category

2.     Confirmatory Telephone Contacts

Several followup  telephone contacts were usually necessary to confirm the willingness
of each candidate to participate in  the case studies.  At this  time,  potential schedule
conflicts of the candidate were explored for the following two-month period so that an
overall schedule could be developed  for the interviews.

                                        11

-------
 3.     Scheduling of the Interviews

 After the master schedule was developed, the candidates were contacted to confirm the
 dates for the interviews.  A few iterations were necessary in some cases.

 4.     Confirmatory Letter

 Confirmatory letters were sent to the participants giving the dates for the interviews
 and the nature  of  the  information  to be  solicited.  A copy of the Federal  Register
 notice and the  existing FRC guidelines were included, so that the participant  could
 begin preparing  for  the interview.  A sample letter is given in Exhibit 6.

 5.     Summary Information

 Approximately 1 1/2 weeks before each interview, a packet of information was sent to
 the participant.  This packet consisted of a cover letter (Exhibit 7), a summary of the
 proposed changes to the  Guidelines (Exhibit 1), and a summary of the information to be
 obtained in the interview (Exhibit 8).

 6.     Conduct of the Interviews

 The interviews  were  conducted on the premises of the participants.  The discussions
 lasted for periods ranging from one-half to  one  working day.   Two members of  the
 project  team,  an engineer and  an economist,  were always present.  The representative
 of the organization  was generally the Radiation Safety  Officer.  Others present at the
 meetings ranged from company presidents to radiologic technicians.  The discussions
 were informal, but directed. The first half of the discussions were designed to solicit
general information about the  organization, those items given  in Part  I of Exhibit 8.
 The second half  addressed the impact of the proposed guidelines, using the  summary in
Exhibit  1 as a "road map".  The provisions of  the proposed guidelines were discussed in
the order denoted by the circle  numbers given  in the margins of Exhibit 1.
                                        12

-------
                                     EXHIBIT 6
                                Confirmatory Letter
Mr. Joe Doe
Radiation Safety Officer
XYZ Corporation
Address
City, State, Zip

Dear Mr. Doe:

Thank  you  for volunteering to  assist us  in  estimating the costs of  meeting the
Environmental Protection Agency's proposed Federal Radiation Protection  Guidance for
Occupational Exposures.  Jack Faucett Associates is currently under contract with EPA
to conduct such cost estimates, and we are planning to synthesize industry-wide costs
from the case studies conducted with you and other participants. In confirmation of our
early telephone conversation, we  expect to meet  with  you at time, date, at  your
facilities.

At that time,  we hope to solicit from  you information relating to your costs of meeting
the provisions of the proposed Guidance, assuming that the Guidance  is approved and
promulgated in the form of regulation by the cognizant Federal agencies. We realize
that these assumptions are speculative at this time, but they are necessary in order  to
collect the data which are necessary for cost-benefit type analyses.

Some public  responses  to the  Federal  Register  notice  have identified  potential
compliance  costs such as increased training, education of staff, recordkeeping, badging,
and/or monitoring.  Additionally,  the  use of outside services (health physics support,
assays,  etc.),  the  hiring of  additional staff,  or  the  purchase of  additional capital
equipment might be involved.  Finally, consideration should be given to the possibility
of additional shielding and/or the revision of existing work  practices.

I am enclosing  a  copy  of the Federal register notice, along  with  the  existing FRC
guidance, for your convenience.  Also, about a  week before our scheduled discussions I
will  send to you  a  summary of the  proposed  guidance  in  a  format convenient for
discussions,  with some clarifying commentary.

Dr. Cohen and I are looking forward to meeting you on date.

                                             Sincerely,
                                             Mike Lawrence
                                             Jack Faucett Associates
Enclosure
                                         13

-------
                                    EXHIBIT 7

                       Cover Letter with Summary Information

 Mr. Joe Doe
 Radiation Safety Officer
 XYZ Corporation
 Address
 City, State Zip

 Dear Mr. Doe:

 In preparation for our discussions on date, I am enclosing two items. Attachment 1 is a
 summary of the proposed changes in the occupational radiation guidance. I hope that
 this format,  which compares the proposed recommendations  with the  existing  FRC
 guidance, and additionally provides some clarifying interpretive assumptions,  is conven-
 ient for purposes of our discussions. Attachment 2 is a list of  the information that  we
 hope to obtain during our discussion.

 We hope to keep our discussions as informal as possible.  Dr. Cohen and I  will represent
 Jack Faucett Associates.  Although we hope to keep the meeting as small  as possible, it
 might be helpful to include additional representatives from XYZ Corporation if they can
 assist us in estimating the costs of compliance  with the Guidance.

 For  example,  it  might  be  necessary  to include a  particular engineer/technician
 (physician) if one of the recommendations would involve  revised work practices and/or
 the acquisition of specialized equipment.

 We are looking forward to seeing you at time, date.

                                            Sincerely,
                                             Mike Lawrence
                                             Jack Faucett Associates
Enclosures
                                       14

-------
                                     EXHIBIT 8

                  Information to be Obtained from the Case Studies

I.      Description of the Firm
             1.     Products  and/or  services and  markets, including estimate of total
                    output
             2.     Jobs  performed  by radiation  workers, and  importance to overall
                    operations
             3.     Employment - total and radiation workers
             4.     Labor costs (radiation workers vis-a-vis other workers)
             5.     Exposure  distributions for each category of radiation worker
             6.     Existing radiation protection measures
                    a.     Training/education
                    b.     Badging/monitoring/assays
                    c.     Professional H. P. supervision
                    d.     Shielding
                    e.     Capital equipment
                    f.     Work practices

II.     Costs of Compliance with Proposed Guidance
                    See Attached Incremental Cost Matrix

III.     Impact on Firm
             1.     Increase in collective exposure
             2.     Effect on cost
             3.     Effect on level of service
             4.     Effect on level of output
             5.     Effect on prices
             6.     Effect on profitability
             7.     Effect on employment
             8.     Plant closure
                                         15

-------
                                                                      EXHIBIT 8 (Continued)


                                                                  INCREMENTAL COST MATRIX

                                                                   PROVISIONS OF GUIDELINES
                                                                   RPG's
                                                                            Individual        Exposure
    Cost Item          Justification     ALARA       W.B.    Internal        Organs         of Unborn  Training   Monitoring   Supervision

    Training/Education


    Recordkeeping

    Badging


    Monitoring


    Outside Services

     Assays


     H.P. Services

    Additional Workers
o>  	:—	—	—
    Capital Equipment


    Shielding


    Re vised'Work Practices

    Other

-------
 7.     Writeups of the Case Studies

 With the  exception of  the  Department of  Energy facilities,  the  case studies  were
 written  up anonymously, as requested  by some of the respondents.  The information
 provided in the writeups follows the order of  the discussions fairly closely.  Initially,
 general  descriptive material about the organization is presented.  This is followed by
 discussions of  the  impact of the individual  provisions of the  guidelines,  in the order
 given by the circled numbers in the margins of Exhibit 1.

 8.     Review of the Case Study Writeups

 The  initial drafts of the case study writeups were sent for review to the originating
 organizations.   In some cases, the writeups contained blanks reflecting gaps in the
 information. The respondents were asked to  fill in the blanks,  if possible,  and to make
 changes in or corrections to  any  of the information contained in  the writeups which
 incorrectly represented the  facts  or  the  organization's positions  on specific issues.
 Typically, these changes were minor, and the reviews  did not alter  the descriptions of
 the impacts of  the proposed guidelines contained in the initial drafts.

 It is important  to point out that the  case studies largely reflect  the organizations' views
 regarding the  impact  of the  proposed  guidelines on their organizations.  These views
 were subjected to considerable discussion and,  in some cases, attack during the course
 of the face-to-face meetings.  Thus, these views, except where noted parenthetically in
 the writeups, appear credible to the authors  of this report, at  least insofar as spirited
 discussions could ascertain.  However, the budget did not allow  us to go into the field to
 directly monitor exposure rates, or to observe area work habits or procedures.   This
 would have provided us with an additional degree of confidence in the results.
*The  case studies  originally selected for NRC  were not  subjected  to  this additional
 review step.  This is because these case study writeups were adaptations of case study
 writeups directed  toward revisions to 10  CFR Part  20, which were subjected to reviews
 by the originating  organizations. These case studies consisted of the 5 commercial light
 water reactors, the  university reactor, the uranium  mill,  the  uranium  conversion
 facility, and the nuclear pharmacy.
                                          17

-------
                               A.I  LARGE HOSPITAL

 This 650-bed hospital is located in an affluent suburb of a relatively large metropolitan
 area. The hospital is at full capacity (approximately 90% utilization), with no available
 beds for elective surgery at the time of the interview, and no further slots for affiliated
 physicians. The hospital employs approximately 2800  full-time employees, with roughly
 375 of them monitored for radiation exposure.

 Most of the hospital workers who  are exposed to radiation work in the following four
 departments of the hospital.

                               i.  Radiation Oncology

 This department maintains  two linear accelerators, a 6 MV and a 10 MV machine, both
 manufactured  by Siemens.   Although both machines are  used primarily to  produce
 bremmstrahlung photons, the 10 MV  machine also is capable of producing 6, 8,  10, and
 12 Mev electron beams.  Approximately 100  patients are treated with  these machines
 daily.   The department also administers  braehytherapy, consisting largely of  Cs-137
 sources (usually 70 mg of radium equivalent).  On the  average,  two  to three procedures
 are performed each month.

 The Radiation  Oncology Department  utilizes the services of one medical physicist, one
 dosimetrist, one engineering technician (to  maintain the  linear accelerators), three
 radiation oncologists (physicians), two nurses,  eight technologists and four secretaries.
 The medical physicist  is certified  by the  American  Board of Radiology (he is the only
 full-time "radiation protection professional" in the hospital).  He is also the  Radiation
 Safety Officer  in the hospital, and  spends approximately 25%  of his  time  in, that
 capacity.  AdditionaUy,  on  the  floor that  houses the  brachytherapy patients, approxi-
 mately 30 nurses are potentially exposed to radiation.

Over the  most  recent  12-month period,   approximately  80% of  the  personnel  in the
Radiation Oncology Department received  exposures of less  than 0.025  rem/yr.  The
medical physicist received the highest annual exposure, approximately 0.08 rem.
                                       18

-------
                             ii.  Diagnostic Radiology

This department maintains two  CAT scanners (one for the head and the other for the
whole body) and 43 X-ray tube heads (two located at a remote facility). There are two
special procedures' rooms, in which, for example, angiography is performed.

The department utilizes the services of  13  physicians and approximately  70 technolo-
gists.   Several of the  physicians also  maintain radiology  practices outside of the
hospital, and only their exposures  received in the hospital are under its administrative
control.

Over the most recent  12-month  period, approximately  50% of the personnel in the
Diagnostic Radiology Department received  exposures of less than 0.025 rem/yr.  The
remaining  received an  average annual exposure of  approximately 0.15 rem.   The
maximum annual exposure was 0.5  rem, to a technologist.

                               iii.  Nuclear Medicine

This department, which is administered by pathologists, is relatively small for a 650-bed
hospital.  It would be more more typical of a 250-bed facility.  The number of radio-
immuno-assays using Tc-99m is  relatively high.  Approximately 30 Xe-133 procedures
are carried out monthly.

The department utilizes the services of approximately five physicians and  five to seven
technologists.  The physicians also maintain outside practices, and only their exposures
within the hospital are under its  administrative control.  For their outside practices, the
physicians have separate licenses with the NRC.

Over the most recent 12-month  period, approximately 55% of the personnel in nuclear
medicine received exposures of less than  0.025 rem/yr. The remaining 45% received an
annual whole-body exposure  of  approximately 0.1 - 0.3  rem.  The maximum annual
exposure was 0.33 rem.

Approximately two years ago, the department ceased  production of Tc-99m dosages
from an in-house molybdenum generator and went to an outside vendor.  This reduced
the exposures of in-house personnel by approximately 30%, on the average.

                                       19

-------
                       iv.  Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory

 This department  is  typical  for a  650-bed hospital,  although for the  number of
 procedures, two rooms, rather than the one room at this hospital, would be available.
 Approximately 1,150  catheterizations were performed over the most recent 12-month
 period, and the work load is growing rapidly. The department utilizes the services of 10
 physicians and approximately 31 technologists.

 The exposures are derived in roughly equal amounts  from the insertion of the catheter
 (under  fluoroscopy)  and  from the filming after the dye is injected (30  frames per
 second).  Over the most recent 12-month period, 40% of the  technicians in  the cardiac
 laboratory received less than  0.025 rem; the remaining 60%  received an annual whole-
 body exposure of approximately 0.2 rem, with a maximum of approximately 0.5  rem.
 For the physicians, the average annual exposure was 1.9 rem, and  the  maximum  was
 approximately 3.2  rem.  The busiest of  the  physicians (3.4  procedures  per week)
 appeared to be receiving less exposure per procedure  than  the others  (the minimum
 frequency of procedures was 0.65 per week).

               v.   Operating  Room and Coronary Care Recovery Room

 The only sources of exposure  in the operating and recovery  rooms are portable X-ray
 machines which  are  occasionally  used during surgery.    Additionally,  there  is a
 permanent fluoroscopy  unit in coronary care.   Approximately  100 personnel of  the
 operating room staff, an  additional 30 in anaesthesiology, and roughly 30 in coronary
 care are  potentially exposed.   Of these, less than 5% received  measurable exposures
 over the most recent 12-month period.  The  maximum  annual exposure  was approxi-
 mately 0.2 rem.

 Each of the two rooms  which house the linear  accelerators  are shielded with several
 feet of  concrete. The diagnostic radiology rooms, the cardiac eatheterization labora-
 tory, and the hot lab  in the Nuclear Medicine Department are shielded with lead  wall
liners.    Special venting  is installed  in  the laboratory  in  which  xenon  inhalation
procedures are carried out.  For those occasions in which brachytherapy is carried out,
the patient is confined to his own room.

Prior to the consolidation  of radiation safety under the medical physicist approximately
li years ago, each department had its own individual monitoring policy and  contracted

                                       20

-------
separately for dosimeters.  Although dosimetry is now centralized, the dosimetry policy
is still relatively "ad hoc". The attempt is to monitor all potentially exposed personnel,
resulting  in roughly  375 monitored individuals.  However, some of the maintenance
personnel, nursing staff, and clerical personnel who  could possibly be exposed are not
monitored.   The  current policy with  respect to  these personnel is  to issue  them
dosimeters if they request them and if the Radiation Safety Officer judges that it would
be consistent with the ALARA philosophy.

A uniform training program has been in effect for approximately a year, ever since the
radiological technician was hired.  Prior to  that, each department was  responsible for
its own training program. The Diagnostic Radiology and Nuclear Medicine Departments
used  outside consultants for  their radiation physics needs, and  these  consultants did
training on an  "ad hoc" basis.  The  current program provides  one hour of training
annually  for  the   personnel of  each  department.    This training  program  includes
instruction  on levels of risk.   In  this  connection, the  NRC material  (Appendix to
Regulatory Guide  8.29) and  the writings of Bernard  Cohen  (in the  Health  Physics
Journal) have been particularly helpful.

The current salary range for diagnostic radiology technologists in the area in which this
hospital is located is  $14,000  to  $15,000 per year. The corresponding salary range for
cardio-vascular  technologists is  $16,000 to  $17,000  per year.  The salary range  for a
Board-certified  medical physicist  is  $35,000 to $45,000  per  year.    A radiologic
technician earns $18,000 to $20,000 annually.  Fringe benefits amount to an additional
30 - 40 percent of base salary.

                         1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

The change in the  allowable annual whole-body exposure from  3  rem/qtr. to 5 rem/yr.
is expected to have no impact in this hospital.  The hospital has  been living within the 5
rem limit  for some time.  There  were  no  exposures  over the  most recent 12-month
period in  excess of 5 rem.   One physician in the  cardiac catheterization laboratory
received an annual exposure of 3.2 rem;  this  was the  highest annual exposure on record.
The average physician exposure in this department was 1.9 rem. Therefore, even if the
individual physician case load were to double or treble, the proposed limit should entail
no additional costs.
                                        21

-------
                2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

 This limit could have an impact on physicians in the cardiac catheterization laboratory.
 As can be surmised from the discussion given in the previous paragraph,  it is likely that
 heavy case-load physicians in the not-too-distant future will be pushing up against the 5
 rem annual RPG.  Moreover, nothing can be done with existing technology or alterations
 in work  practices to reduce the existing exposure per procedure. Under the proposed
 100 rem lifetime limit,  these  physicians would have  a  20-year  horizon  on their
 practices.  The impact could well be a refusal on the part of  certain physicians to wear
 their dosimeters.

 The problem,  however,  may  be artificial.   The actual  whole-body  doses  to these
 physicians are considerably lower than the readings on the film badges, since the badges
 are worn external to  the lead-impregnated aprons (at the collar level) and aprons are
 consistently  worn. If the badges  were worn under the apron, the facility would be in
 violation of state  regulations.  Therefore, either the state regulations would have to be
 revised  or an  additional dosimeter would have to be worn under  the apron.  (This
 assumes that the  state  would honor the  reading of the under-the-apron badge for
 purposes of compliance with this proposed guideline).

 The current  cost of film badges is approximately $.80/mo./badge.  The administration
 of  the personnel dosimetry program  occupies approximately 20% of the  time of the
 radiologic technician.

 Although the problem  is apparent in the  case of the cardiac catheterization physicians,
 it may also be present, but hidden, in the case of the diagnostic radiology physicians.
 These physicians may be pushing up against the proposed RPG without it showing up on
 their film  badges.   This  is because they may obtain  a  significant  exposure  in their
 private practices outside the administrative control of the hospital, and/or they do not
 consistently wear their film badges at the hospital.

This example highlights the problem in  dealing with the existing 5(N-18) accumulated
exposure limit.  When exposure records are sent for,  there  exists limited confidence
that these  records incorporate  exposures from previous  employment.   Therefore,  the
existing guidance is not enforced; how will the proposed guidance be enforced?!
                                       22

-------
     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

Only the exposure limit on the eye lens may cause a problem.  In the last quarter of
1979, a study was performed to determine the exposure  to the eye lenses of physicians
in cardiac catheterization.  (There could also be a problem with physicians in diagnostic
radiology, but no data exist.)  TLD's taped to the  rims  of spectacles revealed a "high
average" of approximately 0.115 rem/month. Although  this result would not appear to
pose a problem, the current case load is approximately 50% higher than when the study
was  performed, and it  is increasing  at a rapid  rate.  Therefore, if the individual case
load were to increase significantly, eye lens exposures could approach the 5 rem limit.

There are two technological fixes. A hood with a leaded acrylic shield is marketed but
it is unacceptable because it cuts down on mobility.  Lead impregnated eyeglasses are
significantly preferable, although there would be a lot  of resistance to wearing  them,
particularly amongst  those physicians who do not currently wear eyeglasses.  Each pair
of these prescription eyeglasses costs approximately $400.

               4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3  to  1.0 RPG

The  guidance would  require supervision in the cardiac  catheterization laboratory (as
discussed earlier, a typical 650-bed hospital would have two such laboratories) and in
the  two special procedures' rooms  of diagnostic radiology.  (These  two rooms are
adjacent to one another).

This hospital  has one full-time "radiation protection professional" (a  Board-certified
medical physicist), and he is  occupied 75% of his  time  in  the  Radiation Oncology
Department.  Few of the physicians  in the Diagnostic Radiology or Cardiac Catheteri-
zation Departments know how to properly use a  radiation survey meter.

If supervision of these areas required the presence  of a radiation protection profes-
sional, at least two additional medical  physicists or health physicists would have to be
added  to the  staff.    A possible alternative  would be to enhance the training of
physicians potentially involved in these procedures in  the areas of radiation physics and
radiation protection principles.
                                        23

-------
 The requirement of  off-shift  work  is  an  additional consideration.   The  cardiac
 catheterization laboratory is routinely scheduled for 11 hours per day, on the average.
 Additionally, unscheduled usage of this room or the special procedures' rooms occurs, on
 the average, seven to eight times per week.  Thus, the "radiation protection profes-
 sionals" would  have to be willing to be "on call" at odd hours of the night.  Physicians
 handle this by working in teams.

               5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

 This guidance  requires individual dosimeters and  records and  the availability of a
 "radiation protection professional."  The hospital currently has both, so there would be
 no costs of compliance.

 However,  it  was  estimated  that only  approximately  10% of all hospitals  have
 established such  a program.  Therefore, a retrospective  examination  of the costs of
 establishing this program may be helpful. To establish the radiation protection program
 as it currently  exists required approximately 25% of the time of the medical physicist
 during his first year. Thereafter, approximately 10% of the medical physicist's time is
 required to maintain  the program.  Additionally, approximately 50% of the time of a
 radiologic technician is required.

 An outside consultant could substitute for the medical physicist,  if a full-time medical
 physicist were not in the employ of the hospital. However, it is unlikely that this would
 be as cost-effective, as long as a large percentage of the medical physicist's time could
 be picked up by mainstream hospital activities.

                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

The question associated with this guideline is the definition of a "radiation worker."  At
present,  approximately 375 personnel are routinely monitored  by  the hospital.   A
training program, including quantitative guidance  on risk,  is now in existence.   As
discussed earlier, this consists of one hour per  year  of formal training specifically
tailored to  each of five departments.  Thus, there would be no costs at this facility to
comply with the training guidance.
                                        24

-------
However, it was estimated that less than 5% of hospitals have formal training programs
in radiation  protection.   Therefore,  a retrospective examination  of the  costs  of
establishing this program may be helpful. It is estimated that approximately 30% of the
time  of the radiologic technician is  occupied with  training.   They are currently
developing a pamphlet to distribute  to radiation workers which  will discuss basic
radiation protection principles as well as provide quantitative guidance or risk. A $400
video tape marketed by Radiation Management Corporation is  useful in  this regard.
There is considerable demand for custom-tailored training packages.

               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

The hospital is currently operating within the framework of  Alternative a.  This was
instituted several years ago,  and seems to  work very well. If pregnant,  a woman is
allowed  to remove herself from activities  involving exposure to the unborn.  In the
Diagnostic Radiology Department, significant exposures can only be received in the
special   procedures' rooms.   Roughly five  women are  currently  pregnant in this
department.  The administration  insists that pregnant  women wear lead  aprons and
dosimeters under the aprons, and they are  restricted from fluoroscopy and special
procedures.

The administration of this hospital is wary of Alternative b, since it is felt that it has
the potential of causing personnel problems.  There is always the potential for  monthly
exposures in excess of  0.2 rem  in  the special procedures' room, even though only one
individual in the Diagnostic Radiology Department received an exposure in excess of 0.2
rem in any one month over the recent 12-month period. The feeling is that the female
employees who want to  make trouble will take advantage of this guideline by taking the
month off from  the special  procedures' room.   It  is felt that  less than 2% of the
personnel would use this guideline for mischievous  purposes. The costs to the hospital
of this provision are very difficult to quantify.

Of the 70 technologists, secretaries and engineers in the Diagnostic Radiology Depart-
ment, approximately 65% are women,  90% of whom  are in the childbearing age range.
(Because of the physical exertion required,  this job is only suitable for the young.) The
only way to assure that exposures  would be  less than 0.2 rem per month  would be to
remove  these women from duty in the special  procedures' room.   (According to the
hospital  management,  it is possible to receive 0.2 rem in one  month, although this

                                       25

-------
rarely occurs.)   It  is  estimated that  during  normal  working  hours,  four  to five
technologists are needed to work special procedures.   A similar problem exists in the
Cardiac Catheterization and Nuclear Medicine Departments.

If faced with this restriction,  the physicians (radiologists) would be "up in arms."  It is
very difficult to hire enough personnel (largely young women) for these jobs.  Moreover,
if the existing personnel were faced with removal from special procedures' duty, many
of them would terminate.  (Apparently, this is the most interesting and challenging
aspect of these jobs.)

      8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidelines

The  only department within the  hospital with  the potential for internal exposures is
nuclear medicine.  At present, with the  exception of a portable air monitor  calibrated
to measure concentrations of Xe-133,  there exists no  program  to  measure  internal
exposures.  It is felt that exposures are  well  within existing guidance, but there exists
no empirical evidence to prove this assertion. Although the data from the portable  air
monitor have not been analyzed recently, the last time an analysis was performed, the
results  indicated  that  peak  airborne concentrations  were  less  than 25% of  MFC.
However, these concentrations are extremely time and spacially dependent, so that it is
difficult to relate the measured concentrations to actual exposures.

Currently,  nuclear  medicine personnel handling radioiodine are monitored within the
Nuclear Medicine Department using a clinical uptake probe. The hospital  is considering
the inception of a bioassay program for personnel handling radioiodine (1-125  and 1-131)
to be administered within the Radiation Safety Office.  It is estimated  that this will
cost the hospital approximately $5,000 in capital equipment and roughly  ten hours per
month of a radiological technician.

The apparent prevailing  philosophy with  respect to  internal exposures  is that once the
license application has been accepted by  the NRC, and as  long as there  are no spills and
the surfaces stay clean, there  is no internal exposure problem.  The burden of  proof that
there is an internal exposure  problem then  resides with the regulator.   Hospitals are
very rarely cited for internal exposure problems.

In light of the foregoing, it  is  difficult to estimate the  costs  to comply with  the
proposed EPA  guidance.   Admittedly,  if  an   existing program  were  in  place  to

                                       26

-------
quantitatively  monitor internal  exposures to demonstrate compliance  with existing
guidance, and if the internal exposures were indeed demonstrated to be as far below the
limits as expected, then the costs to comply with the proposed guidance would be zero.
However, the practical reality of the situation suggests that to demonstrate compliance
with the proposed guidance, an internal exposure monitoring program would have to be
instituted from scratch.  It is  estimated that  this would involve the acquisition of
approximately  $10,000 of capital equipment (primarily a multi-channel analyzer) and
would require part-time support  of a radiologic  technician (in possession of at least a
B.S. in physics.)

             9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

It is estimated that  this lower limit would "put  the cardiac catheterization laboratory
out of  business."  There is  currently  no way  to lower the exposure per procedure.
(Although the whole issue of monitoring exposure under the lead apron was not brought
up again.   If allowable,  would  this  reveal  an  actual whole body dose  an order of
magnitude lower? If so, what is  the problem with this reduced limit?)  Also, the Inter-
Society Commission for Heart Disease Resources has suggested a minimum frequency
of procedures — six per week — for proficiency.  At present,  the busiest physician is
performing,  on the  average, only 3.4  procedures per week.   Thus,  exposures will
increase, rather than decrease, in the future.
                                                                             \

Although this  discussion has centered  about the  cardiac catheterization laboratory
(because the individual exposures are known better), it is felt that a reduction in the
RPG would also cause an insurmountable problem in the Diagnostic Radiology Depart-
ment.  Although the  physician exposures in this department are poorly documented, it is
felt that several of them are  pushing the  5 rem limit, particularly  if their  outside
exposures were added to the exposures received in the hospital.
                                       27

-------
                        A.2  LARGE TEACHING HOSPITAL

 This  500-bed teaching hospital, located  in  the  center of  an urban area,  is over-
 subscribed.   The affiliation of the  hospital with a medical school (approximately 500
 students) influences the makeup of the radiation workforce and the nature of the tasks
 performed.  For example, approximately one-half of the badged workers are potentially
 exposed  to radiation in the course of the conduct of research programs at the medical
 school.

 Personnel are potentially exposed to  radiation in  seven  departments at the hospital.
 The only source of significant exposures, however, is the  Department of Radiology,
 which is  broken down into three divisions, as follows:

                                i.  Nuclear Medicine

 This  Division houses six cameras, nuclear cardiology  scanning equipment,  and Radio-
 Immuno-Assay.  Tc-99m (5 Ci generator) and Xe-133 dosages are prepared in a hot lab;
 the  other  compounds  are now  purchased from a nuclear pharmacy  outside of the
 hospital.  Approximately 150  scans are performed weekly.   Personnel  in the  Division
 include two physicians, approximately ten technologists, five student technologists, and
 four residents. (The medical school offers a degree in medical technology which takes
 li  -  2 years  to complete.)  Approximately 20  personnel in the Division are provided
 with film badges.  In 1980, the average whole-body dose in the Division was 0.85 rem.
 The maximum annual dose  was 2.12 rem.  Eight personnel received exposures  in excess
 of 1.0 rem.  Lead aprons are not worn in nuclear medicine.

                               ii. Diagnostic X-ray

 This Division houses approximately  20  - 30 X-ray tubes and two CAT scanners (one for
 the head and the other for the whole body). Standard procedures are conducted at two
sites, separated by a few  city  blocks (one  site is an HMO).   There  are  six special
procedures' rooms located in a suite at the main hospital.   Personnel in the  Division
include 12 physicians,  approximately  50 - 60 technologists, and roughly 15 residents.
Approximately 80 - 90 personnel in the Division are provided with badges. In 1980, the
average whole-body dose in the Division was 0.48 rem.  The maximum dose was 2.4 rem.

                                       28

-------
Eight personnel received  exposures in excess of 1.0 rem.  Badges are worn under the
apron if eye protection is used, and over the apron  if it is not (to indicate eye lens  as
well as W.B. dose).

                               iii. Radiation Oncology

This Division houses two linear accelerators, one portable skin therapy machine, and an
X-ray  machine used for simulation purposes  (to  establish a  configuration for the
Linacs).   The  Division  includes two physicians, two physicists (both Board-certified),
approximately  ten  technologists,  four  student  technologists,  and  three residents.
Overall,  approximately 30 people in the Division are provided with film badges.  The
average external exposure in 1980 was 0.2 rem, whereas the maximum was 0.8 rem.

In addition to the  the above  Divisions, some  research is also administered by the
Department of Radiology, resulting in an additional  20 personnel who are provided with
film badges.  Moreover, the Radiation  Safety Office (RSO) is administratively located
in the  Department of Radiology, although the Radiation Safety Officer is accountable
to the hospital-wide Radiation Safety Committee.  The RSO consists of the Radiation
Safety Officer (Ph.D.  in physics, not Board-certified), the Assistant  Radiation Safety
Officer (B.S. in physics), and two full-time technicians (non-degreed).

The  second Department in which personnel are potentially exposed is the Department  of
Cardiology.   This  incorporates the  cardiac  catheterization  laboratory, the  stress
laboratory (here, there is some overlap  with the Division of Nuclear  Medicine in the
Department of Radiology), and the  coronary care unit.  Approximately 20 personnel are
issued  film badges in  the  Department  of  Cardiology.   Most  of the exposures are
received in the cardiac catheterization laboratory,  which is currently operating at the
level of 500 procedures annually.  In  1980,  the average whole-body  exposure  in the
Department of Cardiology was 0.3 rem; the maximum was 1.1 rem.  Only two personnel
received exposures in excess of 1.0  rem (all exposures measured under the apron).

The  remainder of the potential exposures in the hospital are housed in the Operating
Room (4 badges issued), the Department of Surgery.d badge issued), Anaesthesiology
(14 badges issued),  Cystoscopy (16 badges issued), and  the Physical Plant  (6 badges
issued).  In 1980, the maximum exposure to individuals in  these  Departments was  0.4
rem.
                                       29

-------
As mentioned  earlier, an  additional couple  of  hundred  film  badges are  issued  to
students, faculty members,  and supporting staff members who are conducting research
at  the  medical school.  In  1980,  these  personnel  received an  average whole-body
exposure of  0.5 rem.   The maximum exposure  was 0.4 rem.   These  individuals  are
included in the attached histogram of external exposures covering the entire facility for
the year 1980.  Of the 430 individuals issued film badges  in 1980, only 45% received
annual  exposures in excess of 0.05  rem.  Approximately  14%  received  exposures in
excess of 0.5 rem, and 7% exceeded 1.0 rem.

The total employment  at the hospital is  approximately 2,800.   The policy  regarding
personnel monitoring is as follows.   Personnel who  might  be exposed  to  radiation in
excess of 0.1 RPG (they are  currently operating under a whole  body RPG of 5.0 rem)
are definitely issued film badges. An attempt is made to additionally monitor all those
personnel who  might potentially enter a controlled  area in the course of their work.
Finally,  film badges  are  issued to  each and  every  employee who requests one.
Currently,  close to 500 personnel are monitored.  Film  badges are processed monthly,
although the  RSO plans to go to a quarterly processing schedule in the near future.

The salary range for medical  technologists is $10,000 to $20,000 annually, with a mean
salary of approximately $15,000/year.  The range of ages is typically 20 to  30, and most
of the technologists are female.  There is no premium for radiological technologists.

                       1.  Impact of the Reduction in W.B. RPG

This hospital has  in  fact  been  operating within this limit for  some time with no
difficulty.  There  has  not been  a measured exposure in excess of 5.0 rem  in  recent
memory. It is a policy of the  hospital that affiliated physicians confine their practices
to the hospital, and to the best of the knowledge of the RSO, this policy  is followed.
Therefore,  the uncertainties  in  annual and  accumulated  exposures associated with
outside  practices are avoided. Some of the residents  spend short periods of time  at
other institutions in the metropolitan area. However, when this occurs, they keep their
film badges, and their exposures are under the administrative control of this institution.

It is unlikely  that potential future increases in physician loads will result in a problem in
maintaining exposures below this  limit. It  has been a policy at this facility to measure
whole-body exposures under  the lead apron if eye protection is available, (i.e., where it

                                       30

-------
WHOLE BODY EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTION




     500 BED , URBAN HOSPITAL

>*
31
14
JO
H n
b •;
I "
u
10
7
V.
V
5

5
3
1

j-x.















ti
















• 0
















too
















1*0
















>M
















*t«
















»oo
















>»e
fcl
1














MOO









«^H






M*.
















•0*
















«»0
















MO
















fc*»
















t»«














,

i«e
















»
-------
 is necessary  for the badge to perform the dual function of monitoring whole-body and
 eye lens exposures).  The lead apron provides a dose reduction,  on the average, of
 approximately one order of magnitude.

               2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

 At present, no one in the hospital,  to  the knowledge of the  RSO, has accumulated a
 whole-body lifetime exposure  in excess of  100  rem.   In fact, it  is  unlikely that a
 significant number of personnel would ever potentially exceed this limit.  This includes
 the  cardiac catheterization physicians, who  are  permitted to wear  their film badges
 under their lead aprons.

 There does exist a regulatory burden (cost risk) associated with the  100 rem proposed
 limit.  At present, when a new radiation worker is taken on by the  hospital, a letter is
 sent  to  request  his/her  lifetime  accumulated  dose  record  from  his/her previous
 employer.  A response may or may not be obtained to this request; but in any case, it is
 unlikely that the response would include the exposure  accumulated prior  to  the most
 recent employer.

 There is not  a  compliance problem  with the current 5(N-18)  limit.   Given the 5 rem
 annual limit, this facility is  bound  to be in compliance, regardless of the previous
 exposure (assuming that none of the prospective  employees was exposed prior to  1960
 and  lacked an exposure history).  However,  if the 100 rem limit  were imposed, this
 facility could be out of compliance without knowing it, if the  previous record were not
 made available  or were in  error.

In effect,  this  facility  argues that  it  could be  penalized for  sloppy  or non-existent
recordkeeping by  the former  employers of its employees. There would be a reluctance
to hire  employees until such time  that their previous exposure records were made
available, which could involve indefinite delays, thus penalizing the anxious candidate
for employment.  (Of course, the other side of this coin is that if employees were made
aware of this situation, pressure would be brought to bear on  employers  to  maintain
accurate records and to  provide exposure data to employees.)
                                       32

-------
             3. Impact of the Proposed Guidance Relating to Extremities
                               and Individual Organs

The 5 rem exposure limit on the eye lens and gonads would not pose a problem for this
facility,  since  workers are currently abiding by this limit  and have done so for some
time.  For those tasks in which  high  exposures to the eye are possible (i.e., cardiac
catheterization), high attenuation spectacles are routinely worn.   Although eye-level
monitoring has not  been performed, safe exposures have been assured by measuring the
attenuation of  test  beams through  the lenses of the spectacles.

This facility  has discovered that it is not necessary to purchase expensive (i.e.,  $400 a
pair), lead-impregnated spectacles from safety equipment suppliers.  Apparently, high
index-of-infraction lenses, available for the going price of regular glasses (i.e., $35 a
pair) contain sufficient concentrations of high Z materials to provide beam attenuations
comparable to  lead impregnated glass.

As an aside, it was mentioned that nuclear medicine  procedures  (using Tc-99m, for
example) may  eventually  replace a large  fraction of the cine-mode procedures used in
heart catheterizations.   These have the  added benefit of substantially reducing the
exposure to both the patient and the workers.

The proposed exposure limits to the hands are probably not a problem. However, some
concern  was  expressed about exposures to  the hands of physicians  during fluoroscopic
examinations vis-a-vis existing  guidelines.  Potential exposures as high as 3 rem/minute
are available  in the direct beam, and several  fluoroscopic  procedures take several
minutes.  Yet the highest finger badges reading has been 1.5 rem/month, well within the
proposed guidance on an annual basis.

The problem  is that most  of the physicians don't like to wear the finger badges, since
they are alleged to reduce finger mobility.  Since many  physicians do not monitor their
hands, exposures are unknown.  Although there is no corroborative evidence, the  RSO is
uneasy about compliance in this area.
                                        33

-------
              4. Impact of the Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                            in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

 Potential for exposures in this range exists in the Divisions of  Nuclear Medicine and
 Diagnostic X-rays in the  Department of  Radiology, and in the cardiac catheterization
 laboratory in the Department of Cardiology.

 The  Division of Nuclear Medicine  is housed in one  long corridor with  12 rooms.
 Although the hot  lab at the  end  of the corridor has the potential for the  highest
 exposures, significant contributions to annual exposures in excess of 1.5 rem cannot be
 ruled out for any of the rooms along the corridor.  Approximately eight people received
 exposures in excess of 1.0 rem in 1980.

 The  Division handles approximately  30 - 40  patients daily during one  10-hour shift.
 Surveys are carried out frequently by personnel from the RSO, but these personnel are
 based in a separate building.  One individual on the floor  would most likely satisfy the
 monitoring and supervision provisions imposed by this guideline. There are currently no
 medical physicists  or health physicists permanently stationed on the floor. It might be
 argued  that  the two  physicians  and four  residents are "equivalent" to  "radiation
 protection professionals".   However,  it is unlikely that  any of these individuals could
 currently pass the medical physics examination administered by the American Board of
 Radiology or American Association of Physicists in Medicine.

 A similar situation exists in the Division of  Diagnostic X-rays.  Six special procedures'
 rooms are organized in a suite for a 10-hour, single shift operation. Here, however, two
 to three  individuals would be  required to cover all tasks  significantly contributing to
 potential annual  exposures in excess of 1.5 rem. Of course, one of the 12 physicians or
 15 residents is always present in each of the  rooms.  Are these individuals equivalent to
 medical physicists?  Probably not.

In the cardiac catheterization laboratory, which also operates on one scheduled shift,
one supervisor would be sufficient.  Here, however, the question of equivalency is moot!
There are no radiologists among the physicians or residents; cardiologists are  not likely
to have the training or experience equivalent to medical physicists.

Emergency procedures are not unusual in  all of  the above  areas.  Thus, the supervisor
would have to be on-call, just  like the physicians and residents.  If a  number of them

                                        34

-------
were required, the team concept could be applied.  At present, the Radiation Protection
Safety Officer and his assistant are frequently called in at odd hours to monitor unusual
procedures.
                  5. Impact of the Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The hospital currently complies with this  guidance.  Approximately 500  workers are
individually monitored, with all of the attendant recordkeeping.  Frequent surveys are
performed by the RSO, some of which are  motivated by the NRC ALAR A program.
Although  the Radiation Safety Officer is not  Board-certified, he has a Ph.D. in physics
with a specialty in nuclear medicine, incorporating several years of experience in two
major medical institutions.  Therefore, he has the equivalent training and experience of
a medical physicist,  and clearly is a "radiation protection professional".

                         6. Impact of Training Requirements

This institution has established an extensive  training program in radiation protection
which  is administered by the RSO.  Each  radiation worker gets one hour of training
annually,  resulting in at least one course administered each week.  Even the nurses, who
are strictly speaking not radiation workers and are not routinely monitored (although
they may request  film badges and frequently  do), are given 20-minute briefings because
they may be exposed to implant patients.

The most extensive training course,  involving two 2-hour lectures, is administered to
individuals involved in research at the medical school.  This course, instigated by the
Radiation Safety Committee, must be passed (an examination  is administered foUowing
the lecture series) before an  individual is  permitted to work with radiation sources in
the conduct of research.

Only in the lectures for researchers are  levels of  risk quantified.  At present, it is
estimated that training activities occupy approximately 15% to 20% of the time of the
Assistant  Radiation  Safety Officer.  If levels of risks were to  be presented in all of the
radiation  protection lectures,  an additional 5%  of the  Assistant Radiation  Safety
Officer's time would be required, on the average.
                                        35

-------
               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

The hospital has been operating under Alternative a for at least four years, and this has
apparently worked satisfactorily. Four women are known by the RSO to be pregnant,
and each of these has elected to be removed from  tasks which might expose the unborn
to a dose in excess of 0.5 rem.  In three of the four  cases, it was possible to shift the
individuals'  jobs  within their Departments.  In the  fourth case, it was necessary to
transfer the individual out of her Department (cardiac catheterization).

Considerable concern was expressed about  Alternative b. It is possible to manage the
known pregnancies, however it is felt that the "suspected" pregnancies  might number in
the hundreds.  This  Alternative could play  havoc with  the nursing supervisors.  (As an
aside, the new pregnancy test was discussed. Apparently, the HCG test is 98% accurate
and is relatively inexpensive.  If this or a similar pregnancy test were adopted, the test
could possibly be worked into the resulting rule so  as to prevent the self-serving use of
this guidance.)

The promulgation of Alternative c would  result  in very strong objections from  the
physicians as well as the administrative staff of the hospital. In 1980, 4-5 individuals
on the average, mostly in nuclear medicine, received  monthly exposures in excess of 0.2
rem.  It is estimated that at  least  20 - 30 individuals (mostly females of child-bearing
age) could potentially receive monthly exposures of this magnitude. If  these individuals
were to be removed from jobs with potential  monthly exposures greater than 0.2 rem,
they could not work in nuclear medicine, cardiac catheterization, or special procedures
in diagnostic X-ray.  These departments are very short of personnel.  It  would be very
difficult to fill these 20 - 30 positions with males or non-fertile females.  The labor pool
does not exist because the pay is relatively low and there does not exist a career ladder.

       8.  Impact of  Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

The policy with respect to monitoring for internal exposures varies from group to group.
Much of the program focuses on  radioiodine, since the current Radiation Safety Officer
was hired four years ago to  control a problem the  hospital was experiencing at that
time with radioiodine.  Air monitoring (counting of charcoal filters) for radioiodine is
now routinely carried  out in the areas in which it is handled.  (The only other air
                                       36

-------
concentration measurements in the hospital are performed in the room in which Xe-133
is handled.) Assays are performed on anyone working with free iodine in excess of 500
-jpLCi at a shot.  Technologists involved in iodine therapy are encouraged to do an uptake
count within 24 hours of potential exposure. Occasional checks are made of people who
work with radio-immuno-assay.  Once a month, routine thyroid uptake counts are made
on everyone in nuclear medicine.

The proposed new MFC's based upon new models (Table Bl of EPA 520/4-81-003) do not
appear to  cause  a  problem  at  this hospital.   However,  the required procedure  of
combining  the exposures to individual organs, as well as adding in the external exposure,
would  be a departure from existing practice.   This is simply  not done at the present
time.  It was agreed that this is implicit in the current guidelines, at least when one
combines MFC's, but it  is  simply  not routinely  done.   It  was felt,  however, that
combining  body  burdens,  or correspondingly,  intake factors,  is not  implicit in the
current  guidance.  In the  case of body burdens,  each  organ  is  currently  viewed
independently.

Notwithstanding the foregoing  and  after quantitative  evaluation of  the  estimated
current  internal uptake of radioisotopes at the hospital, it is not expected that the
implementation  of  the proposed  guidance would involve significant costs at this
institution.

                   9. Impacts of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to
                                   1.5 Rem/year

In 1980, approximately 30 individuals, or 7% of those monitored (approximately 15% of
those with measurable exposures), received whole-body exposures  in excess of  1.0 rem.
Most of these  were in the Department of Radiology (only  two in cardiac  catheteHza-
tion, where the  film badge is routinely  worn under the lead apron), and it  is estimated
that approximately 50% of them were physicians or residents.

It is felt that some of these higher exposures can be reduced by altering work practices.
Rotation of personnel is already routinely  carried  out in  the Division  of Nuclear
Medicine.

Although it is difficult to  quantify, at  least some additional personnel (probably not as
many as 30) would have to be hired in order to  comply with a reduced W.B. RPG.  The

                                       37

-------
collective dose would no doubt increase.  Without conducting a detailed analysis, it was
felt that the purchase of capital equipment to further reduce exposures would be more
expensive than hiring additional personnel.

The difficulty in recruiting sufficient personnel to satisfy this hospital's current needs
was discussed earlier in connection with the guidance relating to the unborn.

It should also be noted that this is a teaching hospital, so that  some of the exposures,
particularly to residents, may be higher than would be encountered in a non-educational
environment.
                                       38

-------
                              A.3  MEDICAL CENTER

This medical center, located in the suburbs of a large metropolitan area, is affiliated
with a  major medical school.  With approximately 500 beds in the hospital (almost
always   at  full  capacity),  there  are  roughly  3,700   employees.    Additionally,
approximately  500 laboratories at the university (80% of them at the medical school),
use licensed radioisotopes in research programs.

Most of the exposures to radiation occur in  the  Department of Radiology,  which is
comprised of three divisions.  The Radiotherapy Division has three linear  accelerators,
two therapeutic X-ray  machines (one  of which  is  very  low  energy  for  superficial
therapy), and three X-ray simulators (to set up patients for linear accelerator therapy).
Approximately 70 people in this division  are monitored for radiation exposure.  Roughly
120  patients are treated daily with the linear accelerators.  The Division additionally
performs approximately 100 implants annually (primarily Cs-137, Ir-192 and 1-125).

Approximately 200 employees are monitored in the second division of the Department
of Radiology,  Diagnostic  Radiology.   This Division operates  44 radiographic X-ray
machines, 13  fluoroscopic X-ray  machines, and four CAT scanners. Roughly 5,000 -
 6,000  patients undergoing 6,000 - 7,000 examinations are  seen  monthly.  The third
division,  Nuclear  Medicine, performs approximately 350  scans monthly and  monitors
approximately 40 individuals.

The second department that uses ionizing radiation is Cardiology. With approximately
90 monitored employees, two radiographic and three flouroscopic X-ray machines  are
used in  the cardiac catheterizations of approximately 200 patients, on  the  average,
each month.  Approximately 100 personnel in the Department of  Nursing  Services who
may be  exposed to patients  undergoing brachytherapy are  also monitored.   Finally,
approximately 600 - 700 individuals who conduct research in hundreds of laboratories at
the University (approximately 80% at the medical center) are monitored.

The  monitoring policy  is  to provide  individual  monitors to all technologists, dosi-
metrists, faculty, residents, and medical students (also, clerical workers in the Division
of Nuclear  Medicine) working in  the   Department of Radiology.   Additionally,  all
                                       39

-------
 personnel working in the cardiac catheterization laboratory are monitored.  Nurses on
 floors with patients undergoing brachytherapy (with greater  than 10 mg of radium
 equivalent), operating room nurses, and pediatric  intensive care nurses (who may hold
 infants during radiographs) are also monitored. Also, technologists who conduct RIA's
 (in the Department  of  Pathology)  are  monitored.   Every few  years,  clerical  and
 maintenance personnel are monitored for  a few months' period in order to confirm that
 their  exposures  are  negligible.    Monitoring  is  largely  accomplished  with  film
 ($.45/badge/month), although the results are checked from time-to-time with TLD's (it
 is claimed that up to 20  mr/month of high energy photons  may be missed with film at
 low doses).

 Whole-body exposure distributions are  given for 1980 in the attached Table. (Whole-
 body monitors are worn over the lead  apron.)  Only  one individual received a dose in
 excess of 1.0 rem.  The actual dose was approximately 3 rem to a technologist involved
 in brachytherapy.  Most of the exposure was obtained during one incident  in which the
 individual involved had not been fully trained.  Thus the exposure was avoidable.  For
 personnel involved in brachytherapy, digital dosimeters are routinely assigned, so that a
 real time estimate of exposures may be obtained.  This has had a significant impact in
 lowering doses.  The Table includes data  on one of the many research groups which is
 monitored  at  the medical center.   The  exposure  distribution for the Biochemistry
 Department is typical for this category.

 A outside  nuclear  pharmacist  is  used to prepare most of  the unit dosages for  the
 Division of Nuclear  Medicine.   (A  molybdenum  generator is available to prepare
 emergency  Tc-99m  dosages.)   Whole-body  exposures to  in-house nuclear medicine
 personnel did not decrease significantly after the hospital went  to an external supplier.
 Rather, the whole-body exposures previously received when preparing unit dosages were
 traded off for exposures obtained from  inspecting  the shipments when they arrive from
 the supplier. Approximately 80% of the exposure obtained in nuclear  medicine comes
 from imaging.

This facility has a substantial Radiation Safety Office (RSO). The Director has a Ph.D.
in biophysics.  Of the four to five professionals reporting to the Director, one  has a
Ph.D. in nuclear  physics, another an M.S. in  radiological  physics,  and the remainder
bachelor's degrees in basic sciences. Although none of these professionals is certified in
health physics, each of them has ten years  or more of experience in  the Office, and

                                      40

-------
WHOLE-BODY EXPOSURES FOR THE YEAR 1980
           (Numbers of Individuals)
Exposure Range
(rem)
Less than measurable
^0.10
0.10-0.25
0.25 - 0.50
0.50 - 1.00
M.OO
Radiotherapy
24
25
4
1
0
1
Diagnostic
Radiology
54
63
23
9
3
0
Nuclear
Medicine
10
9
4
0
0
0
Cardiology
30
23
9
3
4
0
Biochem
101
1
0
0
0
0

-------
each could pass the certification examination with relatively little effort.  AdditionaUy,
there are four to five technicians in the Office, one of whom  with an advanced degree
in physics. Two to three clerical personnel round out the office.

The level of staffers  in the RSO has remained constant over the past 10 - 12 years. The
current budget is approximately $450,000 per year.  The range of salaries for  the
professionals  is $27,000 to $42,000.   The technicians earn  from $15,000 to $27,000
annually.  This is somewhat lower than the salaries of radiologic technologists, who
earn between  $20,000 and $30,000 annually.

In addition to this medical center, the RSO is  also responsible for radiation protection
at a VA hospital in the same community.  This is also a teaching hospital affiliated with
the same  university.  Although the VA hospital is larger (roughly 600 beds), it  consumes
less than  20% of the resources of the RSO.   Finally, the RSO  performs specialized
consulting for two medical centers in  adjacent communities (consuming less than 5% of
its resources).

Other radiation professionals are available in the medical center. The Radiotheraphy
Division directly employs five medical physicists; they are involved in therapy planning,
not  radiation  safety  per se.  Two are faculty members and  three are  on the clinical
staff.

With the  exception   of  the  radiologic  technologists,  board-certified  radiologists,
and  nuclear medicine physicians, radiation workers at the  medical center are required
to satisfactorily complete a questionnaire  with 50 questions on radiation protection
before they are allowed to work with sources of ionizing radiation. Alternatively, they
may take  a five-hour course given  monthly; the choice is made by their  supervisors.  If
the individual  fails the questionnaire, he or she is required  to attend the formal course.
The  course includes a quantitative  discussion on levels of risks.  A new manual is being
produced which will also cover levels of risk from radiation.

Radiologic technologists are exempt from the test because they  must be registered by
the state, which requires  its own examination. (This state also  requires radiological
physicians to be registered.) Residents in radiotherapy are administered a  formal  four-
hour course in radiation protection  by  the RSO. For new residents in nuclear medicine,

                                       42

-------
a  one-on-one discussion with  an instructor from the RSO is held.   Finally,  nurses
potentially exposed to patients undergoing brachytherapy are instructed on the princi-
ples of radiation safety by a member of the RSO at their work locations in the ward.

                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

The reduction in the allowable W.B. RPG from  3 rem/qtr. to 5 rem/yr. would haye no
impact at this medical center.  The highest whole-body exposure  over the past several
years was 3 rem, received by a technologist involved in brachytherapy in the Division of
Radiotherapy. However, as discussed earlier, this was more in the nature of an incident
than a routine exposure.

               2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure  Limit

The imposition of the proposed accumulated exposure limit would also have no impact
at this facility. Some of the older physicists at the University have accumulated whole-
body exposures in the range of 20 to 30 rem.  The accumulated exposures of a few of
the physicians are somewhat in excess of 10 rem.  However, there are  no  accumulated
exposures anywhere near 100 rem, and given the existing radiation protection program
at this facility, there are not likely to be any near this level in the future.

                      3. Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative
                        to Extremities and Individual Organs

In 1980, one individual received an exposure to the hands of 20 rem.  This was the same
person who  received  an  anomalous whole-body exposure of 3 rem.  In  general,
individuals likely to receive significant hand exposures  wear  ring  badges.  In 1980,
approximately 8% of those who  were monitored  for  whole-body exposure  were  also
monitored  for hand  exposures.   (Most  of the  individuals in the Division of Nuclear
Medicine  wear finger badges.)  Typically, a couple of individuals each year receive
exposures to the hand as high as approximately 3 rem.

Exposures to the eye lens are not routinely monitored.   However, occasional checking
with TLD's has revealed that exposures  to  the  eye  are roughly comparable to whole-
body exposures measured at the collar.   Because most  of the angiograms and cardiac
catheterizations are performed by teaching fellows and residents on a  part-time basis,
                                       43

-------
 exposures measured at the collar level are low.  If these procedures were performed on
 a  full-time basis, annual doses at  the collar level as high as 1.2 - 1.8 rem  would be
 anticipated.  Notwithstanding the lack of impact of this proposed guideline, it is felt to
 be unwarranted because it is not justified by the available cataract data.

               4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

 As discussed earlier, there are no  tasks undertaken at  this facility for which annual
 whole-body exposures are anticipated to exceed 1.5 rem.   If angiograms or cardiac
 catheterizations  were performed on a full-time basis, eye lens exposures would be in
 this range.  However, as discussed  in the previous paragraphs, residents and teaching
 fellows perform  these procedures on  a part-time basis.   Thus there would be no cost
 impact at this facility from the promulgation of this proposed guideline  as a regulation.
 Nevertheless, it  is felt that this guideline is thoroughly unrealistic.  The net result of
 this guideline  at a typical  medical facility  would  be  another  individual potentially
 exposed.   Moreover, the opinion was expressed that the continual presence of this
 individual could  possibly  make workers  feel  "edgy,"  resulting in  more  time spent  on
 procedures (implying higher exposures) and potentially more accidents.  It was felt that
 this guideline does not make sense from a radiation protection point of view.  After
 some discussion,  it  was generally  agreed that most  facilities, rather  than complying
 with the provision of this guideline, would do whatever is required to reduce anticipated
 exposures below 1.5  rem (thus possibly accomplishing  the desired goal).

               5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

As seen by the data given in the attached Table, some departments (notably diagnostic
radiology and cardiology) expose personnel in  this range.   Although a small percentage
of the total number of personnel,  exposures may nevertheless be "anticipated" in this
range.  Personnel monitoring is routinely  performed  at  this  facility.   Moreover,
supervision is  provided by  members  of the  Radiation  Safety  Office to assure that
exposures are justified and  ALARA.  Although there are no certified health physicists
on the RSO staff (medical physicists are members of the Radiotherapy Division), it is
                                       44

-------
felt that  all or several of the  5-6 professionals in the office have backgrounds and
experience equivalent to certified health physicists.  Also,  the opinion was expressed
that this guideline is a "reasonable" requirement.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

The existing training program, which was discussed  earlier,  generally satisfies the
proposed guidelines. The basic course includes an hour  of physics, an hour of biological
effects, an hour on surveys and  dosimetry, and a half-hour each of regulations and dose
reduction techniques.

             7.  Impact of the Guidance for the Protection of the Unborn

This facility is currently operating under, and has been for over a decade, the original
Alternative d (keep dose to both males and females less than 0.5 rem in any six-month
period).   Moreover, if a fertile female announces that she  is pregnant or desires to
become pregnant, she is removed from assignments in brachytherapy, and additional
monitoring is performed in an attempt to keep her exposure as close to zero as possible.
This policy has the whole-hearted support of the faculty.

                    8. Impact  of Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

This facility conducts an extensive  assay  program for internal  exposures on nuclear
medicine  technologists.  Once a year, whole-body counts are taken. These  counts have
revealed  internal  exposures, but they  have generally dissipated within 24  hours,
implying clearance from the gastro-intestinal tract.  Thyroid scans are routinely made
on everyone working with radioiodine (mostly those involved in  research).  This facility
is operating  under the 15 rem/yr. thyroid limit  recommended by the  NCRP.   Using
external counts, thyroid burdens corresponding  to 1%  of  this  limit can be  readily
detected. Finally, urinalyses are routinely performed for all personnel who work with
greater than 100 mCi of H-3, and when appropriate for those working with P-32  and S-
35, particularly when they are handled in a volatile form.

Ease of compliance with the proposed weighted  guidelines  (either the  EPA weighting
scheme or that recommended by the ICRP) would depend on their interpretation  by the
regulators.  If  the regulators were to require detailed records of internal exposures,
                                       45

-------
 there could be  considerable difficulty in compliance.  At present, reporting is only
 required if MFC's are exceeded.  But at least a half of internal exposures result from
 contamination of the hands.  If an  assay reveals measurable internal deposition, the
 fraction of  the  permissible body burden is determined  presently.  The organ dose  is
 generally not calculated.

 Possibly a half  dozen  times a year a non-negligible body burden is detected at this
 facility. To calculate internal organ dose, possibly two person-days of effort might be
 required. To get "really good numbers"  might require even more effort.

 The question is how this provision would be enforced by the regulators. If it were to be
 enforced to the  same degree that the existing internal exposure guidance is enforced,
 there would be no significant  costs at this facility, or for that matter, at hospitals  in
 general. After all, internal dosimetry is rarely done at most facilities.

                     9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                   to 1.5 Rem/yr.

 In 1968, the commitment was made at this facility to  operate under an internally-
 mandated W.B. RPG of 0.5 rem. The Radiation Safety Office was expanded (originaUy
 with a budget of approximately $200,000 per year; the current budget, at roughly the
 same  level of manpower  is roughly $450,000 per year*).  It took  approximately two
 years  to reach the goal, and a continual effort to  maintain it.  Moreover, the reductions
 in maximum individual  exposures  were not  accomplished at  a sacrifice in collective
 dose.    In fact,  the collective dose over the  past 12 years  has  been reduced from
 approximately 100 person-rem to approximately 10 person-rem.

 These achievements have been attained using few gimmicks and little in  the way of
 capital expenditures. The method can be best described as a constant ratchet.  A lot of
 time was spent  by  RSO staff monitoring individual tasks.  The dose-intensive compo-
 nents  of each task  were  identified.  Procedures  were revised for  these components,
 resulting in  lower doses.   Once these new procedures were  in place, the  RSO would
*
 Note that the RSO also has responsibilities outside of this medical facility (consuming
 an estimated 25% of the resources). See the earlier discussion.
                                        46

-------
make sure that they were continually followed.  These procedures could be as simple as
keeping nuclear medicine personnel out of the  room during imaging.  Personnel were
constantly drilled on the fact that once the patient is injected, the patient is henceforth
a source.

Technology  also  played a  role.   The  use of syringe shields  substantially reduced
occupational exposures  in  Nuclear  Medicine.    Also, as  discussed  earlier, digital
dosimeters in brachytherapy sensitize personnel to accumulated exposures in real time.

Management procedures in the RSO also played an important role.  Each professional is
assigned dose  reduction goals  for a specific division under  his or her cognizance.
Annual reviews are based in part on the progress made  in achieving these goals.  In  the
opinion of one of the professionals, personal pride plays as much of a role in motivating
the staff as the potential for financial reward.

Concern was expressed about the nuisance of the reporting requirement should  the
lower RPG be exceeded (which has occurred once over the past two years).
                                       47

-------
                              A.4  SMALL HOSPITAL

This 230-bed hospital is located in a suburb of a relatively large  metropolitan area.
Operating at 80 - 85 percent of capacity at the  time of the case  study, the facility
employs approximately 650 personnel.  There are two departments in which radiation
sources are are used — Radiology and Nuclear Medicine.

The  Department of Radiology has  six fixed diagnostic  X-ray machines, one  mobile
fluoroscopy unit and three  portable diagnostic units.  Approximately 45,000 procedures
are performed annually, high for a facility of this size and for the number of machines
available. There is no CAT scanner within the hospital (the radiologists operate one in
their offices outside  of the hospital).  A therapy program is planned for the future.
Most of the fluorpscopy is performed during the scheduled portion of the week, which is
eight hours,  seven  days.    However,  only  about one-half of the total number of
procedures are performed during the scheduled hours of the week.

The  Department is operated  by seven  radiologists,  who also maintain an outside
practice.  Eight  part-time radiologists are also affiliated on a part-time basis with the
Department.   There  are approximately 30  radiologic technologists employed, all of
whom  are  registered  by  the American Registry  of  Radiologic  Technologists.   The
hospital is  affiliated  with  a community college which trains radiologic technologists.
Other than this program, there is no teaching program or residency within the facility.

The  Nuclear Medicine Department  is  small,  with  one  stationary  imaging camera
performing approximately  120  scans per month (down roughly  50  percent from  the
period prior to the installation of a CAT scanner in the outside offices of the affiliated
radiologists.)  An outside nuclear pharmacy is  used  to  prepare  unit  dosages, which
consist primarily of Tc-99m, plus small amounts of thallium, gallium, xenon,  and 1-131.
The hospital no longer has its own molybdenum generator for the preparation of Tc-99m
dosages.  A  limited  amount of thyroid radiotherapy is also performed with  1-131
(possibly 2-3 times per year).   Nearly all procedures are performed  during an eight
hour, five-day week.
                                      48

-------
The  Department is operated by  two full-time pathologists (with no outside  practice),
with the assistance of 2 - 3 technologists  (two of them registered  technologists in
nuclear medicine).  Additionally, 6-7 laboratory technologists who perform  RIA's and
are officially in a different department are  under the  radiation protection cognizance
of the  Nuclear Medicine Department.

Radiation protection  is the separate responsibility of each Department, each of which
maintains its own Radiation Safety Officer (physicians). The Manager of the  Radiology
Department (B.S. in Radiology Administration and A.A. in Radiologic Technology; four
years of experience at this hospital) maintains  cognizance over personnel outside  of
these departments, such as nursing services.  He also conducts surveys and coordinates
personnel monitoring  for all departments outside  of nuclear medicine.  He  is assisted in
these radiation protection  activities by the Chief Technologist in  the  Department  of
Radiology.

Once a year,  a certified health physicist is called in to check the X-ray  tubes  for
leakage. He may also be consulted from time to time on questions relating to shielding.
For example, he was retained to specify  the shielding requirements for a new special
procedures' room.

The  Chief Technologist  in the  Nuclear  Medicine  Department assists the  Radiation
Safety Officer (Nuclear Medicine) in coordinating radiation safety.  She has an A.A.  in
Laboratory Technology augmented by  6 - 8 weeks in a local hospital with  a  nuclear
medicine department, and approximately nine years of experience in this hospital.

All employees in the  Radiology Department, including  Aides  (file  clerks,  transport
workers, and darkroom technicians), are monitored for whole-body exposure.  Badges
are worn above the apron, on the collar, for all  technologists except  those assigned to
angiography.  The technologists in angiography and all of the radiologists additionally
wear  under-the-apron badges.   Most  (79%)  of  the annual exposures are  less than
measurable.   The remainder are less  than  0.5  rem,  with five individuals  receiving
greater than 0.5 rem, the highest exposure of which was approximately 1.5 rem in  the
most recent 12-month period (the reading might  have  been attributable to accidental
exposure of the badge).   The exposures to the Aides in the Radiology Department  are
usually less than measurable.

                                        49

-------
Only  the  two personnel in  Nuclear Medicine who inject  patients receive measurable
whole-body exposures. Over a recent 12-month period, these exposures ranged from 0.5
to  1.0  rem.   The technologists  who  perform  RIA's receive no  measurable  whole-
body exposures.

Approximately 30 nurses assigned  to  the operating room  (because of the potential
exposure from mobile fluoroscopy)  to the floor on which brachytherapy patients are
assigned,  and to pacemaker surgery, are monitored.  All  of these exposures were less
than 0.1 rem in a recent 12-month period.

A few badges are also assigned to the cardiologists and anaesthesiologists involved in
pacemaker surgery, and to the EKG technologists and cardiologists involved in thallium
stress testing. Recent annual exposures to these  individuals  were less than 0.4 rem.
Finally, control badges, which indicated fields less than 0.05 rem per year in a recent
12-month period, are  mounted in the intensive care and coronary care rooms.

In total, approximately  70  film  badges are assigned to personnel.   They are  read
monthly by an outside dosimetry service at a cost of $1.25/badge/month.

There is.no  formal  training program in radiation protection  at  the hospital.  Only
registered  technologists are hired, and they are  instructed  in radiation  protection
principles in the course of their two-year  training  programs.  At least one  of  the
colleges offering such a degree  features  a one-semester  course in  health physics.
Student technologists hired  by the  hospital must pass the registry  examination within
six months of the date of their employment.

New hires get a  two  week orientation  in their departments.  Additionally, quarterly
staff  meetings are held to go over  problem areas.   Non-radiologist physicians are only
allowed to operate radiation equipment  under the supervision of a radiologic technolo-
gist.  Nurses and Aides get  instruction in the use of the lead-lined apron and where to
stand during procedures involving sources of ionizing radiation.

One of the reasons given for  the  lack  of a formal instructional program in radiation
protection principles is the high turnover rate of nursing staff.  If such a program were
initiated, the staff is  prepared with a slide show put out by the Bureau  of Radiological
Health (however, this  may be oriented toward minimization of dose to patients.)

                                       50

-------
 Radiologic technologists earn between $13,500 and $17,000 per year. These salaries are
 comparable to, and possibly somewhat on the high side of those of ordinary laboratory
 technologists.

                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

 There would be no impact  at this  facility of a change in the W.B.  RPG from  3
 rem/qtr. to 5 rem/yr.   The highest exposure recorded over a recent 12-month period
 was approximately 1.5  rem, to a technologist involved in angiography.  Angiography is
 the highest exposure procedure because the  fluoroscope may  be on for relatively long
 periods of time — possibly as long as one hour.  However, even this measured dose was
 not indicative of the real  whole-body exposure, since it was  measured at collar level
 and may have been an accidental exposure to the badge. The  under-the-apron exposure
 for the same individual was .020 rem.

 The  opinion was expressed that higher exposures are likely to  be seen at teaching
 hospitals, since residents are not familiar with radiation protection  principles.  For
 similar reasons, high exposures are likely to be recorded for cardiac catheterization.

                2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

 There would be no impact at this hospital from a reduction in the accumulated exposure
 limit from  5(N-18)  to  100 rem.  The  highest accumulated exposure  is 4.3 rem  to  a
 physician.

 This  is  a  realistic  objective for any hospital.   A  problem could conceivably be
 encountered in  cardiac  catheterization.    However, given  proper  shielding  and
 instruction, there is no reason why this limit could not be met at any hospital.

 This hospital encounters little difficulty in obtaining records from previous employers.

     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

 Finger badges are  worn in nuclear medicine  and RIA.   Measured levels in RIA are
 negligible.   The  maximum in nuclear  medicine over a recent 12-month period was
approximately 2.5 rem.  Hand doses were considerably higher when unit  dosages were
prepared in-house.  However, the highest annual dose measured by a ring badge at that
time was 4.0 rem, considerably below the proposed 50 rem guideline,
                                       51

-------
There  is some suspicion that  some of the radiologists may be  pushing up against the
limits, since the largest exposure during fluoroscopy is to the hands of the radiologist.
However, hand exposures are not monitored since it is allegedly difficult to wear ring
badges under the sterile gloves.

Eye monitoring has never been carried out.  However,  there is no reason to believe that
the lens of the eye receives any higher exposures than the monitor worn on the collar.
As discussed earlier, the highest measured exposure to the collar monitor over a recent
12-month period was 1.5 rem.  Therefore, the proposed limit  of 5 rem to the eye lens
would have no impact at this hospital.

                    4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Unless above-the-apron  monitors are  considered indicative of  whole-body exposures,
exposures to personnel are not "anticipated" in this  range.  If they were, the only
procedure  in  which annual exposures would  be anticipated  to exceed 1.5 rem is
angiography.   Over a recent 12-month period, one individual involved in angiography
received approximately 1.5 rem, measured at the collar level.

Roughly  2-3  angiograms are performed daily in one special procedures' room.  The
average procedure  takes two  hours, only approximately 15  - 20 minutes of which is
actual fluoroscopy time. Therefore, it may be conservatively estimated that monitor-
ing would be required under the proposed guideline for a period of 1 - 2 hours per day.

There are presently no  personnel in the hospital with backgrounds and experience levels
equivalent  to those of health physicists or  medical  physicists.  The  closest is the
Manager of Radiology, who has a B.S. in  Radiology  Administration.  Therefore, to
comply with  the  monitoring and supervision requirements of these guidelines, a full-
time health physicist  or  medical  physicist would have  to  be  hired (subject  to the
resolution of the question regarding the whole-body exposure monitor location).

               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

At least two  individuals in Nuclear Medicine and five in Radiology received exposures
over a  recent 12-month period in excess of 0.5  rem.  Therefore,  it may be "anticipated"
that personnel in these two departments would receive  annual exposures in excess of 0.1
RPG.
                                       52

-------
The monitoring requirements of the proposed guidelines are currently being carried out.
To  a lessor  extent,  so are the  supervision requirements.   However, there  are  no
personnel currently employed by the hospital with backgrounds and experience equiva-
lent to those of health physicists or medical physicists.  Therefore, a consultant would
be  retained  to satisfy this  requirement.   As discussed earlier, a certified health
physicist  is used once a year to check the X-ray tubes.  It is envisioned that this
individual would be consulted to ensure that exposures are justified and ALARA.  it is
estimated that this could be done on an annual basis in 2 - 3 days, at a consulting cost
of $500 - $1000.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

It is felt  that at least in the  case of  the  technologists, instruction in  radiation
protection principles is the responsibility of the schools.  Ten years ago,  the  typical
curriculum  in  radiologic  technology did  not  include  instruction  in  levels of  risk.
Currently, a course  in health physics,  which  does include  quantification  of risk,  is
offered.

If nurses were instructed  in radiation protection principles, all 300 nurses would have to
be included,  because of rotation.  A 1 -  2 hour course is envisioned, in which a video
tape would be shown, followed by questions from the floor. The  opinion was expressed
that this would be a good thing because of the large number of questions asked routinely
by nurses about radiation and attendant risks.

               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately 75%  of the technologists  and 90% of the nurses are females; nearly all
of the females are of child-bearing age.

At  present, if  a  female in  the Radiology Department announces that  she  is pregnant
(three are currently pregnant), she is excused from any fluoroscopic procedures.  This
limits her dose to less than 0.5 rem for the remainder of her pregnancy. Although the
situation  has not been encountered  in  Nuclear  Medicine,  the dose  to  a pregnant
technologist could be limited to less than 0.5 rem over a nine-month  period by limiting
her activities (i.e., no more injection of patients, even though  shielded syringes are
used). This could easily be accomplished.
                                        53

-------
If a technologist announced her intention to become pregnant, she could be pulled out of
fluoroscopy  for a  month  or two  (the only procedure  for which above-the-apron
exposures in excess of 0.2 rem/mo. are possible).  Over a recent 12-month period, two
individuals in  the Department of  Radiology received above-the-apron  exposures  in
excess of 0.2 rem in  a one-month period.  However, it would be impractical to keep
technologists out of fluoroscopy for extended periods of time, as most certainly would
be required under  Alternative b.  Eventually,  they would  have to take a leave of
absence.  Implementation of Alternative b would  be no problem in nuclear  medicine,
since there are no jobs in which exposures could exceed  0.2 rem/month.

If under-the-apron measurements were acceptable estimates of  whole-body exposures,
there would be no problem in  implementating Alternative  c, since no one in the
Department of  Radiology might be expected to receive an under-the-apron exposure in
excess of 0.2 rem.  If not, this hospital would have considerable difficulty in complying
with this guideline.

Remote  control  fluoroscopy  rooms  could  be installed at  an approximate cost of
$450,000 (an existing  room could not  be adapted).  This hospital has three fluoroscopy
rooms.  However, angiography would be eliminated because it is impossible to perform
this procedure remotely.

Approximately  five technologists (female) work the angiography room.  These could be
replaced by five male radiologic technologists, if they could be recruited.  There are
probably not enough male technologists in this area to satisfy the demand.

The opinion was expressed  (by a female) that Alternative c is not equitable.  It is  not
fair to hire  males exclusively to perform fluoroscopy.  Female technologists are aware
of the risks from the start, and if they were not willing to accept the risks, they would
get out of the field.

                   8.  Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance
                                                       )
The only potential for internal exposures in this hospital is in the therapeutic injection
of 1-131 (approximately 200 mCi).  Approximately  24 hours after this  procedure,  a
thyroid uptake scan is performed.  However,  there have never been measurable uptakes
(in approximately nine years).  Moreover, there used  to be  a lot more 1-131 used in
nuclear medicine. Most of this has been supplanted by Tc-99m.
                                       54

-------
             9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

If under-the-apron measurements were  acceptable estimates of whole-body exposures,
this hospital is currently complying with this reduced  RPG.  If not, the only procedure
for  which there might  be a problem is angiography.  At present, approximately five
technologists  and  five  radiologists work  this procedure.   A 1.5  rem  RPG could be
achieved with rotation of personnel.  However, the collective dose would increase.
                                       55

-------
                     B.1 PRIVATE PRACTICE IN RADIOLOGY

This medium-to-large private medical practice, encompassing two private offices and a
medium-sized, parochial hospital (approximately 450 beds), is  located in a  suburban
area.   The practice includes  nine physicians, all  radiologists (most of whom  are
additionally certified by the American Board of Nuclear Medicine).

The two private offices  are located within a mile of the hospital and are open eight
hours a day, five days a week.  The offices contain four radiography and fluoroscopy
units and three straight radiography units (two of which are used for mammograms), all
of which are single phase. Soon, a CAT scanner will be added to the list of equipment.
Approximately  60 patients are seen daily.   The  support staff in these offices is
comprised  of seven technologists,  four   typists/receptionists,  and  one  darkroom
technician. The larger of the two offices is always staffed by a physician; a physician is
usually physically located at the smaller office, or is available on short notice.

The physicians in this private radiology practice also run two of  the departments in the
hospital — radiology and nuclear medicine.  This includes the monitoring of personnel
and  the  responsibility for  radiation safety.   One of the physicians is the  Radiation
Safety Officer  for the  hospital.   His responsibilities extend  to the use of  radiation
sources in the operating room and  the emergency room.  (The hospital does not perform
radiation therapy — except an occasional thyroid implant  — or heart catheterizations.)

The radiology department  in the  hospital encompasses  13 X-ray units and one CAT
scanner. Angiography is performed in the hospital, but not in the private offices.  The
department employs  approximately 60 full-time equivalents.

The nuclear medicine department performs approximately 475 scans monthly.  Almost
all of the scans are made using  Tc-99m.  Some gallium is used for scans of the abdomen
and chest;  radioiodine is frequently used for thyroid uptake, and xenon for lung scans.
An occasional thyroid therapy is also performed by the nuclear medicine department.
                                      56

-------
Most of radiopharmaceuticals are now purchased from an outside supplier as single unit
dosages. This results in lower exposures to the technologists.  Radioiodine  dosages are
still prepared within the hospital.  The nuclear medicine department employs approxi-
mately 10 full-time equivalents.

It is estimated that approximately 150 patients are seen daily in the hospital. Most of
these patients are seen during regular hours — 7:30 a.m. to 10:30 p.m., five  days per
week, plus a half day on Saturday.

It is policy to monitor all physicians and technologists, but not clerical personnel or
nurses.  Badges  are now worn outside the apron at the collar level, as required by the
state, although at one time it was standard procedure to wear badges under the apron.
It is felt that collar level badging is  good radiation protection practice, as long as the
readings are  within limits.  If not,  two badges should be worn, one inside and the other
outside the apron, using the inside badge as a measure of whole-body exposure.  As a
matter of fact, double badging is done at this facility for angiography procedures.

It is also standard practice at the hospital to  wear ring badges in the nuclear medicine
department.  Ring badges are seldom  worn in radiology, although a physician performing
arthrograms  receives average hand exposures of approximately 0.13 rem/month.  The
hand is never placed in the primary beam.

During the year 1980,  approximately  80 personnel, including those in the private offices
were badged.  Of these, 80%  received measurable whole-body exposures.  The average
exposures were  0.05  rem to the physicians  and 0.1  rem to the technologists.   The
maximum exposure was approximately 0.9 rem, to a nuclear medicine technologist.  No
personnel received exposures in excess of 1.0 rem.

The technologists are typically female, ranging in age from 20 to 30 years.  The salary
range is $10,000 to $15,000 annually.

Although the hospital  is not a teaching facility, some of the interns and residents are
drawn from a medical school in the  metropolitan area.  None of these, however, are
currently  in radiology, although some instruction is provided to them about procedures
in radiology.
                                       57

-------
                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

The reduction in the allowable annual whole-body exposure from 12 rem to 5 rem would
have no impact.  The highest annual exposure in 1980 was roughly 0.9 rem, greater than
a factor of five below the proposed limit.

The opinion was expressed  that  the main  problem in radiation safety is the use  of
radiation sources by physicians not properly trained in their  utilization.  These are
usually internists, orthopedists, or cardiologists with small practices who have little  or
no appreciation for radiation safety.  They  do not  generally employ trained technolo-
gists, and even the quality of the X-rays is poor.

               2. Impact of Reduction  in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The reduction of the accumulated exposure limit from 5(N-18) rem to 100  rem would
have no impact.  In fact, the opinion was expressed that the accumulated exposure limit
could well be even lower.

In this practice, the highest accumulated lifetime whole-body dose for a physician is 3.7
rem and for a technologist,  11 rem (in  nuclear medicine for 15 years).  The physician
who founded the practice 15 years ago has accumulated  0.8 rem.  (Some of the  time
that these whole-body exposure were accumulated, the film badges were worn under the
apron.)  This experience suggests  that the cumulative exposure  limit could be set at  25
rem, although this might be cutting it a trifle thin.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

Neither  the proposed limit on the  hands  nor that on the eye would pose a problem.  Only
the individuals in nuclear medicine routinely wear ring badges. For these, the maximum
cumulative hand exposure is 43  rem, obtained over a period  of 15  years.  Thus the
proposed limit is a factor of 15  higher than the  high average annual hand exposure.
Although it is  possible to get a significant  dose to  the hands in radiography, the
radiologists are  trained to avoid  direct exposure to  the beam unless  lead gloves are
being worn.
                                       58

-------
Dose  to  the eye has never been directly  measured.  Assuming that the collar-level
reading is an appropriate surrogate  for the eye, the maximum  cumulative lens dose is
6.1 rem  over ten years, or only approximately 0.6 rem/year, on  the average.   This
exposure  was accumulated  by an  individual  who  performs angiograms.  Thus,  the
proposed 5 rem limit to the eye would not pose a problem for this practice.

If the eye limit were to pose a problem, it could be easily rectified  by providing lead
glasses to the staff. The cost  would be minimal and there would be little resistance to
wearing them.

               4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for  Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Noone employed  by the  practice  is  anticipated  to receive  an  annual whole-body
exposure in excess of 1.5 rem, since there  were no whole-body exposures in excess of
1.0 rem in 1980.  Therefore, a  full-time "radiation protection professional" would not be
required for this practice.

If a supervisor were to monitor procedures  involving significant  exposures,  it is  not
clear what would be learned through such monitoring.  The dose  rate for each procedure
is relatively constant.   Therefore, the exposure received is a function of the time spent
on each procedure.  This varies, depending on a number of random factors.  "If you're
putting in a pacemaker and it takes  too long, what do you do, stop?" To summarize, the
opinion was expressed  that  monitoring  during procedures performed  by  this practice
would accomplish little in reducing occupational radiation exposures.

Another  issue relates to the definition of  a  "radiation protection  professional".   The
Radiation Safety Officer is a Board-certified radiologist.  He studied the physics of
radiation and is interested in radiation safety.  However, he is  not trained in  radiation
protection.  Therefore, strictly speaking, his  background and experience is not equiva-
lent to that of a "radiation protection professional."  Thus, if  "radiation protection
professionals" were  required to monitor the  procedures of this practice, they  would
have  to start from scratch in employing them.  The opinion  was expressed that there
aren't enough  medical physicists to  satisfy  the requirements in  just this one metropoli-
tan area.
                                        59

-------
                  5. Impact of the Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

At present, the practice is monitoring all individuals expected to receive exposures in
excess of  0.5  rem/year.   In fact, 20%  of those monitored received no measurable
exposure at all in 1980.

The  supervision provision of the guidance, however, may pose a problem. Presently, a
part-time physicist is used as a consultant to checkout and  calibrate the X-ray units.
He comes  in twice a year, but would hardly be defined as "available" for purposes of
ALARA monitoring.  Thus, the responsibility for assuring that exposures are justified
and  ALARA falls on the  shoulders  of the Radiation  Protection Officer.  He keeps up
with NRC  guidelines, coordinates with the State, and reviews the radiology literature
relating to radiation protection.  On the average, he spends somewhat less than 10% of
his time on radiation safety matters.   However,  as discussed earlier,  he  does not
consider himself a "radiation protection  professional" or  its equivalent.   The hospital
has a research  committee that  reviews  new procedures, but it  is  not  interested in
radiation.   Therefore, the  supervisory  function called  out in  this  guideline is not
currently being provided.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

There is no formal  training in radiation  protection provided to the  employees of the
practice, either those in the office or those in the hospital.  Weekly conferences are
held in the hospital, but these are rarely concerned with radiation.  The technologists do
occasionally attend formal hospital lectures devoted to radiation protection principles.
There  are  no  corresponding lectures for  physicians, nurses, or  clerical personnel
potentially exposed.

The  technologists get training in  radiation protection principles during  their formal
education.   This consists of a two-year  program at a junior college.   This program
includes quantitative guidance in levels of risk.

               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

The practice is presently  operating  within the framework  of  Alternative a. All female
workers are instructed to inform their supervisors as soon as they know that they are

                                        60

-------
pregnant.  If they are in radiology, they are not allowed to do fluoroscopy or portable
X-ray procedures.  If they are  in nuclear medicine, they are placed elsewhere, or if
there are no available slots, they are asked to take a leave of  absence.   At present,
there are no known pregnant technologists.

If Alternative  b were promulgated, the only workable mechanism would be  to  ask
women, at the time of hire, if they would avoid jobs with the potential for exposures in
excess of  0.2 rem/month.  (The  only  procedures for  which the potential exists for
exposures in excess of 0.2 rem/month are in nuclear medicine, and possibly angiography.
In 1980, noone received an exposure in excess of 0.2 rem  in any one month.) If the
answer were affirmative, they wouldn't be hired. If they were hired, and then requested
transfer  to other activities not involving potential exposures  in excess of 0.2 rem, they
would have to be discharged. It would be too difficult to find  other jobs for them within
the hospital.

Alternative c is totally unrealistic and  would be unworkable.  The biggest problem
would be with  the women themselves, who would proclaim that their liberties were
being abridged.

      8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined External  Exposure Guidelines

The only place  where internal exposures could be received is in nuclear medicine.  At
present, there is no monitoring for internal exposures. However, there are not expected
to be any internal exposures.  All Tc-99m dosages are injected.  All iodine dosages are
swallowed. The only airborne contamination is from Xe-133, and this is exhaled into a
balloon and  allowed   to  decay.   It would be  difficult to  implement  an  airborne
contamination control program using MFC's, because the physicians are not accustomed
to working with exponential notation.

            9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/year

Because of the relatively low W.B.  exposures in this practice, it would be feasible to
reduce the RPG  to 1.5 rem/year without a cost impact.  However, it is felt  that it
would be a mistake  to impose this limit at this time.  It is  cutting it too close for
comfort. It would not allow enough breathing room.
                                       61

-------
                 B.2 PRIVATE PRACTICE IN NUCLEAR MEDICINE

This is  a small private practice in nuclear medicine, which is conducted  within  the
framework of a large,  multi-office  pathology practice  covering a  reasonably  large
metropolitan area.   Nearly all of the nuclear medicine work is conducted in the main
laboratory, with only an occasional  capsule  administered  in one of the seven branches.
There is an affiliation with the nuclear medicine departments at three moderate-sized
hospitals (one in an adjacent state), but the radiation protection  programs at  these
facilities are administered by the hospitals (one of which is the subject of  a separate
Case Study).

This practice is not typical of the private practice of nuclear medicine in this country.
Only approximately 25% of nuclear  medicine is administered by pathologists; most of it
is administered by radiologists (at least 50%); the remainder by a number of specialties.
The trend is toward control of nuclear medicine by the radiologists.

The majority  of pathologists  (at least 50%) are salaried and work exclusively  for
hospitals.  Another 30% run hospital pathology laboratories,  but  do their own billing.
The remainder take a percentage of the pathology lab receipts from the hospital.

There are  approximately 25 groups  like this practice throughout the country, each
consisting of approximately ten  pathologists.  It  is estimated that  there are  roughly
10,000 pathologists in the country.

The main laboratory of this practice services  approximately 300 patients daily. Out of
this patient load, approximately 100 radio-immuno-assay  (RIA)  procedures are per-
formed  daily.   (Several RIA procedures may be performed for a single patient.) The
number  of scans, however,  averages  only approximately  ten  per  week.   Additionally,
approximately  20  patients per  year  are treated  for  thyroid cancer  on an  outpatient
basis.

Most of the RIA's use small amounts of 1-125 or 1-131 (generally less than 10^_LCi).  Most
of  the  actual  work is  performed  in well counters.  The exposure to personnel is
negligible.
                                       62

-------
The out-of-hospital procedures are limited to intakes of 30 mCi (according to the limits
set by the NRC).  For this reason, exposures to office personnel are low.  Because of
the intake  limitations,  the trend is toward  hospital practice of nuclear medicine,
exclusively.

Four individuals at the main laboratory come into  contact with radioisotopes.  These
are three technologists and one of the pathologists.  (Only one of the nine pathologists
in the practice is involved in the practice of nuclear medicine.)  Two of the three
technologists generally confine their activities to RIA.

Approximately four years ago, the  decision was made  to buy unit dosages from an
outside nuclear pharmacist.  Prior to that time, a molybdenum generator was used to
produce Tc-99m, and exposures were somewhat higher (although primarily to the hands).

It is the policy to provide individual monitors to only those individuals who work with
radioisotopes.  The other  47  employees at  the  main laboratory are  not monitored.
Moreover, with one exception, the one or two individuals (generally a receptionist and a
technologist) at each of the seven branches are unmonitored.  The exception is a branch
that conducts routine chest X-rays as part of a contract  to provide pathology services
to a government agency.   Personnel at the branches  seldom come into contact with
radioisotopes; when  they do, it is  only to administer a capsule ( <. 50 |J.Ci) for which a
scan is conducted at a later date at the main laboratory.

When radioisotopes  were generated  at the main laboratory  several  years ago, hand
exposures were routinely monitored using ring badges.  At that time, it was not unusual
for the ring badges to register  dosages in excess of 2.5 rem/year.   Now  that  unit
dosages are purchased  from an outside vendor, extremity exposures are believed to be
comparable to whole-body doses.  Therefore, only whole-body doses are monitored.

An exposure record for  the technologists at the main laboratory is provided in the
attached Table.  The cumulative  lifetime exposure to the pathologist  involved  in the
practice of nuclear medicine is roughly 0.4 rem.  (The exposures for the year 1980 are
not available.)  The changeover from the use of internally-generated unit dosages to the
purchase of unit dosages from an outside vendor occurred in 1978.

The  exposures displayed  in the  Table are not typical  for  the practice of nuclear
medicine. For  example, two of the four technologists employed by one  of  the hospitals

                                       63

-------
List of Technologists with Highest Accumulation of Whole  Body Radiation for 1970-1979

                               ANNUAL EXPOSURE IN HEM                                  Cumulative
                                                                                Total Whole Body
     1970      71      72     73     74     75     76      77     78     79         1970-79
#1
#2
2 #3
4*
#5
#6
0.30 0.33 1
0.77 1.17 0
0
.


.10
.45
.28



0.24 0.
0.
0.44 0.
0.43
0.
0.
61
28
10

49
15
0.31
0.374
0.077

0.09
0.120
0.484
0.397
0.103

0.053
0.159
0.428
0.436
0.082

0.096
0.291
0
0


0
0
.422 0.226
.329


.012
.39 0.024
6
6
1

0
0
.210
.574
.331

.741
.782

-------
affiliated with this group of pathologists receive on the order of 0.2 rem whole-body
exposure monthly.   However,  approximately  50  scans are performed weekly  in this
hospital, compared with the ten scans per week for the private practice.

Nuclear  medicine technologists receive lectures in radiation protection during their
regular training  program.   They  learn about radiation levels, the  maintenance  of
records,  the disposition of radioisotopes, etc.  They do not receive formal lectures  on
the quantitative levels of risk from radiation.

A formal course in medical technology is also given by this pathology practice. Most of
the trainees have three to four years of college prior to taking the course. The course,
which  is one  year in duration,  is recognized by  the American Society of Clinical
Pathology.  A normal part  of  the  course is training in RIA.  If a specialty in nuclear
medicine technology is  desired, experience in  imaging is obtained  at  an  affiliated
hospital.

Nuclear medicine technologists earn from $15,000 to $25,000 annually.  The salary for a
chief technologist could go as high as $30,000/year.

                        1^ Impact of Reduction in  W.B. RPG

The reduction  in the allowable whole-body exposure from 3 rem per quarter to 5 rem
per year is expected to have no immediate impact in this practice. As a matter of fact,
reference to the attached Table indicates that  annual exposures are running at least one
order of magnitude lower.

However, concern was expressed about the need for flexibility in the future.  Should
some breakthrough  occur,  resulting in the need  for higher exposures, it  would  be
detrimental to have lost the degree of flexibility provided by the existing limits.

Also, concern  was expressed about  the imposition of the lower limit  on some radiology
departments.  As a matter of  fact, even the practice  of nuclear medicine in  hospitals
may well  be  pushing up  against  this  proposed W.B. limit.   As  discussed  earlier,
technologists at a hospital affiliated with this private  practice are receiving exposures
as high as 0.2 rem/month.
                                       65

-------
               2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The  limit  would  have  no  impact on  this  private  practice  of nuclear  medicine.
Currently, the highest accumulated exposure for a technologist is more than one order
of magnitude below this limit. The accumulated exposure of the pathologist is in excess
of two orders of magnitude lower.

Although some concern was expressed about the remote possibility that this limit could
restrict future experimental work, less  concern was  expressed about the proposed
lifetime dose limit than the  proposed  annual limit.  That is because there is intrinsic
flexibility in a cumulative exposure limit that is not available in an annual limit.  If an
exposure is relatively high one year, the individual can be removed from work involving
high fields of radiation in subsequent years to limit the cumulative exposure.

                    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

There is no reason to believe that exposures to the lens of the eye are any higher than
measured whole-body doses.  However, exposures  to the hands, when unit dosages were
prepared in-house, routinely  exceeded  2  rem/year, and occasionally ran as high as 0.5
rem/month.  Now that outside vendors are being used, hand exposures are comparable
to whole-body exposures.  However, exposures to  the hand were and are well below  the
proposed limits (previously, by roughly one order  of magnitude,  and now by more than
two orders of magnitude).

                    4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                     Exposures in the Range of  0.3 to 1.0 RPG

It  is not  "anticipated" that anyone would receive an  annual exposure in excess of 1.5
rem  in this private practice of nuclear medicine.   Therefore, the impact  of  this
proposed guideline is negligible.

The reason, however, for the relatively low exposures in this practice is probably the
small number of scans.   In an affiliated hospital, where  the frequency of scans is a
                                       66

-------
factor of five higher, annual doses are anticipated to be greater than 1.5 rem per year.
Therefore, a supervisor would be required to be present before and during each task
"significantly contributing" to the annual exposure.  (It  was suggested that  holding the
patient's head during a brain scan  is the  largest single contributor to occupational
exposure in the practice of nuclear medicine.)

The  question arose regarding the equivalency of the background  and experience of a
nuclear physician to a "radiation protection professional."   The  physician is present
during each  scan (he  could presumably  carry out the monitoring requirements in the
guidelines  in addition  to his other  duties). The  pathologist  who  practices  nuclear
medicine  in  this  practice  is also the Radiation Safety Officer.  He took courses in
physics in college and, of  course,  took the  required  six-months'  course  in  nuclear
medicine required for the NRC license. This course includes training in nuclear physics.
He feels that this background should qualify him to  satisfy the "radiation protection
professional"  requirements of this guideline.  He feels  that  the M.D. degree plus the
NRC license are sufficient to satisfy this requirement.  Moreover, he feels that  most
radiologists are  also equivalent in background and experience to medical physicists.
(This particular  physician  has  additionally  trained  more than 700  physicians over a
period of 20  years  for  the  NRC license.  This  two-week course is sponsored by the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists.)

                    5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                       Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

Although whole-body exposures in this practice have not exceeded  0.5 rem in several
years, they have come close enough to this limit so that it is  reasonable to "anticipate"
annual exposures in this range. The  individual exposure  monitoring requirement of this
guideline  has been  satisfied for years.   The  availability  of a "radiation  protection
professional" in satisfaction of this guideline hinges on the arguments presented above
regarding the qualifications of the nuclear physician.  If the licensed nuclear physician
is  indeed equivalent to a medical physicist,  as  argued in the previous section, then this
private practice  would not incur costs resulting from the imposition of guideline.  If
not,  then an outside consultant would have to be retained and be "on-call", to assure the
"availability" of a "radiation protection professional".
                                        67

-------
                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

As discussed earlier, the prescribed training course for a nuclear medicine technologist
includes instruction in radiation protection  principles.  This includes instruction on the
immediate effects of relatively high levels  of exposure. No guidance is given, however,
on the long-term stochastic effects, either  qualitative or quantitative.  Moreover, it is
felt that it would neither be prudent nor productive to include these effects in a routine
training course because of the high degrees of uncertainty involved.

               7. Impact of Guidance for the Protection of the Unborn

At present, women who are known to be pregnant are not allowed to work  in nuclear
medicine.  If a woman working in  this practice were to declare herself pregnant, she
would be  directed  to other tasks not involving  the potential exposure to  radiation.
Thus,  this practice is operating within the constraints of a mandatory version  of
Alternative a.

Alternative b is felt to be too restrictive. Most of the medical technologists are female
and most are in the child-bearing years.  Although an exposure of 0.2 rem in one month
would be atypical for  this practice, it is not unfeasible,  and is a regular occurrence in
the nuclear medicine  department of  an affiliated hospital.  Therefore, Alternative b
would prevent these women  from being hired in the first place.

Alternative c is felt to be a "disaster".  Because of the atypical low exposure levels in
this practice, women are not expected to receive exposures in excess of 0.2 rem/month.
However,  in the more typical hospital environment, such exposure levels are routinely
received.   Therefore,  all  women of child-bearing age (the  great majority of  the
technologists) would have to be removed  from their jobs in nuclear medicine.  The costs
would be  very  high,  since there are   openings  for  approximately  25,000  medical
technologists at present, and only  12,000 trained  technologists are  available for these
jobs.   At present,  there are not  enough training programs in existence to turn out
medical technologists in sufficient numbers  to satisfy the demand.

       8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

Several years ago, when unit dosages were  made  up  in-house, there was concern about
potential  internal  thyroid  exposures.    Therefore, thyroid  uptake monitoring was
                                       68

-------
performed, but no significant uptakes were  measured. At present, there appears to be
little potential for internal exposures.

             9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/year

As  discussed in previous sections, W.B. exposures in excess of 1.5  rem/year are not
anticipated in this practice.  Therefore, although the decrease in flexibility engendered
by this postulated reduction in the RPG was decried, no significant costs would accrue
to this private practice.

The costs at the  affiliated  hospital, however, would be significant.   At least  two
technologists receive annual exposures in  excess of this level.  At least one additional
worker,  and  most  probably two, would have to be recruited and hired.   The serious
shortage  of  medical technologists was discussed in  the  previous section.   If it were
possible to hire additional workers, the collective dose would be expected to increase.
                                        69

-------
              C.I LARGE CONTRACT INDUSTRIAL RADIOGRAPHER

This large engineering services firm  performs soils testing, materials testing, and non-
destructive  testing (NOT) of  metals.   NDT  uses visual,  ultrasonic, eddy current,
magnetic  particle,  dye penetrant,  and  radiographic  techniques.   For total volume
testing, radiography  and ultrasonics (which has become  more widely used  since the
acceptance by the American  Welding Society in 1969)  are used approximately equally.
Overall, roughly 25% of NDT is performed by radiography.

With a total employment of approximately 1,100, the company has 16 offices. Radio-
graphy is  performed in nine of the  16 offices.   Licenses are  required,  therefore, by
several agreement states as well as by the NRC.  The firm employes approximately 100
licensed radiographers.

Roughly one-half of all radiography in  the U.S.  is performed  by outside contractors,
such as this firm.  There are a handful of such large national firms, while each state has
a couple of 10 - 20 person companies  that operate regionally. There are also a number of
"mom and pop" firms that do not operate under the two-man team, unwritten rule.

Technicians employed strictly as radiographers, as opposed to technicians who work for
testing firms,  generally receive  higher annual  exposures.    This  is  because  these
technicians perform radiography full time, whereas the testing laboratory technicians
may perform a large variety of tasks  (i.e., ultrasonics, visual inspections, etc.).

Radiography is performed in the following four modes in this firm:

      1.      In the laboratory at the firm's facilities.  Clients are urged to bring pieces
             to the firm's facilities to reduce costs. In this mode, a radiographer may
             work alone (others are available, should assistance be needed).

      2.      On-site radiography at distances up to 30 miles.  A minimum  of a two-
             man team, one of whom must be a licensed  radiographer, is always sent.
             For these relatively close jobs,  film processing may be performed at the
             home facility, where  an automatic film processor is used.

                                      70

-------
       3.     On-site radiography at distances beyond 30  miles.  At these distances, a
             mobile darkroom and possibly an extra technician are generally sent with
             the team.

       4.     Radiography with the client's equipment.  Only the people are sent. The
             client's sources and darkroom facilities are used.

The firm is licensed  to  possess  100 Ci sources of Co-60 and Ir-192,  and purchases
sources at the  100 Ci level.  They are currently in possession of 30 Ir-192 sources and
four  Co-60 sources (used for  thick/heavy sections).   Approximately 10% of the
radiography is  performed with approximately 10 X-ray  machines.  Depleted uranium
collimators are  used  in  conjunction with the  radioisotope sources.   In addition  to
providing  a well-defined beam,   the  collimators  provide at least a  factor  of  10
attenuation.

In conjunction  with the firm's soil testing activities, Troxler moisture/density gauges
are also used.  These are generally Cf-252 or Am-Be (up to 50 mCi) neutron sources.
The individuals who use these sources are generally not radiographers.

The firm  has designated eight individuals as  Radiation Safety  Officers (RSO's).  Each
RSO is responsible for a  region, which may be only a single state.  The backgrounds of
the RSO's  range from senior  technicians to professional engineers, and  they  have
generally been  involved in radiography.  Each RSO attends a course of at least 40 hours
conducted by Louisiana State  University or Gamma Industries (a  supplier of  sources).
The firm  has also designated a Radiation Protection Coordinator, who reports  to the
Director of Engineering,  who  in turn reports to the President.   There  are. no  health
physicists employed by the firm.

All radiographers and radiographer's assistants are monitored.  Dosimetry is performed
with TLD's which are read monthly, at a cost of $2.30/mo./badge.   Pocket ion chambers
are also worn.  Readings  from these instruments are taken daily and records turned in
weekly.  Roughly 75 personnel are monitored regularly.   Approximately 75 additional
individuals are  monitored some of the time.  Measured whole-body exposure distribu-
tions  for the past three years  are given in the  attached Table.  The large number  of
monitored employees in the year  1980  is anomalous, and was due  to an extraordinarily
large  project undertaken during that year.
                                        71

-------
            Whole-Body Exposure Distributions
                                      Year
Less than meas.
  < 0.1 rem
 0.1 - 0.25 rem
0.25 - 0.50 rem
0.50 - 0.75 rem
0.75 - 1.00 rem
1.00 - 2.00 rem
      2.00 rem
                          72

-------
Additionally,  the  50  or so  employees  using  Troxler moisture/density gauges  are
monitored for gamma exposure (although the sources also have a neutron output).  The
exposures to these sources are less than 0.5 rem/yr.

Total labor  costs for the firm last year were $20M.  The  cost for radiographers  was
$1.5M.  Salaries for radiographers range from $5 to $15/hr.  Level ni radiographers,  who
are also supervisors, can earn more than $15/hr.  The age range of radiographers is 19
to 45 years.

Radiographers and radiographer's assistants receive a minimum of  16 hours of formal
training in  the principles of radiation  safety and three months of on-the-job training.
They must  also pass a  written  examination  in accordance with  NRC's  rules  and
regulations (10 CFR Part 34, Appendix A).   Personnel who use the moisture density
gauge receive instruction from the Radiation Safety Officer and some attend a course
given by the vendor.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

The  change  in the allowable  whole-body exposure  limit from 3 rem/qtr. to 5 rem/yr is
expected to have no cost impact on this firm. Over the past several years, the highest
whole-body exposure was in the range of 1 - 2 rem.

It is not difficult to keep annual exposures safely below the 5 rem RPG.  Action levels
are established within the firm of 18 mr/day, 90 mr/week,  and 1.25 rem/qtr.  If these
levels are exceeded, the RSO steps in to find out what's going on.

It is not difficult for a radiographer to limit his exposure to 18 mr per day,  even if he
shoots as many as 50 - 100 films.  It  can be done by getting away from the source.
The  one situation in which  this is difficult is  in cross-country pipeline  radiography.
Here it is difficult to get away from the source, and it might be difficult to live within a
5  rem RPG.   However, the case study  firm  no longer  does cross-country  pipeline
radiography on a full-time basis.

The  "vagabond  radiographer"  was mentioned as a potential problem.  This is  the
individual who goes from job to job performing  only radiography. Generally there are
                                       73

-------
no records maintained on this individual.  He is quite likely to receive a dose in excess
of 5 rem in a one year period, but not at any single company. Thus there is no control
over this  person's exposure.  Since there is considerable employment turnover at this
firm, roughly 50% of these transient radiographers may come in and out of the firm  in
any one year period.

               2.  Impact of Reduction In Accumulated Exposure Limit

If records were easy to obtain, this proposed guideline would not be a problem. In fact,
the highest exposure  accumulated entirely at the case study firm is approximately 5
rem, for a 20  year  employee.  However, it is difficult to obtain records from previous
employers, particularly from small firms. Hospitals are also non-responsive.  Utilities
are quite responsive.

When records  from previous employers are  unavailable, it is necessary to assume the
maximum - 5  rem/yr.  (15 rem/yr for exposures incurred prior to  1961).  Concern was
expressed about the limit if the records are unavailable and it is necessary to assume
the maximum.  A perspective employee who is over  40  years of  age and is unable to
produce a record of prior exposure might not be able to obtain employment involving
radiation exposure.

     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

The  only  time that the hand may receive an exposure higher than the whole body  is
during source retrieval. For the entire  company, this may occur  as many as ten times
annually.  If it looks like the retrieval  may be difficult, involving significant potential
for exposure, the Radiation  Safety Officer is consulted.  Another individual may be
called in to retrieve the source who can afford the dose.  Exposure to the hands during
the retrieval operation is not known because ring badges are not routinely worn.

The  loading of the source  into  the projector does not involve extraordinarily high
exposures to the hand.  In a well-designed projector, there is no higher radiation flux at
the entry point of the source than at the other surfaces of the projector.  There may
have been problems leading  to hand exposures on the old  Budd cameras (with certain
types of "pigtails"), since it was possible for the source to be located close to the edge.

                                       74

-------
4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

There were no exposures in excess of 1.5 rem in 1980 and it looks like there will be two
in 1981.  In 1978 and 1979, approximately 4% of the workers badged received exposures
in the range 1 to 2 rem. Therefore, it is not clear if exposures to radiographers in this
firm are "anticipated" to exceed 1.5 rem annually.

There are two types  of contracts that could lead to annual exposures in excess of 1.5
rem.    The  first  is  a  long-term  job on  a  construction  project,  in  which  some
radiographers  must be present (by virtue of their experience) over the entire duration of
the contract.   At  present, there are  two  ongoing jobs  of this nature.   The second
involves radiography  at an active  nuclear  power plant, for  which there are several
ongoing contracts.  Here the problem is the  background radiation from the plant itself.
Only certain individuals who have gone through the security screening and have had the
requisite  training  can fill  these slots.   Of course, at  the plant, these individuals are
under the cognizance of the utility's radiation protection program, as well as that of the
case study firm.  If a radiation protection professional were required, he/she would no
doubt be supplied by the utility.

If professional radiation supervision were required in the field, an average of 10, and
possibly as many as 20  of  them could be required at any one  time.  This is how many
teams  are likely to be in the field.  However, the opinion was expressed that these
radiation protection  professionals  would accomplish  little in the  way  of  reducing
exposures for this type of operation.

5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

From the exposure data compiled  over the past  three years,  a  small percentage of
radiographers received exposures in excess of 0.5 rem (3 to 10 %). Therefore, it  would
probably be prudent to "anticipate" exposures in this range.

Personnel monitoring is currently being performed for  all radiographers  and radiog-
rapher's  assistants.  Moreover,  the supervision requirement in  this  range  is currently
being performed by the Radiation Safety Officers.   However, none  of  the  RSO's  is
equivalent in background and experience to a health physicist.  Therefore, to satisfy the
supervision guideline,  a radiation protection professional would have to be retained as a
                                       75

-------
consultant.  Alternatively, the state health  physicists  or those of the source vendors
could be called on.

The opinion was expressed that a health physicist could be beneficially used to advise on
shielding requirements and biological effects.  However, unless the individual also had
considerable experience in radiography, he/she  would be unable to assist in writing or
altering procedures.  Moreover, if it were necessary  to retrieve a source, a  health
physicist would be of limited usefulness.

                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

The current program of instruction for radiographers includes a topic on the biological
effects of high  levels  of  exposure.   However, instruction on long-term  stochastic
effects is not included.  Currently,  40 man-hours of each student's time and 20 man-
hours of instructor's time are spent  in training. If instruction on long-term, low-level
effects of radiation were  to be included in the curriculum, student time  would be
increased by 10% and that  of the instructors by roughly 10%.  The average salary level
of the instructors is approximately $25,000/year.

               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

At present, one  radiographer and  one radiographer's  assistant  are females  (both of
child-bearing age).  The firm has not as yet formulated a policy relative to radiation
exposure of pregnant woman.  If a regulatory requirement were to be imposed  on the
firm in this area,  voluntary guidance would be preferable.

       8.  Impact  of Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

Only  sealed sources are used by  the firm.  Thus there exists no potential for internal
exposures.

             9. Impact of  the Reduction of the  W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/Yr.

Although there were no exposures in excess of 1.0  rem last year, the imposition of a 1.5
rem RPG  would pose a problem for this firm.  In both  1979 and  1980, there were four

                                       76

-------
exposures in excess of 1.0  rem, and it appears that there will be 3 - 4 in 1981.  Thus a
limit of 1.5 rem would be too close for comfort.

The area of the business that  might suffer most significantly from this reduced RPG
would be the work at nuclear power plants. It is likely that this line of work might have
to be  dropped if the reduced RPG were to be imposed.  At  present, roughly  10
individuals, each earning approximately $20,000/year, are involved in this work.
                                       77

-------
              C.2  SMALL CONTRACT INDUSTRIAL RADIOGRAPHER

This small firm  is located in the outlying suburbs of a large metropolitan area.  The
firm  performs  non-destructive testing  (NDT) for clients,  largely  on a  time-and-
materials'  basis, and is predominant  in  its geographical area.   It  has expertise in
ultrasonics, dye  penetrant, magnetic particle, and radiography.  Approximately 60% of
the radiography  utilizes radioisotopes (largely Ir-192), the remainder is X-ray.  The firm
is licensed by an Agreement State, and also by the  NRG (for out-of-state work).

Equipment is available  for 5 -  100 Ci sources,  2 - 50 Ci sources, and  1-18 Ci source.
Currently four sources are being used, all Ir-192,  ranging in  activity from 28 Ci to 90
Ci.  Six X-ray units are operable, ranging  in output from 140  kV to 260 kV.  Because of
the bulk and set-up time for X-ray radiographs, radioisotopes are preferred.  However,
X-rays must be  used for thin sections, or light-weight  metals, such as aluminum.  An
alternative to X-rays is a thulium radioisotope  source, but this is seldom used because
of the short  (roughly 30 day) half-life and the delivery time.  Because of the higher
energy  gamma ray, Co-60  is  sometimes used instead  of Ir-192 for thick, or  heavy
sections.  However, this is avoided if possible, because of the weight of the projector.

The  firm  currently employs  15 individuals.  These include  three  senior management
personnel,  two of whom are level-3 radiographers, three  level-2 radiographers, eight
level-1 radiographers (basically trainees),  and one  clerical individual.  The salary for a
level-1 radiographer is approximately $4.00/hour.   Level-2 radiographers earn between
$7.50/hour and  $10/hour.  Level-3  radiographers  can  earn  considerably  higher than
$10/hour;  they are qualified to  write NDT procedures.  One of the level-3 radiographers
also serves as the Radiation Safety Officer.

There are  a  few national and international NDT companies that are quite  large (in
excess of  100  radiographers) and perform testing  under contract for others.  Many of
the large  architect-engineering firms, construction firms, and power plant component
vendors have large  in-house NDT departments. It is estimated that about 50% of NDT
is performed under contract with firms that specialize in NDT.  Most of the NDT  firms,
however, are "gypsies" that literally live  out of suitcases; some have as few as 2  to 3
employees.
                                       78

-------
The NRC has recently made it difficult for the gypsy firms by pressuring them to have
at least two individuals at a site. This has been standard practice at this firm since its
inception.

Each technician who starts out at this firm receives a formal training course the first
two days on the job.  The course content is in accordance with 10 CFR  34, Appendix A.
It includes several hours  of training in  radiation protection, including the short-term
biological  effects.   After this course,  each  prospective  employee  must pass  an
examination to demonstrate that he/she has mastered the material.  It is felt that the
most important questions on this examination are the following:
       1.     What do you do if the radiographer becomes unconscious while a  radio-
             isotope radiograph is in process?
       2.     How do you retract the source?
Additionally, the Radiation Safety Officer frequently makes spot  checks of  personnel
on-the-job to see that they are abiding by safety procedures.

The  surface  dose rate  of  a typical projector  containing  100  Ci  of   Ir-192   is
approximately 0.15 R/hour.  The projector weighs approximately 45  pounds. The source
is typically out of the projector for a period of 30 seconds to 5 minutes.  Occasionally,
for a thick section, the exposure time  may be as high as one hour.   It is standard
procedure at this firm to collimate the source, using a lead pig. This not only provides
a better source for radiography, but gives  a factor of ten  attenuation of the  source  in
the event that it  must be retrieved manually.  During the exposure, the radiographer
must remain outside of a roped-off area which  marks the  2 mr/hour isodose  line.  No
protective clothing is worn.

It is company policy  to  provide  a film badge  to  each employee,  including clerical
personnel.   In  1980, 26 people were provided dosimeters, four of whom received no
measurable exposure.  The average  annual exposure was approximately  0.25  rem, and
the maximum  was in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 rem.  Two individuals were exposed  to the
maximum. The exposures were comparable in 1979, although in that year one  individual
received an exposure  in the  range of  2.0 to  3.0  rem.   In  all  cases,  the  certified
radiographers received the highest doses.

                                       79

-------
                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

Over the years, this firm has been working under a quarterly limit of  1.25 rem.  Only
once in its 14 years of operation has this limit been exceeded.  No one has ever been
exposed  in  excess  of 5.0  rem in any calendar year.  Therefore, under the  current
operating mode, and given no extraordinary circumstances in the future, this guideline
would involve no extra costs to the firm.

However, it is felt  that this guideline would eliminate some of the firm's flexibility in
the future, resulting in some unquantifiable costs.  If, for example, the firm should be
awarded a large power plant contract, the load on the existing radiographers could be
very high. Under such circumstances, it would not be unusual to process 50 radiographs
in one night.  Each of these could involve an  exposure to the radiographer as  high as
1 mr. The limit could be exceeded if 100 shifts like this were experienced in one year.
A similar high exposure situation could occur if a large operating  nuclear power  plant
job were obtained.  Here, high exposures could be incurred by the staff from the  plant
itself while waiting  to perform radiographs.

Up until now, this firm has not been busy enough to experience such high loads.  But an
optimistic growth scenario could easily result in such  a  load.   Moreover, it takes
approximately two  years  to train a  level-2 radiographer.   Thus,  such a high load on
existing staff would be unavoidable during high growth periods.

Another scenario that concerns top  management is that involving the retrieval of a
loose or stuck source.  A bare source  can provide dose rates as high as 500 rem/hour at
1 meter!  Over the  past several years, sources had to be retrieved on two occasions. In
neither of those cases did the exposure to the senior individual who  retrieved the source
exceed 0.1 rem.  However, this was "lucky", and it is felt that as much as 5 rem could
be received  in the event of a difficult retrieval.  In  that  case, this individual would be
unable to perform his senior management role over the remainder of the year, resulting
in a financial disaster to the firm.

               2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The highest  accumulated exposure to any individual in the firm is 12 rem, obtained over
an active professional life of 30 years. The second highest accumulated exposure is

                                       80

-------
 approximately 6 rem, obtained over 20 years.  Therefore, given the current operating
 mode, this guideline would involve no extra costs to the firm.

 However, concern  was still expressed about the potentially restrictive nature of this
 guideline.

 An extremely busy radiographer could easily receive 3 rem  annually.  This guideline
 would restrict the  active  work life of this individual to  approximately 30 - 35 years.
 Admittedly,  it would be unusual for an individual to remain  active for this length of
 time.  However, it  would be desirable to provide a 40 - 45 year vista for young people
 entering the  field.

 Possibly a technological breakthrough could develop over the next 30 years which would
 reduce the unit exposures in radiography.  The most likely breakthrough  would be  the
 substitution  of ultrasonic  examination for radiography.  Ultrasonic inspections  are
 slowly gaining acceptability.

 A concern was  expressed about the  enforcement of the existing 5(N-18) accumulated
 exposure limit.  The validity of existing data was questioned.  A number of individuals
 who perform radiography  for large firms  moonlight on the outside.  Their  outside
 exposures are generally not entered into the data bank for either accumulated or annual
 exposures. (They do not like to tell their employer that they  are moonlighting!) It was
 felt that a national  data bank is the only way to enforce accumulated exposure limits.

                     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                          Extremities and Individual Organs

There should be no  costs to this firm from this guideline.  There is no reason to believe
that the lens of the eye receives an  exposure in excess of the whole-body dose.  One
operation does expose the hand to a significant dose.  This involves the connection of
the source to the  cable  of the projector.  The streaming  of radiation out  of  the
projector has  been measured to  be  approximately 1 rem/hour.   Based upon  the
estimated time to connect the source to the cable (less than 30 seconds) and the number
of times this operation is performed (as  high as three times per shift),  an individual
could receive an exposure to the tips of the fingers as high as  2 - 3 rem annually. This
is well within existing guidance.
                                        81

-------
                    4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to  1.0 RPG

Any of  the radiographers could  receive annual  exposures in  excess of  1.5  rem.
Moreover, each time that  a radiographer goes out on a job,  there exists the potential
for that individual to receive a significant contribution to that annual exposure.  The
firm owns three mobile darkrooms, and it is not unusual for two remote jobs to be going
on simultaneously.  Therefore, this guideline requires radiation protection supervision at
each of these remote sites.

Although a certified radiographer is highly trained and experienced, he is clearly not a
health physicist or its equivalent.  The most  experienced individual  in the  firm in the
principles of radiation  safety  is  the  Radiation Safety  Officer.  He has 20 years of
experience in radiography, and has taken  two formal courses in radiation  safety, one
administered by the Navy.  Nevertheless,  he  could not pass the health physics' certifi-
cation examination without significant additional  training, and  his background  and
experience are  not equivalent to a certified health physicist.

Therefore, two certified health physicists might have  to be hired full-time to satisfy
this guideline.

The opinion was expressed that  a health  physicist would have little to do at a site.
Even if a source retrieval were required, an experienced radiographer (probably level-3)
would have to map out the retrieval operation. Two survey meters and two individuals
are presently  available  at each  remote job.  If  a  retrieval  operation  cannot  be
performed easily, either the projector vendor or the State are called in.

               5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

This guidance  requires  individual  dosimeters and records, and professional radiation
protection supervision to assure exposures are justified and ALARA.  Every employee is
monitored and  the film badges  are  processed monthly;  thus the former guideline  is
clearly satisfied.  A supervisor  does assure that exposures are justified and ALARA;
however,  as discussed  earlier, he is  not a radiation protection professional.   The
individual who performs this function is the Radiation Safety Officer of the  firm.  Each
                                       82

-------
time a new  procedure  is carried out in the  field, he accompanies the crew and sets up
the procedure.  He is completely familiar with existing NDT procedures (he wrote many
of the procedures) and with radiation fields  for existing radiographic techniques.  For a
specific  job, he reviews  with the field  crew the  tradeoff  between  various  NDT
techniques.

It is estimated that the Radiation Safety Officer spends between 20%  and 50% of his
time  on radiation safety activities.    (Management provided  the  high estimate.)
However, he is not a professional in the  field of  radiation  safety.   Therefore,  a
consultant would have to be called in to satisfy this guideline. A rough estimate of the
costs is 14 days at $300/day (both of  these may be low estimates). Furthermore, the
consultant would have to be available for unscheduled and off-hour work.

                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

As discussed earlier, the first 16 hours of each  technicians' on-the-job time is spent in
training. NRC  establishes  the requirements. An additional 24 hours of formal training
is required for  an aspiring radiographer.  Although radiation protection principles are
emphasized, only acute  and  prenatal  biological effects are covered.   Adding latent
effects  would require  approximately an additional 1/2  hour of instruction.   For the
number  of existing employees, this would  cost approximately $200.   This Joes  not
include the time required for the Radiation Safety Officer to review this material.

               7.  Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Currently  three female  technicians  work  for the firm  (one training  to  be  a
radiographer),  only one of whom  is  fertile.    She  has  been  instructed  to inform
management should she become pregnant, in accordance with NRC Regulatory Guide
8.13,  in  which  case  she  would be removed  from tasks involving the exposure  to
radiation. Thus, the firm is currently operating within the guidance of Alternative a.

This firm would have no problem with  Alternative b, in which a woman of child-bearing
age could voluntarily remove  herself from  tasks involving exposures in excels of 0.2
rem/month. The company  is small enough so that no female employee would use this as
an excuse to avoid work.  Therefore,  if a female were legitimately concerned  about
potential exposure  to  the fetus,  she  would  be allowed  to  express this concern  to
management, in which case she would be removed from tasks involving radiography.

                                       83

-------
 Alternative c would be unfair to the woman.  If removal from radiation fields were to
 be  mandatory, females of child-bearing age would not be  hired.  It turns out that the
 one fertile female on  this firm's  staff is highly motivated  to  do  field radiography,
 despite the fact that she  was hired as a laboratory technician.  It is expected that she
 would be very upset, and would consider it to be an infringement on her civil rights, if
 she were pulled from radiography and not permitted to go  out  in the field.  This would
 limit her potential income as well as her ambition.

                    8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

 The  firm  uses only  sealed sources.   Thus,  there  exists  no potential for internal
 exposures.

                       9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B.
                               RPG to 1.5 Rem/year

 A reduction in the RPG to 1.5 rem/year would involve a substantial cost to the firm.
 Although only three individuals were potentially exposed above 1.5 rem over the  past
 two years, the imposition of a limit at 1.5  rem/year would inhibit the growth of this
 company.  At present, only three of the personnel are qualified radiographers.  These
 are the personnel who receive the high exposures. There is no way to substitute other
 personnel for  those radiographers, or to hire additional radiographers  off the street.
 Radiographers are trained in-house over a two-year period.

 This firm has had  poor luck with radiographers hired from other firms. In the larger
 firms, individuals are too  specialized.  In a firm of this size, a radiographer must be a
 "jack-of-all-trades."  The only way to gain this experience  is through in-house training.
 Therefore,  the imposition of this lower  RPG would reduce the existing business level
somewhat (in order to assure that the existing radiographers do not exceed an exposure
of 1.5 rem) and preclude future growth.
                                       84

-------
                         C.3 IN-HOUSE RADIOGRAPHER

This huge manufacturer of steel and steel products had sales in excess of $7 billion and
84,000 employees in 1981.  Radiography is performed at 8 locations that have a total
employment of 17,000.  These facilities manufacture ships, tanks, large diameter pipes,
castings and welded structures.

The  shipbuilding facilities use both X-rays and isotopes for the  inspection  of pressure
piping, hulls, and decks. The three facilities, each of which employ roughly 20 - 25 full-
time non-destructive testing (NDT) personnel, have approximately  12 X-ray machines
and  12  radioactive  sources (mostly Ir-192, some Co-60).   Radiographers (who also
perform other types of NDT)  work in teams of 2 -3 man crews,  supervised (part-time)
by additional supervisory staff and a manager.

There are several tank and welded structural fabrication facilities which  contain a total
of approximately 30 X-ray tubes (200 - 300 KeV) and one   2 1/2 MeV  Van de Graaff
accelerator.   The  X-ray machines  at  these  facilities  are  likely  to  be  manned  by
operators (one or two steps above entry level), rather than radiographers.

Large diameter pipes are manufactured at a single facility that has approximately 15
X-ray tubes.  Most of the radiography is performed  on  a production line  basis using
fixed-station fluoroscopes and X-ray machines (150-300 KeV).   Approximately 120
personnel are involved.

Dosimetry is  performed  in-house using TLD's,  read monthly.   Approximately 600
personnel are monitored,  roughly 300 of which are technicians who  maintain thickness
gauges. Exposures to these personnel are usually insignificant (well under 100 mrem per
year).  In  addition, approximately 50 personnel in the  various medical departments, 20
laboratory personnel, and  30 researchers are monitored. This leaves approximately 180
workers involved in radiography, approximately one-third of which are  actually radio-
graphers.

The  1981 exposure data for workers  involved in radiography are given in the  Table.
They are broken down into the three categories of facility described earlier.  Most of
the exposure in the shipbuilding category is from radioisotopes.

                                        85

-------
            WHOLE-BODY EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 1981
                      	Numbers of Individuals   	

                       Shipbuilding         Tank          Pipe
                        & Repair       Fabrication    Fabrication
Less than 100 mrem          19              10            82
   100 -  250 mrem           6               2            31
   250 -  500 mrem           3               15
   500 -  750 mrem           7               10
   750 -  1000 mrem          10               00
  1000 - 2000 mrem           1               00
Greater than 2000 mrem       0               00
                                    86

-------
 It is felt that the exposures experienced at this firm are typical of in-house radiography
 nationwide.   Exposures at airline manufacturing facilities may be somewhat lower,
 whereas boiler manufacturers are likely to expose personnel to somewhat higher doses.
 Approximately 50% of all  radiography nationwide  is estimated to  be performed in-
 house.

 Radiation safety at this firm is the responsibility of the Corporate Health Physicist. He
 is a certified* health physicist with over 15 years  of experience.  He reports to the
 Corporate  Director of Noise and Radiation Control,  who in  turn reports to the Manager
 of  Environmental Health,  who  reports  to  a Vice-President  in charge of  Industrial
 Relations.   The  Corporate Health Physicist  is assisted  at the corporate level  by  a
 radiologic  technician  who  handles the personnel  monitoring  program, calibrates  the
 survey instruments, and performs some field work.

 The Corporate Health  Physicist develops the corporate radiation  protection program
 and audits the individual  facilities periodically  to determine compliance  with this
 program and  with  the regulations.  His  interface  at  the  operating unit is called  a
 Radiation Safety Coordinator.  This individual may  be an industrial hygienist, a safety
 engineer, a chief  radiographer,  or a personnel  man.   Although the Radiation Safety
 Coordinator does not report to  the Corporate Health Physicist, there is a "dotted line"
 relationship.

 All industrial hygienists, some  of  the  safety engineers, and some  of the Radiography
 supervisors attended a  40-hour course  in radiation safety conducted by the Corporate
 Health Physicist approximately four years ago.  Additionally, all of the radiographers at
 the shipyards and some  of the  tank  fabrication  facilities  attend  an annual  20-hour
 course in radiation protection, including a portion on acute and chronic levels of risk.
 When a new employee who will be involved in radiography is  hired at the shipyards, he is
 given a 1  1/2 hour lecture on  radiation safety  by his  supervisor, and  a copy  of  a
 pamphlet describing the regulations, monitoring policy, etc.

 Radiation protection  instruction at the remaining tank fabrication facilities is spotty.
 Periodically, the Corporate Health Physicist conducts a course on radiation safety.
 This is  usually instigated by  a  change in management at  the  facility.  Little, if any
 instruction in radiation safety is  provided by the Coporate Health Physicist at the pipe
*Six years of health physics' experience is a prerequisite to certification.  Prior to the
 certification examination,  this  individual  took  a night  course (one night  a week)
 sponsored by the Health Physics Society for 4 months.  During this time, approximately
 2 hours a day of independent study were necessary.
                                          87

-------
fabrication  facility.   Approximately  18  months ago  a course  was  conducted  on
successive Saturdays, but attendance was voluntary.

Radiographers at the shipyards receive a base salary of $20,000 per year, although they
can earn as much as $35,000 with overtime.  The work at the shipyards, however, tends
to be dirty, and involves a lot of odd hours.  At  the  tank fabrication facilities, where
the conditions are somewhat  better, the operators of the X-ray units typically  earn
$8.00 - $15.00 per hour.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

There would be no impact from this change in  the W.B. RPG, even  if the business
climate were to  improve substantially. Even  though more pictures may be taken in the
case of in-house radiography, exposures are typically lower than  for contract radio-
graphy because more time is generally taken for set-up. Pressures are lower; incentives
to radiographers in the  contract  firm  are  related to the number of pictures taken,
whereas the in-house  radiographer  is on salary plus overtime (if the business level is
low, overtime is  unavailable).

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

There is very low turnover in this firm.  It is not  unusual for  a radiographer to have 20
years of experience with the firm, and some employees have been with the firm as long
as 40 years. Because of the relatively low exposure levels, real accumulated exposures
are considerably less than 100  rem, and  the establishment of a limit at this level would
pose no problem for this firm.  However, because several workers were in this  field
prior to 1961 and their  exposure  records were  unavailable (making  it necessary to
assume 15 rem/year), the apparent  accumulated exposures for a few individuals exceed
100 rem.

                    3. Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

In industrial radiography, exposures to extremities are not expected to be significantly
higher than whole-body exposures (including eye lens). Thus  there would be no impact
at this firm from the proposed hand limits.

                                       88

-------
Some concern was expressed, however, about the omission of limits to the forearms,
feet,  and ankles,  which were specifically addressed by  the FRC guidelines.  In the
absence of such guidance, the regulators may either establish their own limits or set the
limits to these extremities at the whole-body limit (5 rem/yr). The establishment of a 5
rem/yr. limit to these extremities would be foolhardy  because they are  invariably
exposed to higher doses than the whole body.

                    4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to  1.0 RPG

Although  there were no exposures in this range in 1981 (the highest exposure was 1.4
rem), exposures  would be "anticipated"  in this  range at the  shipyards  if business
conditions were to improve and they  went into full production. In fact,  roughly six
individuals,  or approximately 20% of the radiography workers, would be expected to
receive annual  exposures in excess of  1.5  rem.   However, exposures  are built  up
gradually and no single task makes a "significant" contribution to the annual dose.

If radiation  protection supervision were required, only one supervisor would  be required
during the day.  During each of the two night shifts, however, two, or as many as three
supervisors  would be required because most of  the radiography is performed at night.
Presently, a supervisor supervises each radiography team, but he is only present during
the set-up of the job.  A manager is present during the day shift only.

There are at least  two individuals on each radiography  team.  The  team  leader  is
responsible  for  complying with regulations  and  for performing such surveys  as are
necessary to assure that area dose rates and individual dose limits are being satisfied.

However, there  is no individual at  the unit  level  with background  and experience
equivalent to that of a health physicist, even though several individuals at some of the
facilities are quite knowledgable in radiation protection. As many as four individuals  at
the shipyards know a great deal about radiation  monitoring, shielding, etc., although
none of them has a college degree.

The contribution  of  a professional health physicist during the  actual work would  be
minimal.  Even in the event of a stuck source, an experienced radiographer  and his
supervisor should be able to handle the situation.  A contribution could be made  by

                                         89

-------
having a supervisor on hand who is  not  production oriented, however, this individual
would not have  to  be  a health  physicist.   One of the airline  manufacturers actually
employs  individuals (non-radiographers) who monitor full-  or  part-time while radio-
graphy is being performed.

                    5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

Both the individual monitoring and the supervision requirements of the  guidelines are
currently  being  satisfied at  this firm.   The  Corporate  Health  Physicist performs
periodic surveys and specifies for the operating units, radiation protection guidelines
consistent with the regulations and with the ALARA principle.  The implementation of
this  program  is carried out  by the  local Radiation  Safety  Coordinators  and  the
performance of  the operating  units is  periodically audited by  the  Corporate Health
Physicist.

                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

The requirements on instruction in radiation protection  principles and levels of risk is
essentially being carried out at all units except the pipe fabrication facility.  Here,
approximately 120 workers, many with  no high school education, would require 30 - 40
hours instruction. The  facility operates on three shifts.  The instruction could be given
in approximately ten sessions.  The  annual salary of the instructor is approximately
$	.   After  all  of the existing  workers were  trained,  the program could  be
maintained by continuing these sessions twice a year, since the  employee turnover  rate
is low.

               7.  Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

The firm  is currently  operating under  Alternative a, although the number of women
employed  in radiography is low.  There are 10  females in radiography at  the  pipe
fabrication facility, one in tank fabrication, and none at the shipyards.  Thus there were
no women in 1981 with  exposures in excess of 500 mrem.

Currently, females  are presented with  the NRC Regulatory Guide on the Unborn and
view a film produced by Radiation Management Corporation.  Although  a  female, in
theory, can  remove herself from work involving radiation exposure if she is concerned
                                        90

-------
about exposing the unborn to 500 mrem, in practice another job may not be available at
the same pay rate.

The potential for exposures in excess of 0.2 rem per month is essentially zero, even if
business levels were to pick up.  Moreover, there are no  women radiographers in the
shipyards, at present.  Therefore, Alternative b, for all practical  purposes, is moot. At
present there are no woment with  exposures in excess of 500 mrem; however, if one
were hired at a shipyard, the likelihood becomes real.  While the  radiographers are part
of the welding department (they are not "brought-up-through the ranks"), they are hired
from throughout the yard or "off the street". So it is likely that under full production, a
woman (women) could be hired.

               8.  Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined External
                                Exposure  Guidance

All of the radioisotopes used in radiography are sealed sources, so there is no potential
for internal exposure.

                    9. Impact of the  Reduction of the W.-B..RPG
                                  to  1.5 Rem/Yr,

The only operation that would be affected by a reduction in the whole-body RPG to 1.5
rem would be the shipyards, and only  at full  production.   As discussed earlier,  it is
estimated that at full production approximately six radiographers would receive doses
above 1.5 rem. Exposures could be reduced below 1.5 rem  if an additional two to four
radiographers were hired.  This would no doubt increase collective exposure.
                                        91

-------
            D.I  MANUFACTURER AND DISTRIBUTOR OF CLINICAL AND
                            RESEARCH RADIOISOTOPES

 This  manufacturer and distributor  of radioisotopes specializes in research and clinical
 diagnostic products for the life sciences. Employing 1,700 at three production sites in a
 major metropolitan area, the firm  services a large fraction of a $175M market. There
 are roughly five major competitors.

 In the research products line, chemicals are labeled with C-14, H-3, S-35, P-32 (all beta
 emitters), 1-131 and 1-125 (gamma emitters).  Additionally, small calibration  sources
 (less  than 100 mCi) are manufactured from as many as 100 isotopes. The predominant
 radioisotopes in the clinical diagnostics' line are Mo-99 (for generation of Tc-99m), Tl-
 201,  Ga-67, and  Xe-133.   Isotopes are  made by  nuclear transmutation using four
 cyclotrons and several outside reactors and accelerators.  A linear accelerator is being
 constructed to supplement the cyclotrons.

 The firm  does not manufacture large, multi-curie sources for purposes of irradiation or
 radiography (i.e., Co-60,  Ir-192, etc).   These are all  reactor-produced  sources.  This
 industry,  dominated by approximately five  firms, grosses approximately $25M annually.
 A transportation industry, mostly truck, services both industries. An estimated 200 -
 500 individuals who transport radioisotopes may be receiving non-negligible exposures.
 For example,  there are  an  estimated one million shipments  of  Mo-99 generators
 annually.

 Another segment of the radioistope manufacturing industry makes tritium signs, smoke
 detector sources, etc.  This  industry incorporates a number of small firms and has few
 employees.

 Of the 1,700 employees of  this firm, there are roughly 1,300  monitored for radiation
 exposure, 700  of whom are  potentially exposed and 400  who are "hard core"  (people
 handling  many gamma isotopes in  Curie and multi-Curie amounts)  radiation workers.
The monitoring policy is two-fold. First, badges are provided to all employees  who have
the potential to  receive  in  excess  of  25%  of the  limit  (internally established at  5
rem/yr).  Second, other employees who will receive less than 25% of the limit are also
monitored.  For example,  at one of  the production  facilities in which a large number of
gamma-emitting  sources  are  manufactured,  everyone  who  enters the  facility is
                                       92

-------
monitored.  External dosimetry is performed with TLD's and electrostatic dosimeters,
which are read weekly by in-house personnel. Individuals who are potentially exposed to
neutrons are also supplied with neutron-sensitive film badges which are processed by an
outside  vendor.  The in-house dosimetry costs approximately $30,000 per year, higher
than if it  were  done on the outside.   However, the  added  flexibility is worth  the
additional costs.  The exposure distributions for the  most recent entire year (1980) are
compared with the results from  1977  in the attached Table.   In  1978, 69  individuals
received exposures in the range of 1.0  - 2.0 rem, 49  in the range of 2.0 - 5.0 rem, and 7
in excess of 5.0 rem.  In 1979, 56 individuals received exposures in the range of 1.0 - 2.0
rem, 33 in the range of 2.0  - 5.0 rem and 7  in  excess of 5.0 rem.   There has been a
noticable downward shift in the number of high exposures over the past several years,
particularly in  excess of 5 rem.  Also,  the number of exposures in excess of 1.0 rem has
decreased over the past four years from  approximately  20% of  the total  number of
monitored employees to less than 10%.

The exposures to truck drivers who are employed by this firm are also of interest.  Of
the 19  drivers who  handled radioactive  materials  in  1979, the  average whole-body
exposure was approximately  1.0 rem and the  maximum exposure  was 1.7 rem.  These
were down from  an  average of 1.3  rem and a maximum of 2.7  rem in 1978.   Wrist
exposures to truck drivers were approximately 10-20 percent higher than whole-body
exposures.

Most of the higher exposures are experienced in  four activities.  These are production
of Mo-99 generators, production and maintenance on accelerators, waste management,
and transportation of radioisotopes.

An extensive   internal dosimetry program is also  conducted.  Approximately  600
employees are  given weekly  urinalyses.  This is the  best test for  H-3 intake.  Weekly
breath analyses  on  approximately 100  workers are conducted to  detect for C-14.
Approximately  50 workers who come into contact with radioiodine are given weekly
thyroid  measurements.  Annual whole-body counts are conducted on appoximately  400
employees  who handle gamma-emitting  nuclides. Approximately 6  -  7 of these  15-
minute counts are conducted daily.  Finally, special samples are sent out for analysis
for those workers potentially  exposed to Ni-63 and Am-241.

The  company  samples air  concentrations of radionuclides at approximately  1,000
locations.  The samplers consist of membrane filters, impingers,  charcoal filters,  and
real time monitors.
                                       93

-------
  Whole-Body Exposure Distributions for the Years 1977 and 1980


 Exposure Range               Number of Individuals
     (Rem)                  1980               1977
None Measurable              800               328
Less than 0.10                 250                81
  0.10 -  0.25                80                47
  0.25 -  0.50                50                41
  0.50 -  0.75                35                25
  0.75 -  1.0                 23                21
  1.0   -  2.0                 67                55
  2.0   -  5.0                 65                82
      <  5.0                  1                11
                        94

-------
There  are approximately 40 individuals in the radiation  safety office, roughly  10 of
whom  are dedicated full-time  to the management of radioactive wastes.  Four of the
professionals have  master's degrees (two in radiological health); however, only one of
these  individuals is partially  certified in health physics.   Of the remaining  staff,
academic backgrounds  range from high school education to bachelor's degrees.   Ap-
proximately 15 individuals have bachelor's degrees, mostly  in the physical sciences.  The
annual budget  of the office (exclusive of waste management) is approximately $1M.
This budget has more than doubled, as a percentage of sales, over the last five years.

The  Radiation  Safety Officer reports to the Director of Environmental  Control, who in
turn reports to the Vice-President for  Administration.   There are  three  industrial
hygienists in the office of the Director of Environmental Control, one of whom is a
certified health physicist.

Salary scales for the laboratory technologists range from approximately $12 to $20 per
hour.  Supervisors can earn as much as $40,000 per  year.  The salary range for health
physics' personnel is $25,000 to $40,000 per year.  Health physics' support  personnel
earn from $17,000 to $27,000 per year.

Training is the responsibility of line supervisors.  All new employees  get  a  Radiation
Protection Handbook, which describes the  internal management structure for radiation
protection,  the required  procedures  for  working  with radioactive  materials,  the
regulatory limits, and the procedures in the event of emergencies.  NRC Regulatory
Guide  8.29 will be incorporated in this  manual. Additionally, new employees  attend 16
hours of lectures on safety, 10 hours of  which are  devoted  to radiation safety.  Roughly
one hour  of the  10 is devoted to  levels of risk  from radiation, corresponding to  the
material  in Regulatory Guide 8.29.   After attending the course  and reading  the
handouts, new employees must pass an examination, the level of which is geared to the
job to be performed by the worker.

Additional safety instruction is provided in annual brown-bag lunches tailored to each of
the departments.  Although attendance is not mandatory, 95% attendance is typical (the
lunch is  provided by the  company).   Additionally, 3-hour workshops are frequently
conducted for specialized groups of people.  Finally, staff members of the  Radiation
Safety Office undergo  continual training.   For the accelerator group, this occupies
approximately four  hours per week.

                                       95

-------
                        1^ Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This firm is currently operating under a self-imposed 5 rem annual limit. However, if
the regulatory limit were to be reduced to 5 rem, it would be necessary to impose a
buffer to assure compliance with the  regulation.  It is  estimated that a 20% buffer
would be satisfactory.  Thus,  if the  W.B. RPG were reduced to 5 rem/yr.,  this firm
would operate internally with a 4 rem/yr. RPG.

Currently, warning levels are established at various fractions of the RPG, dependent on
the worker's assignment. At 2 rem/qtr., a worker is pulled out of the laboratory.  If the
proposed 5 rem RPG were imposed, the new warning level would probably be set at 1.0
rem/qtr. In 1980, 16 workers exceeded 4 rem/yr. (In 1981, this number was decreased to
2.)  It is estimated that as many as 6 workers exceed the one rem level each quarter.
These   workers  are   involved   in  radiopharmaceutical   production,  accelerator
operations and maintenance, and waste engineering.

In order  to comply with a 1.0  rem quarterly limit, the preferable solution would be to
apply new engineering changes.  This  may  be  difficult,  however, since a number of
recent engineering changes have already been imposed — new transfer equipment in the
hot cells, for example.  An  increase  in the number of radiation safety  workers might
also accomplish this.  For  example, in a period in which radiation safety expenses
increased from  approximately one to two percent of  sales, the percent of exposures in
excess of 1.0 rem has  gone down by  a  factor of roughly  two.   A final method for
lowering the  quarterly exposures  would be that of increasing staff.  Possibly 15 new
people would do it.  However,  this would have the undesirable side effect of increasing
collective dose — possibly by as much as 10%.

                      2. Impact of  Reduction  in Accumulated
                                 Exposure Limit

There is some  concern  about  reduction in flexibility due to this proposed guideline.
Currently, there are approximately six people in the company who have more than 100
rem.  The maximum  lifetime  exposure accumulated in  the employ of  the company,
however, is approximately 50 rem.  If a new employee started out at age 18, he could
potentially hit the limit in 25 years.  However, this is unlikely under normal conditions.
It is the accidental exposure that  is of concern.  One hundred and fifty rem would be a
more reasonable limit, providing more flexibility.
                                      96

-------
It  was also mentioned that difficulty is sometimes encountered  in obtaining records
from previous employers.

                    3. Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

There would be expected to be no impact from the proposed 50 rem per year hand limit.
Approximately  400 employees routinely wear wrist badges and  300  wear ring badges.
The highest recorded hand  exposure  was 19 rem, obtained by  an accelerator worker
under accident conditions. A more typical high annual exposure to the hand is 12 rem.

The proposed limit on exposure to the eye lens would indeed cause a problem. From
independent checks using TLD's on the rims of glasses, the exposure to the eye lens is
roughly a factor of 1.8 higher than the measured  whole-body  exposure for accelerator
workers. Therefore, in the current operating mode, there would  be some overexposures
to the eye lens.  Moreover, the firm  would incorporate a 20%  buffer, as in the W.B.
exposure limit discussed earlier.

There are approximately 15 workers who perform  maintenance on  accelerators. All of
these personnel  receive  whole-body  exposures   in  the  range of  1.8 to  2.5  rem.
Therefore, one would  anticipate eye  lens  exposures in excess of 4 rem.  However,
estimated exposures are so close to this limit that the proposed guidance could probably
be met by tighter monitoring and auditing.

Personnel could wear lead-impregnated glasses, which at the gamma ray energy levels
involved (approximately 1 Mev), would provide an attenuation of  roughly 1.2.  However,
it  is difficult to  wear these glasses  for  accelerator maintenance because vision is
slightly impaired. Face shields would be totally unacceptable.

               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to  1.0 RPG

As seen in the Table, as many as 10% of the monitored employees may have been in this
range in 1980 (an estimated 9% in 1981). Five activities would contain essentially all of
these  personnel.  The first is accelerator production and maintenance.  An exposure in
excess of 300 mrem could be obtained during an  accelerator maintenance task.  The
                                       97

-------
four cyclotrons are at most, 100 yards apart (roughly three minutes). They operate on
24-hour shifts.  During the day  shift,  maintenance may be  performed  on all  four
accelerators  simultaneously.   At night,  one  individual could oversee  all operations.
Thus, six individuals would  be required  for  accelerator  supervision.    (At present,
monitoring is performed on a spot-check basis.)

The production of Mo-99 generators is performed in one room on one shift.  The eight
personnel working  in this room could all receive annual exposures in excess of 1.5 rem,
although these exposures would be accumulated relatively uniformly over the course of
a year.  One supervisor could cover this room.  Currently, a technician  monitors  the
area.  This individual is not equivalent  in background and  experience  to a  health
physicist.

Hot  waste is  handled by approximately  13 workers in  one area on one shift.  During
waste handling,  exposures as high as 100  mrem  can be received during a single task.
This area is currently monitored by a technician.  This individual is not equivalent in
background and experience to a health physicist.

Approximately 15 workers in the hot processing area can be expected to receive annual
doses in excess of 1.5 rem.  The  exposure, which could be in excess of 100  mrem  during
a single task,  is obtained in transfer of samples and in hot cell decontamination.  One
supervisor would be required on one shift.

The final group of workers who would be anticipated to receive annual doses in excess
of 1.5 rem are  the  truck drivers who deliver the Mo-99  generators.  The company
employs  approximately 20  drivers, and  all of them deliver moly  generators.   The
exposure is received in the process of loading and unloading these sources.  At any  one
time, as many as 300 shipments may be in progress.

                    5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

Both the monitoring and supervision requirements of this guideline are currently being
carried out by the Radiation Safety Office.  Therefore, there would be no costs from
this proposed guidance.
                                        98

-------
                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

This is currently being carried out, including instruction on levels of risk.

                           7. Impact of the Guidance for
                              Protection of the Unborn

Approximately 10  to 20 percent of  the technologists are women.  Most are in the range
of 20 to 40 years of age.   At one time, if a woman  became pregnant, she would be
pulled out of the laboratory.  This  is no longer done, because of women's rights.  Now
the firm operates under Alternative a. If a woman learns that she is pregnant, she may
request of her supervisor a job involving lower exposures.  If she decides to stay on the
job,  she is monitored  more frequently.  Her total  nine-month  work period is  not to
exceed a cumulative dose of 500 mrem (times an administrative safety factor of 0.8).

If Alternative b were promulgated, a study would be performed  on  exposure levels in
areas from which  females request reassignment.  The data would be  turned over to the
cognizant supervisor. If it were not possible to maintain levels below 0.2 rem/mo.,  then
the women would  be given a leave  of absence or told to get another job.  There would
be no costs above and beyond Alternative a.

If the mandatory  provisions of Alternative c were promulgated, a lot  of  women  who
would like to choose their destinies would be quite upset.  At present, an estimated 10
women  (probably of child-bearing ages) are potentially exposed to levels in excess of
0.2 rem/mo.  These women would have  to be discharged  and males would have to be
hired in their places.

                        8. Impact of Internal Exposure and
                       Combined External Exposure Guidance

The routine assay program for estimation of internal exposure levels has been described
earlier.  The airborne concentration measurements (roughly 1,000 sampling points) are
used to determine the need for non-routine assays.

H-3 is the principal isotope that gives  significant internal exposures.  Last year,  four
individuals received internal, whole-body exposures in the range of 200 - 500 mrem, 12
                                       99

-------
individuals received exposures in the  range of 50  -  200 mrem, and  everyone else
received less than 50  mrem from tritium.  Every couple of years, an individual may
receive in excess of  1.0 rem. The highest estimated internal exposure from H-3 was 1.5
rem.  However, the individuals handling tritium do not also receive external exposures.

Measurable  exposures are  also  received  from radioiodine.   Last year, five  people
received estimated doses to the thyroid of 0.5 - 1.0 rem, and 200 people received 100
mrem to 500 mrem.  The remainder of those working with radioiodine received less than
100 mrem.

Screening is routinely performed for  the  100 or so gamma-emitting isotopes. For the
most  part, internal  doses  are  less than  1 mrem.   If  measurable body burdens  are
detected by any assay method, doses to critical organs are calculated.   Occasionally,
measurable amounts of Se-75,  Hg-203, or Co-57  are detected.  In  one incident, an
individual obtained a lifetime dose commitment from Am-241 of approximately  5 rem.
There  has  been no  incident in  which  the estimated  internal  exposure was greater
than 1 rem.

The weighting prescription in the proposed guidelines is not likely to involve additional
costs.  Nor is the requirement to  add internal to external doses.  Internal exposures are
generally  low enough  to  make no difference in compliance  with prescribed  limits.
However,  the  mechanics  of compliance would  no  doubt require a  computerized
accounting system.  It is  estimated  that such  a system  could be programmed  with
approximately four person-months of effort.

Concern was expressed about calculating  internal dose commitments from  measured
body burdens for the long-lived  nuclides from measurements.   The  accuracy  of  the
measurements for some of these nuclides  may not be sufficient to assure compliance
with limits.  Of particular concern is Sr-90 (a beta emitter).  Although less than five
people are potentially exposed and under normal conditions air concentrations are well
below MFC's, the concern is about accident conditions.  Urinalysis  is the conventional
bioassay technique.  The detection limit is 0.2 disintegrations per minute for Am-241,

                         9. Impact of the Reduction of the
                             W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

The initial reaction to this guideline is that the firm "would go out of business."  Last
year, approximately  130 people, or about 10% of the monitored work force,  received

                                      100

-------
exposures in excess of 1.0 rem.  This year, it is expected that this number will also be
approximately 10%.  About 35 of the individuals receiving exposures in excess of 1 rem
are in  the accelerator area.  Over the past year,  the collective dose in this area has
been reduced  by 60%,  from  130 person-rem  to  50 person-rem.   Most of  the  dose
in this  area is  from handling of the target and exposure to the residual induced activity
from the machine.

About six years ago, a new handling system was installed on all four machines at a cost
of approximately $75,000.  A newly designed system might cost about $150,000 for  all
four machines.  This would reduce exposures to approximately 15 of the 35 people who
handle targets. The company has R & D programs underway to reduce exposures to the
other 20 workers.

One potential  drastic measure to reduce exposures in the accelerator area would be to
buy another accelerator at a cost of $2.5M. This would reduce the usage factor on the
other cyclotrons, allowing more decay time of the short-lived activation products, thus
resulting in lower exposures to accelerator workers.

Mo-99  generator production (approximately eight people) is another area with potential-
ly high exposures.  Levels have been reduced substantially over the past several years.
Levels could always be reduced further, but cost estimates are not available.

Another drastic method to reduce exposure levels below 1.5 rem would be to add about
50 personnel.  Costs  would run approximately $20,000 annually per worker (plus 35%
fringe). Based on experience in the accelerator area, collective dose would increase by
approximately 20%.
                                      101

-------
          D.2 MANUFACTURER AND DISTRIBUTOR OF LARGE SOURCES

This firm manufactures high activity Co-60 sources for medical  applications (tele-
therapy) and  radiation  processing  (animal  feed,  medical  supply  sterilization,  and
production of polymers).  Additionally,  the  firms uses its  own sources  to  perform
radiation processing, which comprises approximately 50% of its annual $4M sales.

Most of the firm's competition in the manufacture  of large sources  (1000 to 10,000 Ci)
is  foreign.  (Smaller  sources  for gamma radiography and instrument  calibration are
manufactured by a small number of other domestic companies.) In the field of radiation
processing, there are  a number of domestic competitors; the  largest overall market  is
for the sterilization of medical supplies.

Sources are produced by the irradiation of natural  cobalt,  encapsulated  in stainless
steel, in power reactors over a several-year period.  Activated sources are shipped back
to the firm in casks containing up to 600,000 Ci of  Co-60.  Sources are  stored in a pool
and transferred  to  a  hot cell for remote handling.  Sources to  be used in radiation
processing are doubly encapsulated in stainless steel.  Sources to be  used in teletherapy
must be stripped of the original  cladding and melted down into a  new configuration.
The meltdown operations are  performed in "campaigns" involving as much as 300,000
Ci. Once  the campaign has been  completed, the hot cell, which has  been contaminated
with "hot" chips of cobalt and cladding, must be decontaminated, an  operation involving
significant personnel exposures.
                                                                 c
Hundreds  of the  sources are configured into "plaques" containing 10  Ci to be  used for
in-house radiation processing.  The  plaques  are transferred  to one of two radiation
processing cells,  where  they  are stored  in pools.  Access  to the irradiator cells  is
controlled; the sources are raised from the pooTs remotely.   Accordingly, personnel
exposures  from normal radiation processing activities are small.

Teletherapy source installers work  in teams of  two individuals (an  installer  and  a
helper).  Two teams install 60 to 80 sources annually.  Installers,  who must  be quite
skilled and experienced, are licensed.
                                        102

-------
The  firm  employs approximately 80 individuals;  30 are directly involved in radiation
processing, eight in source production, and  six in source installation.   Everyone who
goes into the plant regularly is monitored for radiation exposure. Monitoring consists of
a self-reading pocket dosimeter,  a TLD processed  monthly, and  a TLD  processed
quarterly.  Additionally,  a handful of employees wear ring or wrist badges. Whole-body
exposures for the year 1981 are given in the Table.

The  Radiation Safety Officer,  who  reports to the president of the firm, has an advanced
degree in metallurgy and years of  experience in radioisotope production and handling.
Two other professionals, one  with  degrees in physics and nuclear engineering  and the
other with a Ph.D. in physics, assist the  RSO in radiation protection activities.   Four
technicians  perform  monitoring  and decontamination.  A radiation safety committee
comprised of three individuals reports directly to the president.

There is no formal training course for new  employees, although one is under develop-
ment.  New employees are given a  briefing of approximately two hours' duration on the
principles of radiation safety.  The briefing is conducted  informally by  the  RSO or
another of the firm's professionals.  There is some discussion of levels of risk, although
it is not quantitative.

                         1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

The  firm has been operating with an internally-imposed RPG of 5 rem/year for the past
couple of years, and usually only one individual exceeds this limit each year. Exposures
have steadily come  down over the  past several years;  fifteen  years ago,  several
individuals were pushing  up against  the 3 rem limit each quarter.

Despite the firm's success in operating within the limits of the proposed RPG,  there is
considerable concern about its establishment as a regulation. This concern relates to
the costs of an overexposure,  which is felt to be more likely under the proposed RPG.
In the history of the firm, there have been three reportable overexposures.  Although
the  measurable costs were high (several thousands of dollars), the  intangible costs
related  to public perceptions  are of primary concern.  In the current environment of
high public sensitivity to radiation,  the costs  of an incident could be very serious.
                                       103

-------
  WHOLE-BODY EXPOSURES FOR THE YEAR 1981
                                   Numbers of
                                   Individuals
Less than 0.010 rem                      21
0.010 to 0.099 rem                       33
0.100 to 0.249 rem                        7
0.250 to 0.499 rem                        3
0.500 to 0.749 rem                        3
0.750 to 0.999 rem                        2
1.000 to 1.999 rem                       10
2.000 to 2.999 rem                        5
3.000 to 3.999 rem                        0
4.000 to 4.999 rem                        0
5.000 to 5.999 rem                        1
Greater than 6.000 rem                    0
                         104

-------
For this reason, the firm would have to operate with an administrative limit consider-
ably below  the  RPG (possibly at 60%  of the regulatory limit) in order to provide a
satisfactory margin of safety.  This would jeopardize the effectiveness of a couple of
key technical personnel,  who must be available for unusual circumstances, and who can
receive significant fractions of the RPG in a single task.

These concerns are punctuated by a couple of realities in the marketplace. The first is
the competition afforded by a foreign  supplier who is  in a more favorable  regulatory
environment.  The second is the competition afforded by electronic sources of ionizing
radiation  (in  the teletherapy market),  which benefit  from  stricter regulations  on
radioisotope sources.

                2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The highest accumulated exposure of an employee of the firm is 76 rem; however, most
of this exposure was received  during  this  individual's  27 years'  employment  at a
hospital.  One of the firm's  senior technicians  has accumulated 64 rem  during his 15
years with the company.

Although it  was felt that compliance with the 100 rem limit could be accomplished at
minimal costs, some concern  was expressed about the potential for  career shortening.
For  example, the  subject  technician  is in  his mid-thirties and  could conceivably
accumulate  the  additional 35 rem over  a seven-year period, thus ending  his  productive
career with the firm in  his early forties. (A move  to management is not the answer,
since management  also performs hands-on tasks involving exposure to  radiation.  In
fact, the president frequently performs the initial pass at decontamination  of the hot
cell.) For  this reason, 150 rem is felt to be a more reasonable accumulated exposure
limit.

               3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities
                               and Individual Organs

Exposures to the eye have never been measured and recorded.  Monitors are normally
worn at the waist,  so they are no  help in estimating exposures to the  head or  eyes.
Pocket dosimeters are occasionally taped to the head.  Since it is easier to shield the
body than  the  head during  a high exposure  rate  activity,  this is frequently done,
                                       105

-------
resulting in annual head exposures higher, by possibly as much as a factor of two, than
whole-body doses.   Since there are few  repeatable  procedures  at  this facility,
occasional monitoring at the eye level would not be the answer.

Hand exposures could also be pushing up  against the proposed limit.  Source installers
and field service personnel wear wrist badges. The highest measured dose was 33 rem,
but this was unusually high. In some  of the other operations performed at the facility, a
spot check has revealed that hand doses may be as high as ten times the whole-body
exposure. Handling of waste drums is one of these high exposure activities.  If the limit
to the hands were to be reduced, more routine monitoring would be required. The costs
would be $2.70/month/badge, not including the additional recordkeeping.

               4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Exposures in excess of 1.5  rem/year  may be anticipated for personnel involved in three
tasks. The first is the installation  of teletherapy sources.   Six personnel, organized into
two teams, are involved.  In the course of a typical source installation, an exposure of
50 - 75 mrem is obtained. Source installation requires constant travel, and there  is high
turnover,  particularly for the helpers.  The average annual income for an  installer is
$40,000; a helper may make approximately $30,000  per year.

The second activity involving anticipated annual exposures in excess of 1.5 rem is in
source fabrication. Three individuals work full-time in source fabrication and others on
the engineering management staff are involved, particularly after a campaign when the
hot cell requires decontamination. All entries to the hot  cell are carefully mapped out
well in advance of the actual work.  An exposure as high  as 1 rem is normally received
on the first entry.  Subsequent entries expose individuals in excess of 0.1 rem per pass,
and the total for an individual often is the range of 1 rem for an entire decontamina-
tion.

The third significant exposure activity is waste handling.   Approximately six individuals
are involved at one location.

There are no health physicists currently employed  by the  company.  A health physicist
was hired a few years ago, but  he was subsequently let  go after  the occurrence of a
                                        106

-------
series of problems.  At least three members of the engineering staff, and possibly as
many as five, could potentially pass the health physics certification examination, given
several months of study.

It was felt that a health physicist would contribute little until he had spent sufficient
time at the plant to become intimately familiar with the operations.  Until that time,
which could be as long as one to two years, he could be a detriment to the operation,
particularly if he were required to monitor before and during each Range C task.  This
could slow down the operations,  resulting in higher collective exposures.

                 ,   5. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                       Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

All personnel potentially exposed in excess of 0.5 rem/yr. are currently monitored for
whole-body exposure.

The equivalence of the existing engineering staff to radiation protection professionals is
discussed,  in part,  in the previous  section.   Notwithstanding the  background  and
experience of the existing staff, the Agreement State that licenses  this firm does not
consider any of the existing personnel to be a radiation protection professional.

The firm retains a medical physicist, who performs a QA audit monthly at a cost of
$400.   He  checks the radiation  logs,  the  procedures,  and  generally  reviews  the
operations  for problems. He does not, however, perform hands-on monitoring or assure
that exposures are ALARA.

                        6. Impact of Training Requirements

As described earlier, each new employee is given an  informal briefing of approximately
two hours duration on  radiation protection principles.  This briefing does not include
quantitative guidance on levels of risk.  However, copies of NRC Regulatory Guide 8.29
"Instruction Concerning Risks from Occupational Radiation Exposure," were recently
distributed to all radiation workers, and are given to all new employees.
                                       107

-------
               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

The only tasks in which exposures may be received in excess of 0.5 rem over a nine-
month period, or in excess of 0.2 rem in any one month, are source installation, source
fabrication, and waste handling.  Women have never been used for any of these tasks,
partly because they all involve heavy physical work.  Therefore, there would be  no
impact at this firm from the provisions of the guidance for protection of the unborn.

                    8.  Impact of  Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

Internal exposures to airborne Co-60 are possible during hot cell decontamination.  The
company has six  portable air monitors which are used whenever the hot cell is open.
Respirators are routinely worn when airborne concentrations reach 1/30 of the MFC
Although the Derived Air Concentration for soluble Co-60 in the proposed guidelines is
lower by approximately an order of magnitude than the existing MFC, this should pose
no problem, since the firm is  operating under the insoluble limits.  The Derived Air
Concentrations for insoluble Co-60 are only approximately 10% lower than the existing
guidelines.

There is no routine bioassay program.  For a number of years, employees were sent to
the National Institutes of Health for whole-body counting,  but this was discontinued.
One instance of intake was uncovered by the routine "frisking" of an employee using a
sodium  iodide  crystal.  The employee was  subsequently sent to  NIH for whole-body
counting.  It was determined that the employee took in 6 LtCi of Co-60 and received a
dose commitment to the whole body of  10 mrem.  This incident demonstrated the
sensitivity of the external monitoring probe to internal deposition.

Routine urinalysis has been considered, but was  rejected  because of environmental
insults and the inability to deal with insoluble material.  Routine whole-body  counting is
too expensive; the number of employees is too small to  warrant interest on the part of
the companies that provide this service.
                                       108

-------
                    9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                 to 1.5 Rem/Year

In 1981, there were approximately 15 employees with annual exposures in excess of 1.5
rem.  If a lid of 1.5 rem were to be  imposed, outside personnel would be brought in to
accomplish high exposure tasks, similar to the practice at nuclear power plants.  This
"blood bank" type of operation would result in a collective dose considerably higher than
the 34 man-rem accumulated in 1981 by personnel who exceeded an annual dose of 1.5
rem.

This approach could not be used to reduce the exposures to source  installers.  There are
only a couple of dozen individuals in the world  who are qualified to perform this highly
skilled task. It requires two years to train a source installer.
                                       109

-------
                       E.I  LARGE LWR FUEL FABRICATOR

This facility manufactures nuclear  fuel for light  water-cooled reactors  (LWR's) and
employs approximately 2,000  people.  The raw material is uranium hexafluoride (UFg),
received  in 2 MT containers  from the uranium enrichment plants. Enrichment (percent
of U-235) varies up to four percent.  The finished products are fuel assemblies ready to
load into LWR's. Intermediate products consist of  UO2 powder, UO2  pellets, and fuel
rods (strings of pellets clad in zirconium alloy).

The industry is dominated by  five large firms.  A few small processors manufacture fuel
for research reactors or high  temperature gas-cooled reactors. In these cases, however,
the finished products differ  substantially from  LWR fuel.   Health physics considera-
tions, however, are similar; i.e., the risks are from  soluble and insoluble compounds of
the uranium isotopes.

The process is similar in most of the large  facilities.  For some of the producers, the
conversion  to  UO0  and the   processing of the  UO0 into fuel rods are performed at
                 £t                               £»
separate  sites. Initially, UFg from the enrichment plant is converted to UO2 powder by
a chemical ammonium diuranate (ADU) process. The UC>2 powder is processed (e.g.,
hammermilling, predensification, granulating, blending)  to  prepare it for subsequent
processing.  Pressed UO« pellets are sintered, ground, and loaded into fuel rods.  Fuel
rods are  assembled into fuel bundles, and the bundles are  shipped to various reactor
sites.  A large number of   support  activities,  such as laboratory analyses,  process
development, maintenance, and waste treatment are also conducted.

This plant was constructed about  14 years  ago.  A new section of the facility  which
recently  went into operation has about 50% of the conversion capacity.  This section,
because  of  the near total   containment,  has  very  low airborne concentrations  of
uranium.

Potential exists in  the  plant for  both internal exposure from inhalation of uranium
compounds  and external exposure from  the  relatively low energy gamma  rays emitted
                                      110

-------
by the isotopes of uranium.  Most of the potential for internal exposure (inhalation) is at
the front end of the plant,  where the UFg (soluble uranium) is  treated chemically to
convert it to  UO2 powder.   Some potential for inhalation persists as the  UO9 powder
(insoluble uranium) is milled, blended, and formed into pellets.

The  potential for external  exposure  is at the sites of storage  of large quantities of
uranium; i.e., at the UFg cylinder dock (fields as high as 3 mr/hr), at the completed fuel
assembly area (fields as high as 2 mr/hr), and at storage racks of cans of UO2 powder
(fields as high as 2 mr/hr).  Normally, people are present in these areas for only brief
periods of time. The highest fields  where people normally work is in the fuel bundle
assembly area, where dose rates as high as 0.5 mr/hr can be achieved.

External exposure to  radiation can be received from sources other than uranium  in the
plant.  There  are two X-ray machines for radiographic inspection  of fuel  rods and/or
other assemblies.  Another X-ray machine is used  for X-ray analytical procedures.  Cf-
252 neutron sources are used for non-destructive testing of fuel rods.

A systematic procedure has been developed to establish requirements for both external
and  internal dosimetry of personnel.  The decision framework is shown in Exhibit 1.
Using  this  methodology, approximately  1200 personnel are  monitored for external
exposure (using TLD's).

The  philosophy applied to whole-body counting for the detection of insoluble uranium in
the lung is described in Exhibit 2. Over a recent 12-month period, an irregular number
of employees were counted  monthly,  300  were counted quarterly, and 275 were counted
annually.   In  addition,  an extensive  urinalysis  program for  the detection of soluble
uranium is in place.   UFg vaporization and hydrolysis  operators  are required  to submit
samples at the end of the shift.  Maintenance personnel are required to  submit daily
samples if they performed maintenance in vaporization or hydrolysis.  Moreover, special
samples are required after UFg (UO2F2) gas leaks, suspected ingestion of soluble com-
pounds, or in the event of  an incident in which it  is  suspected  that soluble  materials
have  been  released.   Over the  last  three quarters of 1981, 972 urinalyses were
performed.

Air sampling is  extensive throughout the plant.   There are  about  200 sampling  points
with removable  filters  that are counted every  eight-hour  shift.    Additionally,  a
continuous sampling system has been in operation for 2 1/2 years  with 33 sampling

                                      111

-------
                                           EXHIBIT  1
     DECISION  METHODOLOGY  FOR  DOSIMETRY  AND  ACCESS  CONTROL
i DOCS THE PERSON
 HEED ACCESS TO
 THE FUEL GROUNDS?
ASSIGN TO •CLEAR*

• HILL THE PERSON
  NEED TO HEAR A
  RESPIRATOR?

       YES


  REQUIRE:
   • MEDICAL (P2)
   • RESPIRATOR ROUTINE (P2>
                                                      HILL THE PERSON
                                                      BE WORKING WITH _
                                                      X-RAY UNITS OR
                                                      RADIATION SOURCES
                                                      IN EHO OR PCO?
                                                             YES
                                                      REQUIRE:
                                                       • Tl TLD BADGE  (PI)
                                                       • MEDICAL (P2)
                                                      , • WHITE TRAINING  
                                                                                                            DONI
        DONE

REQUIRE:
 • IPEP  ROUTINE (P3)
 • WBC ROUTINE (P2)
 • BIOASSAY ROUTINE (P2)
 • RED DOT ID BADGE (P2)
                                                              ASSIGN ?0 "RED'
                                                              (MAY  NOT BE REQUIRED
                                                               TO HAVE ANY FILM BADGE)

                                                              WILL  THE PERSON NEED
                                                              TO HEAR A RESPIRATOR?
                    ' WILL THE PERSON BE
                     WORKING IN THE
                     (AIRBORNE) CONTROLLED
                     AREA > 4 HRS/WEEK
                     OJ> > 52 HRS/OTR?
                                                                 ASSIGN  TO  •AIR-

                                                                 REQUIRE:
                                                                  • Tl TLD  BADGE (PI)
                                                                  • MEDICAL (P2)

                                                                 HILL THE PERSON NEED TO HEAR
                                                                 A RESPIRATOR?
                                                          REQUIRE:
                                                           • MEDICAL  (P2)
                                                           • RESPIRATOR
                                                             ROUTINE  (P2I
                                                                 REQUIRE:
                                                                  • RESPIRATOR
                                                                    ROUTINE  (P2)
                                                   112

-------
                              EXHIBIT 2
                     WHOLEBODY COUNTING POLICIES
Counting Frequency:

     ASAP (AS SOON AS POSSIBLE)

          1.  New hires (if the employee has a previous history of
              working around radioactive materials) or will be
              assigned to the controlled area.

          2.  Terminations (if a weekly POTENTIAL exposure exists
              >25% or TIA >10% for any quarter).

          3.  Personnel involved in an incident (assigned daily
              exposure >400.0E-11 microcuries-hrs/cc).

          4.  Last WBC >200 micrograms U-235 (if first in a series).

     MONTHLY

          1.  Monthly ASSIGNED airborne exposure >50% (>800
              microcuries-hrs/cc).

          2.  Last WBC >1509 micrograms U-235 until <100 micrograms
              U-235.

     QUARTERLY

          1.  Quarterly POTENTIAL airborne exposure >100% (>5200.0E-
              11 microcuries-hrs/cc).

          2.  Last WBC >MDL.

          3.  Quarterly ASSIGNED airborne exposure >10% (>520.0E-11
              microcuries-hrs/cc).

     ANNUALLY

          1.  Quarterly TIA <25% but >10% (52-130 hrs), or

          2.  Quarterly ASSIGNED airborne exposure <10% (520.0E-11
              microcuries-hrs/cc), and

          3.  A weekly POTENTIAL exposure >25%  (>100.0E-11
              microcuries-hrs/cc).
                               113

-------
                        EXHIBIT 2 (Continued)



     NOT REQUIRED

          1.   Quarterly TIA <10% (<52 hours).

          2.   All weekly POTENTIAL exposures <25% during quarter
              (<100.0E-11 microcuries-hrs/cc) .

              POTENTIAL EXPOSURE - No credit taken for respirators.

              ASSIGNED EXPOSURE - Credit taken for respirators.

Restriction and Recounting:

     WBC RESULT IN
     *Mq U-235                        ACTION TO BE TAKEN
        > 250             RESTRICT and reschedule ASAP.

        > 200             Reschedule within 1 to 2 weeks, if second
                          count > 200, RESTRICT and count monthly
                          until result < 100.

        > 150             Monthly count until < 100.

        > MDL             Schedule for count following quarter

        < MDL             No action required.

     CONTAMINATION SUSPECTED RESTRICT and reschedule within two  (2)
     weeks.
     WBC = Wholebody count

     TIA = Time in area

     MDL = Minimum Determinable Level
                               114

-------
points.   The  results of the  derived  airborne  concentrations  are  used to determine
compliance with regulations and the need for special bioassays.

The external exposure distribution for 1980 is given in Exhibit 3.  Approximately 5% of
those monitored, or roughly 50 workers, received whole-body exposures in excess of 0.5
rem.   Approximately 0.5% of those  monitored, or approximately five workers, were
exposed in excess of 1.5 rem.  The maximum exposure was approximately 2.5 rem.

The potential exposures to airborne  concentrations for a recent 12-month period are
given in Exhibit 4.  The current limit is  based upon the MFC for insoluble uranium
(1 X 10"  JjlCi/ml), multiplied times a 40 hour work week. Approximately 99.5% of the
employees were  within  these limits.   Moreover,  these  numbers are  based  upon the
conservative assumptions  of  insoluble uranium, 2.2%  enrichment,  respirable particle
size, and no respiratory protection.  The  new limit in the proposed guidelines, based
upon an  MFC for insoluble uranium of 1 X 10"  n Ci/ml, is also shown. It  can be seen
that under the same conservative assumptions,  more than 60%  of  the  potentially
exposed workforce, or about 75 workers, would be over the limit.

Radiation  safety is the responsibility of  the plant work area managers  who report
through the various section managers to the Plant Manager.  Reporting to the Manager
of Nuclear Safety Engineering  are  three health  physicists (non-certified) and the
Radiation Safety Officer (B.S. in the  physical sciences).  Reporting to the Radiation
Safety officer are  three shift supervisors, 20 technicians, and six hourly employees.
There  is also a Radiation Safety  Committee (10 - 12 individuals)  which  advises the
Manager of  Nuclear  Safety  Engineering.   The technicians  in Radiation  Safety are
expected to complete a course in radiation  protection principles, such as that offered by
North American Rockwell Corporation.

All new employees at the facility are required to attend a 4 - 5 hour training session on
the principles  of  radiation protection, followed  by  an examination with  about 60
questions.  The course and examination conform  with  the requirements laid  out in 10
CFR Part  19.  The course and  testing are repeated  annually.  The  course  includes
comparative  risk subject matter similar to that  given in the  article  by Dr. Bernard
Cohen  in the Journal of Health Physics.   However, it does not include  material on
probabilities of health effects  from low levels of radiation.
                                      115

-------
f>
g
o

LJ

CC


CC

O
                             Exhibit 3


                >MDL  EXTERNRL  EXPOSURE  1980
 5 rem



  .50 f






1.5 rem



 0.00





0.5 rem



 -.50
-1.00 •
       0.05 rem •_
        -1.50  •
              —'tvj in — oj  in 09  o cs o o Q CS3 o o  in oocnincDtn
               ...       *-•  tvjpj^'intDr^.oD O)(7)O)O)***
                                                  en o)cn
                                                  07 0101
                        ~  PERCENT UNDER


                   NORMRL PROBRBILITY  PLOT

                         116

-------
          Exhibit 4
RIRBORNE EXPOSURE SUMMRRY
120U
1100
_ 1000
7
5 900
X
^\
*J 600
\
j: 700
1
^ 600
%u*
. EXPOSURE i
LO Jk O1
O O Q
O O O
O
Q- 200
100
n .
-r/ i/ f ^ iw O/O I/OU
23520 Man Weeks Reported



•
1 *
*
•
*
1 *
•
*
*
•
*
•
*
•
•
— Existing Limit /
•
/
/
«

__---~~
— Proposed Limit *mf~
fc»oj in — t\i in s
 ...       -*
           (9 o o (9 (S a  is in oooiincDO)
           n ^ tn 10 r^. CD  en en en o> •  •  •
                              01 en en
                              en o) en
         PERCENT UNDER
 NORMRL  PROBRBILITY PLOT
       117

-------
The  salary range  for  non-exempt  workers is  approximately $300 -  $400 per week
(overtime is  at the rate of one  and one-half  to  three  times  base salary).   Exempt
employees span the range of approximately $24,000 to $100,000 per year.  Supervisors
in the plant peak out at an annual salary of approximately $45,000.   Fringe  benefits
amount to approximately 28% of base salary.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This guideline would have no impact at this facility.  The highest whole-body exposure
in 1980 was approximately 2.5  rem. In 1979, there were two exposures in the range of
2-3 rem, but these may have been anomalous.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

There  would  also be no cost impact at this facility if the accumulated exposure limit
were lowered from 5(N-18) to 100 rem. The highest accumulated whole-body exposure
at this facility is in the range of 2 - 3 rem.

                    3. Impact of Proposed Guidance  Relative to
                         Extremities  and Individual Organs

Several employees handle fuel pellets manually in  the course of their work, giving rise
to hand exposures potentially higher than whole-body exposures.  Test runs indicate that
the subcutaneous layers of the skin may be exposed to beta doses close to the 75 rem
limits.  However,  the  actual exposures as determined by  finger ring dosimeters  are
below  measurable  limits.  Therefore,  there should be no  impact from the  proposed
reduction in the limit.

The eye  lenses of employees at this facility are not expected to be exposed to higher
levels than the whole body.

                   4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                      Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

The only significant potential for  whole-body  exposures in  this range is during  the
changing of Cf-252 and other neutron and gamma  ray emitting sources. This is done
                                     118

-------
 approximately a dozen times annually, and a single operation takes typically one hour.
 The largest source (2  Ci Cf-252)  is changed every  two years, and the whole procedure
 takes approximately eight hours, including pre-planning and equipment setup.  During
 these operations, a technician from the Radiation Safety Office is present and performs
 continuous monitoring.

 The main impact from this  proposed guideline would  be due to  the new internal
 exposure RPG.  Even with respect to existing guidelines, more  than 30% of  plant
 personnel are potentially exposed to airborne concentrations in excess of 0.3 RPG (see
 Exhibit 3).  The areas in which one might  anticipate airborne concentrations to exceed
 30% of the current RPG are the vaporizor, the hydrolyzer, the slab blender, the slugger,
 the baghouse, the hammermill, the calciner, the pellet press, the grinder, and recycle.

 Airborne concentration data over a recent  12-month period  indicate that there are
 approximately 15 hours during the 168 hour week (3 shifts) that one or more of these
 areas may exhibit airborne concentrations in excess of MPC's. Moreover, the chances
 of  simultaneous  high  concentrations in two areas is reasonably high.  Therefore, two
 areas may require supervision during such incidents of high airborne concentrations.  At
 present, technicians in the Radiation Safety  Office  are available  to  monitor these
 incidents.

                    5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential
                       Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

 This facility is currently in full compliance with this proposed guideline. Anyone with
 the potential for external exposure  in excess of 7.5%  of the annual RPG is  monitored
 for external exposure.  Potential internal exposures are monitored in  all production
 areas by an  elaborate system of  air monitors.   Two health physicists and a staff of
 technicians  maintain  records  on external fields and   airborne concentrations at  all
 production locations,  review procedures, and  are  available  to  monitor  during  non-
 routine  operations.   Moreover, "radiation protection  professionals"  are available to
 assure that exposures are justified and ALARA.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

 As  discussed  earlier,  with  the  exception of the subject area of levels of  risk,  the
current instruction program  satisfies the  proposed guideline  on  training.  To include
                                       119

-------
 quantitative instruction on levels of risk, an additional two hours of training would be
 required for each of 1200  workers.   Instruction is given approximately 20  times
 annually.   Therefore, an additional 40 hours of instructor time (at $30,000 per year)
 would also be required annually.

                           7. Impact of the Guidance for
                              Protection of the Unborn

 Approximately 25% of the  plant personnel are females,  most of whom are of child-
 bearing age.  At  present, if  a woman is  known  to be pregnant,  the management is
 willing to  move her to a zero exposure job if she requests a transfer. If she suspects
 that she is pregnant and requests a transfer, and it is later determined that she is  not
 pregnant, she will not automatically be able to return to her old job because of plant
 work rules.

 Proposed Alternative b is no different than Alternative a, since there are no jobs in  the
 plant that result in whole-body exposures in excess of 0.2 rem/month.

                    8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

 The current approach at this plant  to demonstrate compliance  with  the  existing
 guidance on internal exposures is to calculate potential exposures to airborne concen-
 trations of uranium from airborne monitoring data plus time and area  assignments  for
 personnel.  From the calculated potential exposures to airborne concentrations, internal
 doses are  estimated by organ for each individual.   These estimated internal doses  are
 checked using the  bioassay procedures described earlier.  Measured  external exposures
 obtained from personnel  dosimetry are routinely added to the estimated internal doses.
 The software for this elaborate system of airborne concentration tracking and internal
 dose estimation was developed at a cost of approximately 3 man-years of effort.

 As can be seen from Exhibit 3, nearly  70% of the work force is potentially exposed to
 airborne concentrations in excess of the proposed guideline (MFC of lxlO-11 nCi/ml).
 However, these numbers are based upon very conservative assumptions.   This  facility
has been anticipating  a  change in the regulations  since  ICRP-26  was published.  To
                                       120

-------
comply with ICRP-30 (Derived Air Concentration for U-235 of l.SxltT11 n Ci/ml), the
approach to compliance would be the same; namely, calculation of potential concentra-
tions  of uranium for each employee.   However, the  conservative assumptions would
have to be relaxed.

The first assumption that would have to be relaxed would be that of totally respirable
particle size.  Actual particle size distributions  at various areas  within the plant are
well known, but would require verification every  couple of years.  This might require a
man-month each of a professional and a technician.  It is expected that using the actual
particle sizes  would lower calculated potential exposures to respirable uranium by an
average of about 30%.

The second relaxed assumption  would  be that  of total insolubility.  MFC's for soluble
uranium are a  factor of 30-40 higher than those of insoluble uranium.  The areas of the
plant  where soluble forms of uranium  are handled, primarily at the front end of the
process, are readily identified.

The third relaxed assumption would be that of enrichment.  At present,  a uniform
enrichment of 2.6% is assumed in all calculations.  Since the actual average enrichment
is lower, this assumption is conservative.  The use of actual enrichment values in place
of this assumption  would require  plantwide  sampling  of enrichment.   The  combined
relaxation of  the conservative assumptions on solubility and  enrichment would lower
calculated potential exposures to uranium by a factor of approximately five.

Finally, the amount of  time  spent by  each  employee  in each area of the plant would
have  to  be estimated  more  accurately.  The current,  conservative  time  and  area
assignments are based upon 6 1/2 hours per  shift for routine  controlled area workers.
To obtain more accurate time  and area assignments, a card key system  has  been
designed (and  installed in a few  selected areas).  This  system  also contributes to  time
card and bioassay tracking, as well as security.  The cost of the entire system will be
approximately $400,000, with an annual operating cost of roughly $50,000.   However,
only about 25% of these costs should be allocated  to better time and area assignments.

All  of the above  improvements  in calculational  procedures could be implemented and
documented using the existing software with  about two man-years of effort.  Although
it has not been confirmed,  it is  expected  that  the effect would be to demonstrate
                                       121

-------
compliance  with the ICRP-30 limits.  However, the proposed EPA limits are approxi-
mately another 30 - 40 percent lower.  At present, it is not clear that these changes
will bring calculated potential exposures down to the proposed EPA levels.

It would  be  possible to use bioassays (i.e., urinalyses), rather than estimated exposures
to airborne concentrations to predict organ doses for soluble uranium.  In urine, uranium
can  be  detected  down  to  2.5  LLgA,  which   corresponds  to  concentrations  of
approximately 1/100 of  the  current MPC.   Therefore,  this  method could be used to
determine compliance  with the proposed guidelines.  It is estimated that  the current
urinalysis program,  which costs approximately $2000/qtr., would have to be doubled.

With the current state-of-the art, whole-body counting does  not have the requisite
sensitivity  to be used to estimate internal exposures  from insoluble uranium.   The
existing  maximum  permissible lung burden is  283 LLg of U-235, whereas  the current
sensitivity  of the whole-body counter is 75 LLg.   In order  to  detect the  lung burden
corresponding to the proposed guideline, the detectable  lung burden would have to be
reduced by at least  a factor of three.  This is  not possible at present.

If it were  possible to use  whole-body counting  to  estimate the intake  of insoluble
uranium, the costs of the existing counting programs  are  estimated to  increase by
approximately $120,000 per year.  Whole-body counting takes approximately 30 minutes
per person.  At present, approximately 125 individuals are monitored monthly.   To
monitor  300 or more individuals, three-shift  counter  operation  would   have  to  be
performed.  The current operation costs $80,000 per year.

                         9.  Impact of the Reduction of the
                             W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

As seen in  Exhibit 2, only 5 personnel received exposures in  excess of 1.5 rem in 1980.
These exposures were either  derived from changing sources or are possibly anomalous.
At any rate, compliance  could be achieved with a 1.5 rem limit with little additional
effort.  Therefore the  imposition of this proposed  guideline  would have no direct cost
impact, with the exception of needed closer scrutiny, posting  of data restrictions, etc.
                                       122

-------
                       E.2 SMALL LWR FUEL FABRICATOR

This company manufactures nuclear fuel for light water-cooled reactors (LWR's). The
UFg conversion facility receives UFg from the enrichment plant in 1.5 MT containers
and converts it to  UO2 powder by the chemical ammonium diuranate (ADU) process.
This  consists  of  volatilization  of UFg,  hydrolysis  to  UO2F2,  precipitation  with
ammonium hydroxide to form ADU, filtration of the ADU, drying and calcining to U.,0Q,
                                                                              O o
reduction to UO2 in a hydrogen-steam atmosphere, milling, purification, and packaging.
Enrichment (percent of U-235) varies up to four percent. The UO0 facility receives the
                                                             Li
powder from  the UFg conversion facility, and  processes  it  by  blending,  slugging,
granulating, and pellet pressing.  Pressed UO2 pellets are  sintered, ground, and loaded
into fuel rods.  Fuel rods are assembled into fuel bundles and the completed bundles are
shipped to various reactor sites.

There  are approximately  400 employees of the firm involved in LWR  fuel fabrication,
roughly evenly split between the UFg conversion and the UO2 facilities. However, only
about one-third of these would be characterized as radiation workers.  These are 80-100
individuals at the UFg conversion facility and 30-40 people  at the UO2 facility.

Potential exists at both  facilities for  internal exposure  from inhalation of uranium
compounds, as  well as external exposure  from  the relatively low energy gamma rays
emitted by the isotopes of uranium.  At the UO2  facility, everyone who is assigned to
the plant is monitored with TLD's for  external exposure.  At  the UFg facility, only
those expected to receive 25 percent of the RPG are monitored currently; in the near
future, everyone assigned  to the plant will be monitored. The assembly storage area in
the UO0 facility has the highest external fields, approximately  5-6 mr/hr.  The annual
       Zt
whole-body exposure distributions for 1980  are given in the  Table.

Systematic procedures have been established for internal monitoring, although they are
different for the two facilities.  At the UO2 facility, urinalyses are performed quarterly
or semi-annually, depending on the number of exposure hours incurred  by an individual.
Lung  counts  are also performed quarterly or  semi-annually, depending on  exposure
hours.  In the event of a  spill,  nose smears, fecal samples, and urine samples are also
assayed.
                                        123

-------
                  WHOLE-BODY EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTIONS
                            FOR THE YEAR 1980
Exposure Range
    (Rem)
No measurable exposure

Less than 0.10
0.10

0.25

0.50

0.75

1.0

2.0




TOTAL
-  0.25

-  0.50

-  0.75

-  1.0

-  2.0

-  5.0

>  5.0
No. of Individuals
UFg Conversion Facility
0
24
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
UO0 Facility
£t
60
77
33
27
1
1
4
0
0
203
                                124

-------
 At the UFg facility, frequency of urinalysis  is a function of an individual's job.  For
 people working in the UFg vaporization area,  urinalyses are  performed  six times
 annually;  for all others, the frequency is lower.  The frequency of lung counting, which
 ranges from once to four times annually, is dependent on an individual's historical body
 burden. A lung count plus a fecal sample are also taken in the event of a spill.

 Compliance with the regulations is demonstrated using measured air concentrations in
 conjunction with time and area assignments.  At  the UO2 facility, 25 air samplers are
 monitored once a shift. At the UFg facility, 80 stations, which are sampled once a day,
 are supplemented by a continuous alarmed air monitor.  Lapel samplers are also worn by
 selected individuals at both facilities.  These samplers are used  primarily for purposes
 of verification of exposure.

 In 1980, the average annual internal exposure at the UO0 facility, expressed in units of
                                        -9                                         *
 area concentration hours, was 9.15 X 10  ^Lt Ci-hrs/ml, or 4.4  percent  of the limit.
 (This  varied by less  than 25  percent  over  the  years 1977  through  1980).  In 1980,
 approximately 12 percent of the personnel exceeded ten percent  of the average annual
 limit.  This number is low because personnel are stricted from radiation work whenever
 they exceed 20 MPC-hrs.  in any single week.

 At the UFg  conversion facility, the average area concentration hours were 10.2% of the
 limit.   A very rough estimate of the areas that exceed ten percent of the average
 annual limit is 50 percent.

 At the UFg conversion facility, the Radiation Safety Officer, who reports to the plant
 manager,  has a Master's degree in health physics.  He  has a staff of six personnel, one
 of whom  is also a health physicist.  Neither of the health physicists are certified.  The
 Health and Safety Supervisor, who also reports to the Radiation  Safety Officer, has 20
 years of  experience,  and  is  considered  to have  the  background  and experience
 equivalent to that of a health physicist.
*
 These numbers take credit for respiratory protection.
                                        125

-------
The  Radiation  Safety  Officer at the UO9 facility also reports to the plant  manager.
                                       it
Although he has an academic background in physics and business,  he has two health
physicists (neither certified) on his staff.  Additionally, a licensing administrator, a
health and safety foreman, and five technicians assist in health and safety activities.

Verbal instruction in radiation protection principles is provided individually to new hires
at both facilities.  This  instruction ranges from one to two hours, depending on the
nature of the job.   Also, various  handouts on respiratory protection and physics are
provided.  At  present, only fertile females are provided instruction on levels of risk.
However, a canned presentation is being prepared to provide everyone with information
on the risks associated with exposure to radiation.

                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

There would be no impact from  a reduction in the RPG to 5  rem/yr.  The highest
external exposure in 1980 was 1.5 rem.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

There would also be no cost impact at this facility if the accumulated exposure limit
were lowered from 5(N-18) to 100 rem.

     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and  Individual Organs

The  hands of  several  technicians  are  exposed  in  the course of fuel pellet  handling.
However, the  high exposures involve beta radiation, which does not penetrate to the
subcutaneous layer of the skin.  Therefore, average annual exposure to the entire hand
is relatively  low, estimated to be a maximum of 2 rem.

4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

There were no external exposures in excess of  1.5 rem in the past two years. Moreover,
there were no  internal exposures  in excess of  0.3 RPG, since  this facility  has  been
operating under the  NRC  ALARA goal which is  25 percent  of  the RPG.  The total
                                      126

-------
exposure, external plus internal, exceeded 1.5 rem for a few individuals, but the current
HRC regulations do not require the summation of these exposures.

If the proposed new guidelines on internal exposures, in particular the new Derived Air
Concentrations, were imposed,  it would be difficult to maintain combined exposures
below 30 percent of the RPG. (The difficulty in meeting the new RPG is discussed later
in this case study.) However, the 30 percent goal would be factored into the planning to
meet the new RPG, since it is anticipated that NRC would still insist upon a 25 percent
ALARA goal.

Each facility maintains a staff  of at least two health physicists and several supporting
radiologic  technicians.  Therefore,  spills  that  would  result in area  exposure rates
significantly contributing to annual  internal dose exceeding 0.3 RPG could easily be
monitored and supervised by radiation protection professionals.

5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.1  to 0.3 RPG

The firm is currently in full compliance with this guideline,  and would have no difficulty
in complying under a  reduced RPG.  Potential internal  exposures are monitored at both
facilities by  extensive arrays of air monitors.  Two health physicists and a staff of
technicians at each facility maintain records of external fields and airborne concentra-
tions, review procedures, and are available to monitor during non-routine  operations.
Moreover, radiation protection professionals are  available to assure that exposures  are
justified and  ALARA.

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

The current  program,  with the possible exception of instruction  on levels of risk,
satisfies  the  proposed guideline on training.  To include  quantitative instruction on
levels of risk, an  additional hour of  time would be  required annually for each  of  200
workers.    Also,  an  additional  10  hours  of  instructor  time  would  be  required
annually.

               7.  Impact of the Guideline for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately one percent of the plant radiation workers at both facilities are female,
most of  whom  are of child-bearing age.   Presently,  the management  conforms  to
                                        127

-------
Alternative a; namely, if a woman states that she is pregnant, she will be moved to a
zero exposure job if  she requests a transfer.   Since there are no jobs in the plant
resulting in exposures to the unborn of 0.2 rem/month, Alternative b is not relevant at
this plant.

       8. Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined  External Exposure Guidance

The  aspect  of the proposed  guidelines  that would cause  a severe impact  at  these
facilities is the reduction by an order of magnitude  in the Derived Air Concentrations
(DAC's) for uranium.  This comes about largely from the application of the new models.
At present,  roughly  50  percent of  the  personnel at the  UF»  conversion facility  are
exposed annually to concentrations in excess of  the  proposed DAC, and approximately
12 percent of the  personnel  at the UO2 facility exceed  the limit. (The impact was
compared to a reduction in the speed limit for trucks from 55 to 5 miles per hour.)

The order of magnitude reduction would require glove box  containment  for nearly all
operations at  both facilities.   In fact, the proposed new insoluble uranium DAC (1 x
10   /ICi/ml)  is lower than  the existing  insoluble plutonium MFC (4 x 10~   jUCi/ml),
and  total containment  is standard  operating procedure with respect to  plutonium.
(Although,  the amount  of  mass corresponding  to  comparable  levels of activity is
10  - 10  lower in  the case of plutonium.)  Moreover, since the NRC has established an
ALARA limit at  25 percent of MFC, it is believed that a  comparable ALARA reduction
below the proposed DAC would continue to be imposed.

Currently, the operations in both facilities that  generate high airborne concentrations
are enclosed in hoods. These include the hammer mill feed station, the blender loading
port, the granulator, the pellet press, the furnace loading ports,  the grinders, etc.  If
the reduced DAC were to be imposed, all of these operations would be sealed in glove
boxes.

Rough  cost  estimates were  made by engineering designers at both facilities of  the
capital costs associated  with conversion of the existing hoods to  glove boxes.  For the
combined UFg/UO2 facilities, the estimate in 1982 dollars is $2.4 million for contain-
ment,  $2.4 million for  process modifications, $3.1  million for ventilation  and $1.9
                                      128

-------
million  for  engineering and construction supervision.   Thus,  the total  cost at  both
facilities is estimated to be $9.8 million.

In addition to required  plant modifications, there would be increases in operating costs
from several sources. These include decreased efficiency and throughput, and increased
costs of solid waste management (i.e., more wastes from the inability to reuse boxes for
interim storage of pellets) and health physics (i.e., more counting man-hours.)  A rough
estimate of these costs  is 1.2 million dollars per year.

Improved  calculations of exposure  (i.e., relaxation of conservative assumptions) is not
considered to be a desirable approach for compliance with the proposed DAC's, nor is it
believed that compliance could be achieved in this way.  In fact, it is policy in this firm
to achieve compliance  through engineering  modifications, rather than administrative
fixes.

On the other hand, the potential for compliance through modifications in calculational
techniques has not  been  thoroughly  researched.   Data generated  by  another  firm
indicate that approximately 40 percent of the airborne  particles, on the average, are
non-respirable. However, it would  take more than a year to generate data specific to
this firm. Solubility data are even  more difficult to obtain, and less reproducible.  It is
not clear  that either solubility or particle size are controllable variables, or that the
NRC inspection and enforcement  personnel would accept these data for purposes of
compliance.

Assignments  of time in specific areas for all personnel is difficult, if not  impossible to
accomplish.   Besides, it felt to be  a "game," rather than a rigorous demonstration of
compliance.

Even if all of these refinements were included in the system, it is felt that compliance
with the proposed DAC could not  be achieved, and, for sure,  an ALARA limit at 25
percent of the DAC would be impossible to meet.

Other aspects of the proposed internal exposure  guidelines — weighted organ doses,
additive internal  and external doses, etc. — are only bookkeeping problems and would
involve minimal costs.
                                        129

-------
             9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 rem/yr.

Because external exposures rarely exceed  1.5 rem/yr, the imposition of this guideline
would have no cost impact.
                                      130

-------
                                F. WELL LOGGER

Well logging is a technique to determine the properties of subsurface rock.  Applied in
the exploration for several minerals,  most of the service is sold to the oil and  gas
exploration industry.   The properties of rock that are of interest  include porosity,
permeability, fluid content, and geometrical configuration of the reservoir.  Some of
these properties can be obtained  by  coring, whereas others, such  as fluid content,
cannot. In well logging, various instruments are lowered into the shaft, to depths up to
35,000 feet, and non-destructive measurements are made over the entire length of  the
shaft.  These measurements include resistivity, electron density, spontaneous potential,
sonic attenuation, sonic travel time, and hydrogen concentration.

Two of these measurements involve the use of radiation. To measure electron density,
a gamma ray source, usually Cs-137 (~l/2 to 2  Ci) is used.  For the measurement of
hydrogen concentration, neutron sources are used.  The neutron sources are generally
Am-Be (1 to  20 Ci)  or  Pu-Be (smaller companies may still use Ra-Be), although in
approximately 5% of the measurements an electronic source (electron bombardment of
tritium) is used in the pulsed mode. The radioisotope  sources, of which the case study
firm possesses approximately 3,000,  are  doubly  encapsulated in  stainless  steel  and
tested to 1500°F and  25,000 psi.  They are fabricated by outside vendors and assembled
into the source holder manually upon receipt.  The source holder also  provides an order
of magnitude collimation along  its axis.  This collimation, provided  for measurement
purposes, adds a measure of safety for handling of the  source.  The assembled source is
loaded into a lead (or poly, as appropriate) DOT-approved shield (less than 200 mr/hr on
the surface) for transportation to the site.

This well logger is one of five large  firms that  perform  about  80%  of these services
nationwide.   The remaining 20% is performed by  approximately  200 - 300  small
operations.   These small "mom  and  pop" operations, however,  must each have  an
investment in equipment in excess of $500,000.

Total employment in the industry is estimated to be approximately 25,000, and this firm
employs its proportionate share.  The heart of the operation consists of the field teams,
each typically comprised of three  members — two operators and a field engineer. In
this particular  company there are  700 such teams in this firm engaged in roughly  400

                                      131

-------
jobs on any given day.  The operators load the equipment onto the truck and drive the
truck to  the site.  They are met at the site by the field engineer, who supervises all
activities at the site.

At the site, the truck is unloaded, the equipment is calibrated, the tools are loaded into
the hole, and measurements are made (continuously as the instruments are moved at a
uniform rate down the hole).  For a typical well, the measurements take from three to
50 hours  (12 hours on the average).  The only time in which the crew is exposed at the
site  is while the source  is removed from the transportation package and slipped into the
logging tool.  This generally  takes from 30 to 90 seconds.   The crew is paid on an
incentive basis,  thus it is advantageous to complete the job in as short a period of time
as possible.  Additionally, the  work is tedious and must be completed by the same crew
(jobs have taken as long as six  days).

Operators, who range in age from  21 to 30, generally have a high school education and,
depending on how hard they work, typically can earn between  $20,000 and $30,000  per
year.  Field engineers, generally in the same age bracket, can  earn as much as $45,000
per year, and must have a degree in engineering or a bachelor's degree in one  of  the
hard  sciences  (i.e.,  physics,  geology,  etc.).    Travel  requirements  and odd hours
contribute to a high turnover rate for both operators and field engineers.

Approximately  3,000  employees are monitored, most of whom are operators and field
engineers.  Additionally, clerks, truck maintenance men, and technicians are monitored.
The  highest exposures are received by the handful of technicians who load the sources
into the source holders upon receipt from the fabricator.  They may receive as much as
0.6 rem per quarter. Exposures in the  field are  considerably lower;  the anticipated
doses are roughly 0.2 rem/qtr.  The only other potential for exposure is during monthly
calibration of the sources at the field facilities.

The  distribution of exposures  for  calendar year  1979  is  given in the attached  Table.
TLD's, rather than film, are used for monitoring exposures. These are found to hold up
better under the conditions in the field, and are  not prone to fading over the  three-
month period  between  readings.   The  cost of  the  outside dosimetry service which
provides the TLD's is $18/yr (quarterly readings).  The measured doses for neutrons are
felt to be accurate to within + 200%.
                                       132

-------
                WHOLE BODY EXPOSURE

              DISTRIBUTION FOR THE YEAR

                       1979
                Well Logging Firm
Annual Whole Body Dose
    Ranges * (Rems)
Number of Individuals
    In Each Ranoe
No Measurable Exposure
Measurable Exposure Less Than 0,100
0.100 -- 0.250
0.250 -- 0.500
0.500 - 0.750
0.750 -- 1.000
1.000 — 2.000
2.000 - 3.000
3.000 « 4.000
4.000 -- 5.000
5.000 — 6.000
6.000 -- 7.000
7.000 — 8.000
8.000 — 9.000
9.000 -- 10.000
10.000 -- 11.000
11.000 -- 12.000
> 12.000
401
768
759
733
. 348
214
277
34
1
2
0
.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
                           Total number of Individuals reported   3537
                                  133

-------
The  exposures of clerks and maintenance personnel are at the very  low end of the
distribution given in the attached Table. The 4-5 technicians who load the sources are
at the high end.  The operators and field engineers are equally exposed.  There is no
correlation between logging time and magnitude of exposure. Once the source is in the
hole, there is essentially no exposure to personnel. Even if the source  becomes lost in
the hole, a not infrequent occurrence,  no exposure is encountered during the  "fishing"
operation, because the source is at depth.  There may be higher exposures for shallow
holes, since the source goes in and out more often. Generally, wells in the midwest and
east are shallower than those in  the Gulf states. Depths are variable in the West.

The  safety director  for the firm is also Radiation Safety Officer and Chairman of the
Radiation Safety Committee.  The Safety Office, with responsibilities considerably
broader than radiation, is comprised of two professionals at the corporate level, one
professional for manufacturing and one individual at each of four unit offices.  The unit
offices coordinate activities at a total of 100 field facilities.

Safety personnel are generally drawn from the ranks of  the  field engineers.  Although
there are no certified health  physicists, the Radiation Safety Officer has  30  years of
field experience and a bachelor's degree in engineering.  He  additionally attended a 10
week course on radiation protection principles at Oak  Ridge National Laboratory, and
attended some special courses at the University.

Each of the field engineers has approximately six months of training, ten  weeks of
which are at special learning  centers.  The instruction at the learning centers includes
radiation protection principles.   Operators do not receive formal instruction, but are
provided a 20 page booklet on radiation protection.  Monthly safety  meetings are held
at the districts. All available  personnel (not on jobs) attend.  Twice a year, these safety
meetings are devoted to radiation safety.

                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B.  RPG

There would be no anticipated cost to  the firm if the  W.B. RPG were  reduced from 3
rem/qtr. to 5 rem/yr.  There have been no recorded exposures in excess of  5 rem/yr in
recent memory  and it is not felt  that the additional  flexibility provided  by  a higher
permissible annual limit would be necessary.  In fact, it  was felt that the substitution of

                                       134

-------
the 3  rem/qtr.  limit with  an annual limit  of  5 rem, all of which could possibly be
received in one quarter, might provide an added degree of flexibility.

                2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The  reduction of the accumulated exposure limit  to  100 rem is  not  anticipated to
involve a cost impact to this firm.  The highest cumulative exposure is  currently 11
rem.   The turnover  rate of operators and field engineers is  relatively high.  If a field
engineer should  remain with  the company as long as 20 years, he would  no doubt be
promoted to a management job somewhere along the line, thus  eliminating any further
exposure.

The  opinion was expressed  that  although  cumulative  exposure records  are always
requested from  previous  employers,  a  response is  seldom  received.   Apparently the
military is particularly unreliable. Colleges and universities are generally reliable.

     3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance  Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

There  is no reason to believe  that the extremities or the eyes receive higher exposures
than the whole body.  This is also true for the technicians who load the sources into the
holder. Accordingly, no extremity monitoring is performed.

4. Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures  in the Range of  0.3 to 1.0 RPp

Approximately 9% of the monitored  workers received exposures  in excess of 1.0 rem
(the number in excess of 1.5 rem is  not readily available)  in 1979. Moreover, since most
of the  exposures to non-field personnel are less than 0.1 rem/yr, the percentage of field
personnel who received exposures in excess of 1.0 rem is estimated to be roughly 13%.
Therefore, it might be "anticipated"  that exposure to field personnel would exceed 1.5
rem in any one-year period.

If each task were to be considered  to "significantly" contribute  to the annual exposure,
a supervisor  would have to  be  present before and  during the  operation in which the
source is removed from the package  and slipped onto the logging tool.  Since the field
teams are geographically dispersed, and typically 400 jobs are ongoing at any one time,
the implication of this proposed guideline is that each of the field teams would require
the presence of a supervisor.  Moreover, since the jobs are not constrained to single
shift operations, as many as  700  supervisors could be required.

                                       135

-------
Although the field engineers are well-trained, including instruction in radiation protec-
tion,  they  are clearly  not  equivalent  in  background or  training to health  physicists.

Additionally, a health physicist would  have to be present at the loading of the sources
into the holders at headquarters,  and during the monthly source  calibration at the
district offices.

5.  Impact  of Proposed  Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

In addition to the personnel monitoring requirement, which is currently being satisfied
by  this  firm,  this guideline  requires  the availability  of  a "radiation  protection
professional" to assure that exposures  are justified and ALARA.  The  activities  in the
field involving the use of radiation sources are relatively routine, and are prescribed by
procedures drafted by the Radiation Safety Officer. Any time procedures or  equipment
are changed, the Radiation Safety Officer at Headquarters becomes involved.   There-
fore,  the  activities  prescribed by this  guideline  are  currently being carried out.
However, there remains the question whether the Radiation Safety Officer,  whose
credentials  are described  above,  is  equivalent  in background and experience  to  a
"radiation protection professional."

If the  Radiation  Safety Officer  does not qualify, an  outside consultant with the
appropriate credentials would have  to be retained to satisfy  this guideline.  This might
be difficult, since there are believed to be only three certified health  physicists in the
geographical location of this firm's headquarters.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

As  discussed earlier, the field engineers  do attend formal training course in radiation
protection  principles.  Although they do not currently  receive instruction on quantita-
tive levels of risk, this is  being added to the curriculum at a cost of  $10,000. The
material given in NRC Regulatory Guide 8.29 will be provided in a new booklet.

At  present, no formal  instruction is provided to the operators in radiation  protection
principles.   If a  one-hour  period  of  instruction were to  be provided to  each new
employee,  1200 person-hours of new-employee  time would  be involved annually.  As
discussed earlier, the range of salaries for operators and field engineers is $20,000 to
                                       136

-------
$40,000 per year.  Moreover, because of the diffuse locations in  the  field (approxi-
mately 100 field facilities), instruction would be required more or less on a one-on-one
basis  (approximately one new employee per  month at each field location).   Therefore,
the instruction at this firm  would occupy  roughly 1200 hours of district  manager time.
A  typical district manager's salary is  approximately $50,000 per year.  An alternative
would  be to hold classes   monthly at headquarters, involving  an  additional cost of
approximately $62,000 in new employee time and $150,000 in travel and expenses per
year.

               7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

There are presently 25 female  operators and 20 female field engineers, nearly all of
whom  are  of child-bearing age.  The firm is under  considerable EEO pressure to
increase  these numbers.  The firm's radiation protection booklet includes  a verbatim
description of the NRC's prenatal requirements. New female  employees are urged to
read this section and to discuss it with  their  district  managers.   Although the firm
currently operates under alternative a, there are no other jobs available if a female
voluntarily removes herself from a field assignment.  Several females have  announced
to management that they are pregnant and that they desire to remain on the job.  In
these cases,  the managers  emphasize the need to strictly follow procedures, in which
case exposures in excess of 0.5 rem  to the unborn are highly unlikely.   Moreover,
pregnant females  are  not  likely to  work more than six months, because  field work
entails the lifting of heavy machinery.

If  procedures are  strictly  followed in the field, it is also unlikely that exposures in
excess of 0.2 rem/month would be received.  Therefore, females who wish to limit their
exposures because  they suspect that  they  are pregnant or they  are trying to  get
pregnant, can easily do so  by being very careful.   They are not, however, given the
option of a non-field job.

If  Alternative c were in force, fertile females would just  not be hired for the  field. This
would play havoc with the firm's EEO  objectives.  It would mean that they would have
to meet  their  quotas  by placing women  in non-field jobs, of  which there are less.
Moreover, the non-field jobs that satisfy EEO objectives are accounting, legal, and
machinists,  for which  there are few  qualified  women.   Because there  are very  few
                                       137

-------
females in field jobs presently,  the costs of Alternative c would be minimal. It would
involve discharging the women presently in  the  field, and  increasing the  annual
recruiting effort by roughly 4%. This would involve a one-time recruiting and training
cost.

       8.  Impact of Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

Currently there is only one use of unsealed sources by the firm, which involves the only
potential for internal exposures. This is the use of 1-131  as a tracer for investigating
the migration of fluids in wells. Approximately 10 mCi (the  NRC limit is 50 mCi) of
iodine salt in an alkaline buffered solution is injected directly into  the well.  Other
companies perform this procedure more  frequently than  this firm.  According to  an
NRC Regulatory Guide, bioassays  are   not  required as  long  as  the  amount  of
radioactivity is less than 50 mCi.  Therefore, the firm does not perform bioassays  on
the employees involved with this procedure. Since monitoring is not required, and since
this  is the only radionuclide  with  potential for internal exposures, no cost  impact is
anticipated from the proposed internal exposure guideline.

             9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

As discussed  earlier, only 8% of the total work force, or possibly 14% of the field staff,
receive exposures in excess of  1.0 rem/yr. (the fraction  over 1.5 rem  is not readily
available). If procedures were followed, exposures could be kept below 1.5 rem/yr.  In
fact, experience has shown that  a maximum exposure of 0.3 rem per quarter is expected
if procedures are followed.  However, the opinion was also expressed that "people are
not perfect"  and that it is virtually impossible to get  3,000  people involved in 200,000
operations per  year  to follow procedures.    One possibility  would  be to have a
multiplicity of inspectors, who would drop in occasionally to  monitor the field  crews.
To  monitor  one-third  of the 400  operations  daily would require approximately 100
inspectors.   However, the  purpose  could probably  be accomplished  with a lower
frequency of  inspection, resulting in fewer inspectors.

Another possibility is to lower the source strength.  However, the current well traverse
speed is dictated by the source strength (counting statistics limited), so that a factor of
two  reduction  in  source  strength  would  increase  the  logging  time  (when  using the
sources) by a factor of two.  Since radioactive sources are used approximately 60%  of

                                       138

-------
the on-site time, this reduction in source strength would, in effect, increase the well-
logging time by 60%.  Therefore, to get the same amount of work done, roughly 60%
more people would be required.  More efficient detectors are not the answer, since the
existing detectors are as efficient as the current technology permits.
                                       139

-------
                         G.  PRIVATE DENTAL FACILITY

This large dental facility is located in a major northeastern urban center.  The facility
has been operating for 15 years and it is typical of a large number of multi-chair full
service dental operations that are being developed across the country. This trend is in
part a result of new opportunities for dentists to advertise their services and increase
volume to  achieve economies of scale in operations.   This facility has a staff of 11
dentists covering all major dental subfields.  Six dentists are on duty at  any one time.
The  facility operates daily from 9:00 am to 7:30 pm and on Saturday from 9:00 am to
12:00 am.  An average weekday patient load is 175 patients of which 25  are first-visit
patients. The Saturday patient load is about 25, all of which are first-visit patients.

The  facility advertises in large and small area newspapers, as well as conducting direct
mail  advertising  compaigns.   Approximately  20 percent  of  their patient volume is
developed through these  efforts, with the bulk of their patient load coming from their
support of  dental plans for several major unions.  In some cases, the union may have a
prearranged self-insurance plan with the facility or the plan  may be run by a major
insurance firm.  Most billing is made directly to the union or insurance carrier with any
minimum deductible fees for union members or their families waived by the facility.

The  two  floor operation  is divided into reception, operatorium, laboratory and admini-
strative areas.  The operatorium is subdivided into about 15 cubicles, 11 of which are
equipped with a standard wall-attached, heavy-duty dental X-ray machine.  One room is
equipped with a Panorex X-ray machine, designed to develop  exposures of the entire
mouth in one sitting. The Panorex is a new machine; all the  others are over 20 years
old.  The machines are maintained by a technician who visits the facility periodically
(no set schedule) or upon request.  All of the exterior walls, interior separator walls and
doors are lead-lined.

The  facility employs 30 to 35 individuals, of which 17  to  22 can be identified as
radiation workers.  These include 11 dentists (all male) and nine dental technicians (all
female) and may include the administrator, who spends some time in the  operatorium
and is badged.  All dentists, dental assistants and the administrator are badged, for a
total of 17 to 22 badges that are read monthly.  Badges are worn at the  collar and are
required  for all personnel  in these  categories.   Monthly  reports, as  shown by the
                                       140

-------
attached Table, are reviewed by the administrator or the chief dental assistant and any
measurable exposure is investigated.  All measurable exposures observed in this facility
have been for dental assistants and have been small (21 mrem is the highest one-month
exposure recorded).  All recorded measurable  exposures have  been traced to  non-
personnel exposures, such as leaving a badge in a cubicle on a day when the employee is
not working.

Standard procedures and training  for new  personnel are the responsibility of the chief
dental assistant.  All X-rays  are taken with only the  patient  remaining in a lead-
enclosed cubicle and the exposure is triggered from a switch in the hallway. All traffic
in the hallway is stopped during exposure.  Each  new patient receives a Panorex X-ray
on the first visit; regular patients receive one about every 24 months, so that about 325
of these exposures are taken per week. In addition, each patient may receive three  or
four standard X-rays during the course of a treatment (average three to four visits per
treatment) or about 175 exposures per week.  Procedures are explained to new  dental
assistants in  a one-hour briefing that covers all aspects of the position by an on-the-job
training period supervised by the chief dental assistant.

As the  Table shows,  there  has been almost no record  of measurable exposure at this
facility. The two non-zero  readings were both identified as badges left in a cubicle for
an  entire day.   Therefore, there is  no  impact  from  the proposed  guidance on this
facility. This facility may  not be typical of exposures due to the lead-lined walls.  It
was suggested that the capital investment made in this facility might not have been
made if the  operator had not owned the entire building and thus, did not risk losing a
lease.  It was also noted that the insurance companies require  the submittal of  before
and after X-ray records to  prove  that billed-for work was completed.  In  some cases,
the insurance companies also utilize these X-rays to evaluate the complexity and thus,
the fee for treatment.
                                        141

-------
           ICN DOSIMETRY SERVICE  ,

           26201 MIUESRQAD .,.

           CLEVELAND, OHIO 44128

           TELEPHONE: 216/831-3000
RADIATION EXPOSURE REPORT
             PAGE   L
$
/"DATE REPORT^
MAILED
MO.
09
OAYj YH.
23)80
1
r "DATE FILMS ">
REceiveo
MO. IDAY
Yfl.
cans ao
1 I
"' no. rip FILMS \
Ml.li
3

3

3
......
3
,_„_
ISTOUAIntlT
JAN 1
TO
MAR 31
CALENDAR UUAHIfcHS
2ND QUARTER
APft 1
TO
JUM 30
3RD QUARTER
JUL 1
TO
SEP 30
4TH QUARTER
OCT I
TO
DEC 31
1 i
*.



MONTHLY j
.',( i , .". CURRENT EXPOSURE, IN REMS
BADGE DATE
1ST OAV OF
EXHOSUHE
PUliUU
HO.
OAV|YH.
06iOl
07k)l
06.01
06|01
06{01
06/01
06J01
06,01
QAjOl
OTloi
06J01
0.6:01
06|oi
OT01
ao
80
p°
ao
iBO
ao
aa
80
80
an
UG
ao
M
07J018C
o?oiac






(6)


GAMMA
&
X-RAY
OIC
PO
1






MAI
N.
f




*
* .
*


(7)

NEUTRON
OfCiHAL
Y
T


i




(81
BETA
BICIUAl
rent
Y •"
•• ] •,;•,:•
1
• >::
\ ::'••,-;•'''
,T..'i. ' r,-,
1 '
1 i •
I... • '•
1
1 	 —
,;••
i
(9)
TOTAL
EXPOSURE
' 'MC.HAI
rumT
• Y
- : T
d
1 t. •-••
f-
4 -
i.. .-

i

(10)
N
O
1
E
>







II
CUMULATIVE EXPOSURE IN REMS :
QUARTERLY EXPOSURE TO DATE
GAMMA
&
X-RAY
DECUUL
T».T
l>
boo
IDOO
poo
poo
. poo
'• poo
poo
- poo
poo
poo
poo
boo
poo


(12)
NEUTRON
DICIIUI
«.,
I
nnr»
boo
,{)00
SOJ1
00
(500
poo



)00
)00
)00
)00
)00
)00


(13)
BETA
DCCIIUl
roi.r
Y
T
. poo
poo
poo
poo
poo
poo
•• poo
poo
DOO
boo
poo
poo


(14)
WHOLE
BODY
OiCIHAi
Y
T
boo



OOU
000
QQQ
000
000
ono
000
000
OOfl
looo
000
gfiil
00
jooo

w


(15)
V V
SKIN l)h
WHOIL U.tov
OH
fcXTHLMIf.
OtClttAt
POINI
Y
1
1
poo
boo
boo
poo
poo
poo
	 QQQ
poo
poo
OOU

000
000
000
IOOG
poo




(16)

NC BADGES
RECEIVED
?
2
2
f
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1


17
Q
u
A
It
T
L
H
?
i
i.
?
2
I
3
^
2
3
3
3


II
YEAR TO DATE
WHOLE
BODY
• fCIMAL
roi.i
Y
T
6' Qfl
00
boo
poo
looo
poo
poo
poo
P21
poo
|ooo
poo
boo
|ooo
000




(19)

SKIN OF
WHOLE iOOY
OH
EKTHEMITV
OU.IML
rai.t
Y
T
poo
looo
boo
poo
poo
poo
poo
looo
P21
jooo
poo
poo
looo
poo
1
1
1
1
1
1
(20)
LIFETIME
WHOLE
BODY
MCIUAI
POINT
Y
T
S' QJ)
00
poo
poo
poo
noo
jooo
021
poo
|OOCJ
poo
000
iOOG
JOOG


(21)

MHOI I MOUV
on
LKllltMllf
MC
L
Oo

(2
YH.
?5
ri
75
n
77
JO
liL
iO
30
£
iO


3)

                                                                                    O

                                                                                    >
                                                                                    H

                                                                                   'o
                                                                                    z

                                                                                    M
                                                                                    X
                                                                                    ^o
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    en
                                                                                    G
                                                                                    to
                                                                                    w
                                                                                    to
                                                                                    w
                          CODE KEY
                                • UIOAIIOtllM
                    (=
                                                                   M1

                                                                   . nil

-------
                            H.I  ROCKY FLATS PLANT

The Rocky Flats Plant, operated under contract with the U.S. Department of Energy by
Rockwell International, manufactures nuclear components for  nuclear weapons.  The
plant is approximately 30-years old.  Weapons-grade plutonium (approximately 93% Pu-
239) is the primary radioactive material handled at the facility.  Depleted uranium  is
also handled in significantly large quantities.  On occasion, uranium-233 and uranium-
235, are handled in relatively small quantities.  Additionally, the facility contains a few
sources of cesium-137 and cobalt-60, used for radiographic purposes.  There are also a
few radiographic x-ray machines at the plant.

The input stream consists of both fresh plutonium  direct from the production reactors
at the Savannah River  Laboratory and "old" plutonium  from retired nuclear weapons.
The  "old"  plutonium  contains  americium-241, which  grows in  as a decay product of
plutonium-241 and must be  separated from the plutonium.  This separation operation,
together with scrap recovery from  other operations at the facility, is performed in a
wet chemical process, which dissolves the material in  an acid solution and converts the
plutonium to the oxide state.  The plutonium oxide is fluorinated to PuF., which in turn
is reduced to plutonium metal with calcium.

The  manufacturing operations at the plant are performed on the pure plutonium metal.
These operations include  melting, casting, pouring, rolling, shearing, shaping, pressing,
welding,  drilling,  and  machining.   Thus,  virtually  all  conventional  metal-working
operations are  conducted at the facility.  However,  because of the radiotoxicity of
plutonium, all of these operations are performed in glove boxes.

The  plant  employs  approximately 5,000.   Of these, there are  roughly 800 "radiation
workers," defined as those employees who actually  work with plutonium in glove  boxes.
Another 800 "incidental radiation workers" are potentially exposed to radiation in their
work (i.e.,  craftsmen), but do not deal with  plutonium in a hands-on fashion.   Approxi-
mately 350 employees in health, safety, and environment are also potentially exposed to
radiation.  Finally, approximately 1,000 additional  employees in research  and  develop-
ment and production support might receive occasional exposures.
                                      143

-------
All of the plant employees are monitored for radiation exposure.  External monitoring is
performed using TLD's which are sensitive to both neutrons and gamma rays.  The TLD's
are currently  read by hand; however,  a new Panasonic unit will  soon automate the
process.   For the  800  radiation workers, the  TLD's are  read  bi-weekly.   Monthly
readings  are taken for the  incidental  radiation workers  and the  support  personnel
potentially exposed.  All other TLD's are read quarterly.  About  half of the radiation
workers additionally wear ring badges to monitor hand exposures.

The annual external exposure distributions for  1981 and 1982 are given in the Table.
The highest external W.B. exposure in 1982  was less than 2 rem.   The average
measurable exposure was less than 500 mrem.  Most of the external dose is received in
chemical processing operations.  Roughly 50% of the dose is from neutrons, which are
largely derived from  the (a, n) reaction  in fluorine (plutonium tetrafluoride is  an
intermediate product in the chemical process).

    EXTERNAL WHOLE-BODY  EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 1981  AND 1983

                   Exposure Range          Number of Individuals
                      (rem)                    1981    1982
                      0-1                    4281    5029
                      1-2                       63     109
                      2-3                       10
                        > 3                       00

Internal exposures are monitored with an extensive  bioassay program.  Lung counts by
the plant's four whole-body counters are administered annually.  These counters are
operated 24 hours daily.  A count takes one-half  hour.   The 800  radiation workers
receive  quarterly lung  counts  in addition to  a periodic  urinalysis.   Of course,  a
whole-body count is also administered every time  there is  an identified potential for
internal exposure.

Although not used to  infer intakes or internal  exposures to  workers, the plant has an
extensive network of air samplers. This includes three types of samplers.  The first  is
an integrating air sampler located at least in each room exhaust port. With air flows of
50 1/min, 0.1 MFC sensitivity is achieved.  These samples are read daily.  The second
type of  air sampler, loccated throughout the work  area, includes an alarm unit which
                                      144

-------
triggers  at  approximately 20 MPC-hrs.   The third  is an  effluent monitor, which is
located  in  each effluent stack  and is collected on  three-day  intervals.   These
annunciating air samplers are used as  warning  devices to detect  incidents and  thus
trigger bioassays.

Radiation protection is  the  responsibility of the Department of Health, Safety, and
Environment,  which  employs  350 people.   The  Director  of  Health, Safety,  and
Environment reports  to the  General  Manager  of  the  Rocky Flats  Plant.   This
Department has six sections  ~  Operational Safety;  Environmental and Occupational
Health; Medical; Nuclear Safety;  Health, Safety, and Environmental Laboratories; and
Risk  Management.    The Operational Safety  Section  employs  130 technicians  who
perform  radiation monitoring.  The  Environmental and Occupational  Health Section
contains 80 professionals, including most of the  20 health physicists employed at the
plant (five  certified  and an  additional number who are completing the  two-part
certification examination). The Health,  Safety, and Environmental Laboratory Section
contains  50 people  who  perform  the  dosimeter badge  reading, radiation sample
counting, analytical chemistry, and data management.

Each employee  who  enters  an area in which plutonium  is  handled receives a core
training  program which includes  a three hour unit on radiation protection.  This  unit
includes  a description of levels of risk from radiation.  Women  receive an  additional
unit on the risk from radiation to the fetus. Operators receive additional instruction in
nuclear safety,  plus a three-month intensive training program  on a "cold"  (i.e., non-
radiological) line while awaiting security  clearance. Each training course is followed by
an examination. Also, the core training is repeated on two-year intervals.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This limit, in itself, would not have a significant impact at this facility. The maximum
external exposure in 1982 was less than 2 rem.  Only five individuals have exceeded 2.0
rem/year in the last  three years, and none has exceeded 3.0 rem/year.  The average
measurable exposure in 1982 was  approximately 0.5 rem. The facility operates with an
administrative  limit  for external exposure of  2.5  rem/year.    When a worker has
accumulated an  external exposure of 1.25 rem, the individual's work record is reviewed
by the health  physicist, the individual, and his manager, and a plan is implemented  to
reduce exposure.
                                      145

-------
Internal  exposures  would probably not  push anyone  over the limits,  although  this
depends upon the way committed dose is handled.   About 400 individuals at  the plant
have  measurable quantities  of  plutonium in them.   The maximum effective  dose
equivalent  from  internal deposition  of  plutonium is estimated  to be  less  than  1
rem/year.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The maximum accumulated external lifetime exposure at the plant is approximately 100
rem.  There are some individuals who have internally deposited plutonium who would
exceed this number, but the amount would depend on the weighting factors selected. If
the effective committed dose equivalent from intake of plutonium and the weighting
factors suggested by the ICRP were added to these numbers, they would be somewhat
higher.  The assignment  of committed 50 year dose to the year of intake would present
serious problems.

Notwithstanding the above, this lifetime additional limit is considered inconsistent with
an annual limit and not  well justified. Moreover,  it has the potential of limiting the
employment opportunities for a  selected number of workers.  Even considering the
existing administrative limit on external exposures, workers can receive on the order of
3 rem/year  if one includes  the  effective committed dose contribution from internal
deposition of plutonium.  This  would give a few workers an  employment vista of
approximately 30 years, considered to be  overly limiting.  Also, this could seriously
affect a worker's chance for continuing employment if he has accumulated a significant
lifetime exposure, say 80 to 90 rem. Such high accumulated exposures could well act as
a deterrent for new employment.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

There have been hand exposures in excess of 50 rem/year in the past, but currently the
maximum annual hand  exposures  are on  the  order of  30 rem/year.    Currently,
approximately one-half  of the radiation workers are monitored for hand exposures.  The
reduced extremity limits could  result in the need for additional monitoring of  hand
exposures, but this is not altogether clear  at the present  time.  In any case, it is felt
that there is no technical basis for the reduction in the extremity exposure limits.
                                      146

-------
Moreover, the reduction in the ICRP-26 organ limit of 50 rem/year to 30 rem/year is
not felt to the justified.

4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Any incident in the production line could make a significant contribution to a worker's
annual dose.  It is impossible  to prevent a small number of "incidents," or unplanned
releases from occurring.  Should these be considered as accidents which are outside of
the purview of radiation protection guidelines and regulations?  It is difficult to answer
this question and  a resolution  of this  issue is  considered to be outside of the  scope of
this case study.

Assuming that the unanticipated, but frequent incidents  are  covered by the proposed
guidelines, the Range  C guidance would have a substantial impact at this facility. To
provide real-time coverage for those  activities potentially resulting in a release would
require a doubling or a trebling of the existing monitoring staff — from approximately
100 to 200 or 300.  H.P. technicians earn $25,000 per year, plus approximately $15,000
for overhead and fringe benefits. Moreover, five to ten health physicists would have to
be added to the professional staff at a cost of $35,000 per year for each individual, plus
$20,000 for overhead and fringe benefits.  Finally, at least 5 technicians would have to
be  hired for the analytical chemistry group to analyze samples and record data. These
technicians earn  an average  of  approximately $25,000  per year, plus  $15,000 for
overhead and fringe benefits.

               5.   Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The requirements  of  the Range B guidance are  currently being performed at  this
facility.  However, it  is felt that  the word "oversight" should be substituted for the
word "supervision" in the guidance.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirements

This facility is currently  complying  with the training requirements  in  the proposed
guidelines.
                                       147

-------
                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

It  is  estimated  that approximately  10%  of the radiation  workers are women.   At
present, if a female radiation worker declares to her supervisor that she is planning to
get pregnant, another job which does not involve the handling of radioactive materials
is found for her if she requests.  In any event, a radiation exposure  potential analysis is
conducted.  If she gets pregnant within six  months, she is kept out of radiation work
during the term  of the pregnancy, and if she  is breast feeding,  she is  kept out of
radiation work for an additional 12 months after the baby is born.  If she does not get
pregnant within  six months,  she  returns  to her original job.  She  can  request  an
additional six months away from radiation work if she obtains the concurrence of her
physician. The major reason for this stringent policy goes beyond the protection of the
unborn.  If an individual receives a significant intake  of plutonium, he/she voluntarily
receives a dosage of DPTA, a chelating agent, to clear  the  plutonium from the body.
This compound is teratogenic, and thus could well produce a malformed fetus. Thus it
is advisable to avoid the possibility of administering it to  a pregnant female.

Thus  this facility is essentially in  conformance with  Alternatives  a  and b of  the
guidance for the protection of  the  unborn.   If Alternative  c were promulgated,  the
roughly 80 female radiation workers  would be restricted to certain jobs in which the
risk of  plutonium intake  is insignificant and the external  fields  are well below 0.2
rem/month.  Also,  additional monitoring  would be required.  Although  this  program
would have some impact on current operations, the costs would not be excessive.

    8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

The  internal exposure  provisions of the  proposed guidelines would cause  a  major
problem at this facility.  The current method for restricting internal exposures at this
facility is based  upon the  maximum permissible body burden, derived from  ICRP-2.
This limit was derived from  a maximum annual dose  to the bone of 30  rem/yr,  which in
turn goes all the way back to the original radium-equivalent  standards. From this dose
limitation, a body burden  of 40  nCi for plutonium-239 was derived, and it is this body
burden that is used as the primary standard.  A secondary standard for the concentra-
                               1 o
tion of  plutonium in air,  2 x  10 V Ci/ml was derived from this primary standard.
Although a lower dose limit (15 rem/yr) applies to the lung, this is derived largely from
insoluble plutonium,  resulting in less restrictive MFC's.  Thus, the soluble limits are
                                      148

-------
 used for compliance,  since both soluble and insoluble  plutonium are found  in  the
 facility.

 The  maximum  permissible body  burden of 40 nCi  has historically been the primary
 standard for limiting the internal exposure from plutonium at this facility.   Bioassay,
 including both urinalysis and lung counting, has been used as the method for measuring
 body burden.  For "clean" plutonium  (relatively free of americium-241), the limit of
 sensitivity  for bioassay is 30 nCi, roughly three-quarters of the limit.   For aged
 plutonium (roughly 1,000 ppm americium-241), as little as 2 to 4 nCi can be detected in
 the body, or roughly 10% of the limit. Fortunately, almost all of the plutonium handled
 at this facility is aged with americium to a level suitable for lung detection.

 IPRC-26 shifted the emphasis to the intake in each year which, in the aggregate over 50
                                                    2
 years,  would result in  the limiting dose to the bone.   This limiting annual intake is
 called  the ALI (allowable limit  of intake), and  is  a small  fraction  of  the  maximum
 permissible body burden.  In fact, for soluble plutonium-239, the ALI  is 200 Becquerel,
 or approximately 5 nCi.  Using urinalysis as  the  bioassay method, it  is not possible to
 measure this quantity  until at least the seventh year of continuous intake  (assuming
 pure soluble  plutonium and one  micron particle  size).  With lung counting,  it  is  not
 possible to do even this well. (Pure plutonium emits X-rays of 13, 17, and 21 kev.)

 It is instructive to calculate the effective committed  dose equivalent from  1  ALI of
 soluble plutonium. This is done below.

                                                       Effective
                                 Annual                (weighted)
                             Committed Dose        Committed Dose
         Organ                ISquivalent              Fxjuivalent
                                  (rem)                  (rem)
         Gonads                   0.63                   0.16
         Red Bone Marrow         3.9                    0.47
         Lung                     0.32                   0.04
         Bone Surfaces           48.38                   1.45
         Liver                    10.58                   0.63
         Total                                            2.75  rem
1ActuaUy,  a limit  of  20 nCi, a factor of two below the maximum permissible body
 burden, was maintained as an administrative limit.
2In addition, the non-stochastic limit was  increased  from  30  rem  to  50 rem.   The
 philosophy at this facility, however, would be to maintain the 30 rem limit.
                                         149

-------
Thus, the intake of  1  ALI plus  a relatively small amount of external exposure would
bring a worker precariously close to the limit.

Air monitoring, on the other hand, is capable of detecting smaller fractions of the
limits.  For plutonium-239, the limit of sensitivity of air monitors is approximately 2 x
   1 Ti
10   /i  Ci/ml,  or approximately 10% of  the soluble limit.   However, it is not
appropriate to rely on integrated air monitoring data (MPC-hrs.) to assign internal doses
from  the inhalation  of plutonium.   The specific  activity  is  so  high that the air
monitoring data may not be at all indicative of the intake.  The data may be used as a
trigger  for bioassay, but not as  a quantitative measure of intake or  dose.  In  order to
quantitatively use air monitoring data, a time-dependent correlation would have to be
drawn  between  the  concentration of  plutonium at the actual breathing  zone of the
worker  and  that of the monitor  itself.  This  is not  possible.   Moreover,  lapel air
samplers are not useful in this regard  because the volumes of air sampled are too low
and people can't wear them where they ought to.

Is there any new technology which will permit measurements down to the levels of the
ALrs?  For lung counting, a  factor of at least 10 in sensitivity reduction would be
needed, and there is nothing on  the horizon that would improve the sensitivity by more
than a factor of roughly  1.5.  Significant improvements in sensitivity are potentially
available for urinalysis, possibly permitting the detection of an intake equivalent to an
ALI. But this will not be sufficient to track an individual during an annual cycle.
                                *
Thus, if the  EPA guidelines were to  be promulgated,  it would be necessary for this
facility to seek an exception from DOE in order to keep operating.  This would not be
necessary because the proposed  limits are currently being exceeded.  To the contrary,
the facility is well within the proposed limits.  It is because it would not be possible to
demonstrate  compliance  with  the  current  or anticipated state-of-the-art  bioassay
technology.    If  an  exception  were  not made  in  the requirement to  demonstrate
compliance, this  facility would have to shut  down and a new absolutely sealed facility
would have to be  constructed.  Although the feasibility of constructing such a plant has
not been thoroughly demonstrated, a rough cost estimate of $2 billion has been made.

Although several of the European and Asian countries have adopted the ICRP-26/30
prescription,  most of them are  having the same problem in demonstrating compliance
that this facility would have.
                                      150

-------
Automating the computation and  records system for the proposed guidance would not
result in significant costs.  The facility already has considerable automation along these
lines; both external exposure and organ burden in  nCi are reported annually.  Minor
modifications in software would be required.

One additional feature of the proposed guidance,  although not limiting in terms of
compliance, is felt to be unrealistic.   Because the guidance requires the computation of
the 50-year dose commitment, doses to the individual would be debited to his record
well before they are actually received.   This is  felt to  be misleading as well as
technically incorrect.  Moreover, whereas the original ICRP-2 standards were derived
on the basis of a fixed 50-year window, the 50-year window keeps moving in the current
proposal.  Thus, a 50-year dose commitment is still assigned, even for a worker who is
close to the end of his career. This is not appropriate because the older worker will not
receive this actual 50-year dose commitment during his lifetime.

             9.   Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

Costs  associated with reduction in the  external  exposure limits  were examined  a
number of years ago for DOE. These studies indicated that if administrative controls
alone were used, there would be  zero costs associated with a  reduction to 2.5 rem/yr.
To  further reduce the limit to 1.0 rem/yr., the costs were estimated to  be  $1.7 M/yr.
(1978 dollars) if administrative controls alone were used.  Finally, reducing the limit to
0.5 rem/yr. administratively was estimated to cost $10 M/yr. (1978 dollars).

The costs  of  reducing external  exposures using facility  modifications  were  also
examined. These were  estimated  to be $6.5 M to reduce the limit to 2.5 rem/yr., $215
M to reduce it to 1.0 rem/yr., and $1.4 billion to reduce it to 0.5 rem/yr. All of these
estimates are one-time costs expressed in 1978 dollars.
                                       151

-------
           H.2  IDAHO NATIONAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY (INEL)

This site, formerly known as the National Reactor Testing Station, contains a number of
facilities operated for the Department of Energy by four  contractors — EG&G,  Exxon,
Westinghouse,  and  Argonne  National  Laboratory.   Westinghouse  operates  several
prototype reactors for the Naval Reactors Program.  They have their  own radiation
protection  program  for  approximately  1,000 employees plus  transient personnel  in
training. Argonne/West, which runs EBR-n, the hot cells and the Zero Power Reactor
(ZPR) facilities, also employs approximately 1,000.

This case study is confined to the EG&G and Exxon operations at INEL.  EG&G,  with
approximately 3,500 employees,  operates  the test reactors at  the site.   Exxon,  with
approximately 1,100 employees, operates the chemical processing plant. Together,  they
employ approximately 70% of the permanent employees at the site.

EG&G operates the following three test reactors at the site:

      1.    The Advanced Test Reactor (ATR), a 250 MW(t) tank reactor started up in
            1968.
      2.    The Power Burst Facility (PBF), an open tank transient reactor capable of
            operating at 28 MW(t) and completed in 1973.
      3.    The Loss of Fluid  Test  (LOFT), a 55 MW(t) pressurized water reactor
            started up in 1978.
Approximately 800 out of  the employment  force of 3,500 are radiation workers.  A
radiation worker is defined as an individual who goes into the  site area on a regular
basis.

The chemical processing plant, operated by Exxon,  is an enriched uranium reprocessing
facility.  Although a new waste calcining facility  is in place,  most of the plant is
approximately 30 years old.  The plant  processes enriched uranium from  all over the
world, including  nuclear  navy  fuel.  Of the  1,100 employees, approximately 900 are
considered to be radiation workers.
                                     152

-------
Although each contractor is ultimately responsible for its own dosimetry, the dosimetry
itself is performed by the Radiological Environmental Sciences Laboratory (RESL), an
organ of the Idaho Operations Office of the Department of Energy.  Additionally, RESL
has the legal recordkeeping responsibility.  RESL also obtains exposure histories for new
contractor employees.   RESL performs dosimetry services for Argonne/West as well as
EG
-------
The external dose distribution for each contractor in calendar year 1981 is given below.
The collective exposure for EG&G was approximately 110 person-rem. (The previous 5-
year average was approximately 220 person-rem per year.) The collective exposure for
Exxon was roughly 150 person-rem.

         EXTERNAL W.B. EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR THE YEAR 1981

            Exposure Range          Number of Individuals Monitored
                 (rem)
            None
            0.001-0.100
            0.100-0.250
            0.250 - 0.499
            0.500-0.749
            0.750-0.999
            1.000-1.999
            2.000-2.999
            3.000-3.999
            4.000-4.999
            Greater than 5.0
              Total                    2,301               1,100

RESL also  performs bioassays, on  request, for contractor employees.  These include
urinalyses,  fecal analyses, whole-body counts, and lung counts.  The contractors are
provided data on specific activity by radioisotope.  They are  responsible for converting
these data to dose and/or percent body burden.

Whole-body counts are taken for new and departing employees of EG&G. Annual counts
are taken for a few hundred employees who work in areas in which uncontained activity
is known to exist. A very few employees,  mostly those in waste handling, must submit a
fecal and urine sample and obtain  a chest count  annually.   Most other bioassays are
performed  on  an as-needed basis,  when there is evidence of exposure either  from
smears or air sampling results. Over the  past  three years, there have been only three
employees with measurable intakes, two of which had accumulated less than 10% of the
dose limits. (DOE Order 5480.1A, Table 1.)
                                     154
EG&G
1,357
695
148
66
17
11
6
0
1
0
0
Exxon
627
199
95
75
51
25
28
0
0
0
0

-------
Because of the relatively high potential for internal exposure in chemical processing of
nuclear fuels, Exxon has a more extensive program for monitoring internal exposures.
Of the 900 radiation workers, 260 are routinely monitored annually with two whole-body
counts, one urinalysis, and one fecal analysis.  These 260 individuals include most of the
maintenance personnel, the operators, and the radiation protection personnel.  Of the
remaining radiation workers, those with non-penetrating  exposures in excess of  50
mrem  (indicating potentially  loose contamination) are given an annual whole-body
count.  Finally, bioassays  are performed in the event of incidents, which are flagged by
an extensive air sampling network.

Last year, roughly 30 individuals had measurable internal exposures, most of which were
on the  order of a few hundred mrem per year.  The main problem is plutonium-238.
Each measurable intake is analyzed extensively for organ dose. ICRP-30 methods are
now used. An 18-page report is not uncommon.

The EG&G  radiation safety program  resides in the Health and Safety Division.  The
Operational Safety Branch with  a complement of  30  technicians  (including  H.P.
technicians), is  ultimately responsible  for radiation protection in the field.  Technical
support is provided by the Technical Safety Branch which employs nine health physicists
(two certified).  There are  eight additional  professionals  in the Department who are
equivalent in background and experience to health physicists.

Radiation safety at  Exxon is  the responsibility  of the Radiation and Environmental
Safety Section of the Quality Assurance, Safety, and Security Department.  This section
contains 34 H.P. technicians and approximately 10 professional health physicists (none
certified).  There are an additional 4-5 health  physicists in other parts of the company.

Also, the DOE Radiological Environmental Sciences Laboratory, which performs dosi-
metry services for the contractors, employs  three professional health physicists (none
certified).

EG&G requires all  new employees to participate in an orientation  session which lasts a
full day. One  to two hours of this session are  devoted to radiation protection.  Although
there is some qualitative material  presented on  the risks from radiation, there is no
quantitative discussion.   Radiation  workers receive additional instruction in  radiation
safety,  largely on protective measures  (i.e., clothing, respiratory protection, and survey
                                       155

-------
instruments), which occupies the good part of a day.  This session is updated annually.
Both the orientation session and the protection measures session are  followed  by an
exam.  Finally, before  a worker is permitted  unescorted access to a  particular facility,
he receives on-the-job training at that facility, including a unit on health physics.

The Exxon training program is basically the same as that of EG&G, except that there is
only one facility.

                       1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

Both  contractors  are  operating  well within the  5  rem/yr. proposed limit,  even
considering the contribution of internal dose. Thus there would be no impact from the
revised RPG.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The highest  accumulated external dose is 70  rem,  for an Exxon employee. If effective
committed dose equivalent were added to the external dose, this employee, and possibly
others at the chemical processing plant, could possibly be over the  100 rem  limit.
However, given current annual administrative limits, it is unlikely  that  this guidance
would have any impact in the future, except under conditions of a severe accident. If
another accident  similar to SL-1 were to occur,  workers could  potentially 'receive a
significant contribution to the 100 rem lifetime limit, and thus effectively be precluded
from pursuing their careers. This would appear to be grossly unfair.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extermities and Individual Organs

Hand exposures are not routinely monitored by either EG&G or Exxon  unless a task is
performed for which there is a potential for extremity doses in excess  of 10% of DOE
limits.   A few years  ago, a  sample  of hand exposures was taken at  the chemical
processing plant and quite  a few exposures were in the range  of 7-10 rem/yr.  Although
it is unlikely that anyone  is receiving  an extremity  exposure of 50 rem/yr., extremity
monitoring would  have  to be performed to assure that this is  the case.  This  conclusion
is strengthened by the fact  that given the proposed guidelines, the actual extremity
limit is 30 rem/yr, not  50  rem/yr, since the skin limit would  prevail in  the eyes of the
compliance officials. The discrepancy between the skin and extremity limits is seen as
a limitation of the proposed guidelines.
                                      156

-------
It is estimated that approximately 100 employees of EG&G and  200 employes of Exxon
would have to be monitored.  However, hand exposures are not readily retrievable from
the current RESL recordkeeping system.  Thus, in addition to the increased monitoring
requirements, there would have to be additional  software development on the record-
keeping system.

        4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range
                                 of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Even though  there  are  very few  exposures in  excess  of 1.5 rem/yr.  for either
contractor, there is the potential for such exposures and thus it  was felt that the word
"anticipate" applies to both operations.    Each contractor issues  approximately 1,000
Safe Work Permits per month.  A Safe  Work Permit is issued  for those situations in
which written procedures do not exist, unusual hazard potential is involved, or specific
DOE or EG&G directives require its use. It is  possible for a  worker  to  receive  100
mrem exposure for about 75% of these  Safe Work Permits.  (It was generally agreed
that 100 mrem is "significant.") Thus there are, on the average, roughly 30 to  50 tasks
daily that would require "supervision" under the proposed guidance.

At  present, an H.P. technician covers, on the average, approximately 8 to  10 tasks per
day.  To accommodate the Range  C guidance, the complement of H.P.  technicians
would have to be doubled or trebled  at each facility. Currently, EG&G employs 38 H.P.
technicians and Exxon employs 34 H.P. technicians.

Thus, between the two contractors,  anywhere  from  approximately  70 to  140  H.P.
technicians would have to be hired  to comply with the Range C guidance.   An H.P.
technician earns between $20,000  and  $25,000  annually.   If fringe and  overhead is
added, the fully loaded labor  rate is approximately $60,000/yr.  Of course, this is not
the strict  interpretation of  the guidance, which would require supervision by health
physicists.  EG&G does not  believe that hiring  70-140 H.P. technicians  or requiring
health physicists to monitor each task is feasible.
"Likely," "potential," and "anticipate" are  three words frequently used to characterize
future exposures.  "Likely" has a DOE definition, but "anticipate" does not.  It is felt
that the regulators  would equate the two, in which case "anticipate" applies to both
operations at INEL.  The reason for conservatism in the interpretation of these terms is
that these are R&D activities, in which each task is different and anything is possible.
                                       157

-------
The opinion was expressed that the guidelines' approach to ALARA is counterproductive
and unnecessary for these  facilities.   The current program is oriented toward indivi-
duals, not tasks, and is quite effective. The proposed three-tiered system is not felt to
be an  effective  way to protect  individuals.   In  fact, it could well increase total
exposures, due to the increased number of personnel exposed during each task.

            5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the
                              Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

Both contractors are fully in compliance with the provisions of the Range B guidance.

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

Both contractors are in compliance  with the training requirements, with the possible
exception of a unit  on  quantitative  levels of  risk.   Plans are currently  underway to
address this topic.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Both contractors, which employ in the range of 10 to 20% females, are in compliance
with the  proposed  Alternative a  of  this guidance.   The  orientation manuals have
sections on  the risks of radiation exposure to the  fetus. If a woman announces to her
supervisor that she is pregnant, she can be moved to  another  job involving little or no
radiation  exposure.  There have been  several cases in which this system has worked.
For many jobs in which exposures exceeding 500 mrem in nine months are not likely, the
woman  can  remain in her current  job,  if she so chooses, and she will be double badged
and more  frequently monitored. H.P. technicians,  however, have to be moved to other
jobs.

Alternative  b would  be considerably  more difficult to implement.  It might  be possible
to keep the monthly exposure to some H.P. technicians below 200 mrem, but this would
take a lot of supervisory time.  Also,  some men would consider this Alternative to be
discriminatory.  It could cause morale problems.  If  there  were a lot of women who
were desirous of becoming  pregnant,  this alternative could become costly or involve
labor disputes because there are not enough non-radiation jobs to go around.
                                      158

-------
Alternative  c would  make the  issue easier  to  deal with, in a sense, because  it is
mandatory.   In  essence,  this would prevent women  from  being  H.P.  technicians,
operators, or maintenance personnel.  Thus, this  could be viewed as discriminatory
toward females.  The  EEO office and the courts would have a great problem with this
alternative.

    8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

There are two major  impacts of the proposed ICRP-26/30 system of dose limitations.
The first is the elevation of currently insignificant internal exposures  to the realm  of
potential significance.  As an example, the 1981 incident at the chemical  processing
plant, in which 22 workers received measurable intakes of radionuclides (75% Pu-238,
15% Pu-239, and the remainder Sr-90 and U-234), was subjected to the new system.

According to the existing system,  in which  the actual annual dose  to an organ  is
compared against the maximum  permissible dose, the average lung dose was less than
2% of the limit (less than 300 mrem/yr compared against 15 rem/yr.).  The maximum
lung dose was less  than 6% of the limit  (900 mrem/yr. compared against 15 rem/yr).
Using the ICRP-26  system, the average individual's committed weighted internal dose
equivalent was 6% of the  limit and  the maximum was nearly  20% of the limit.  These
calculations are shown below.

                           Dose Equivalent in mrem
               Average Exposed Individual    Maximum Exposed Individual
                 50-Year                      50-Year
               Committed   Weighted       Committed    Weighted
                   Dose   Committed Dose       Dose    Committed Dose
  Organ        Equivalent    Equivalent      Equivalent   Equivalent
                                                3,380        406
                                                1,840        110
                                                  685         82
                                               11,300        339
                                                    4          -
                                                  108         27
  Total                         318                          964

The average external dose to these 22 workers in 1981  was 407 mrem, or 8% of the 5
rem limit.  Thus, on the average, the effect of the internal contribution is to increase
the effective dose equivalent to 725 mrem, or 15% of the  5 rem limit. The maximum
                                     159
II ifc*
Lung
Liver
Bone Marrow
Bone Surface
Kidney
Gonad
1,096
685
301
3,386
26
20
132
41
36
102
2
5

-------
exposed individual's external exposure was 946 mrem (or about 20% of the limit); the
effect of this individual's internal exposure was to increase the dose equivalent to 1,348
mrem (or about 27% of the limit).  The worker with the maximum weighted committed
internal exposure received relatively low external expsoure (262 mrem), so that his
effective dose equivalent was only about 25% of the limit.

The second  major impact of the ICRP-26 system of dose  limitations relates  to  the
necessary time frame to make an internal dose commitment determination.  Quantita-
tive measurements require multiple samples over  relatively long periods of time.  This
is necessary in order to track the  clearance in the  body, so that a  50-year  dose
commitment can be assigned.  It may take several weeks, or even months, to assign a
dose commitment.  In the meantime, if the dose is expected  to be significant, it may be
necessary to restrict the activities of a worker.  The problem is most significant toward
the end of a calendar year, in which a worker may have accumulated a relatively large
dose up to that date, and the additional internal exposure might cause him to approach
the limit.  Until  the internal dose is  assigned, this worker's activities may have to be
curtailed.

The only way to  detect the intake of relatively  small quantities of plutonium is with
fecal analysis.  Using this method, it is relatively easy to detect 50 Becquerels (1.4 nCi,
or approximately 25% of an ALI for soluble Pu-239) on a routine basis and 10 - 20
Becquerels (0.27 to  0.54 nCi, or approximately 5 - 10% of an ALI for soluble Pu-239) in
the event of an known incident.  The occurrence of the incident  is determined by a
combination of air  concentration data and smear samples.  However, multiple fecal
samples have to be  taken (a messy and unpopular procedure) and considerable analysis
must be performed to  assign a dose commitment.

Air sampling is useful for  the  detection of incidents,  but it is not appropriate for
assigning doses to workers.  The relationship between  air  sampling data and  actual
internal dose  is tenuous at best.   Studies  at  Harwell are quoted that  indicate that
radiation  doses indicated by a  fixed sampler may differ  from  the doses actually
received by  a worker by a  factor of 100 or more.  Thus bioassay data are relied upon
exclusively for the assignment of internal exposures.
                                                  jg
The limit of sensitivity  of the  fecal analysis is 10  n Ci/sample.  This facility is
probably at the state-of-the-art in internal dosimetry. Over  the past couple of years, a
                                      160

-------
large number of improvements in technique have been instituted.  It is estimated that
the cost of making these improvements has been approximately $300,000.

It  is estimated that an  increase in resources of about one  man-year per year would be
required to support the several hundred workers at the chemical processing plant.  Some
small changes in the dose tracking software would have  to be made, but this would
involve  only a few man-months of effort.   There would  also have to  be a  lot of
retraining of technicians, and revisions to manuals and procedures.

A  major philosophical problem with the ICRP-26 system is the assignment of a full 50-
year dose  commitment from internal deposition, even for older workers. A 55-year old
worker is  not likely to receive a full 50 years of internal exposure.  There should be a
provision for age dependence.

A  number of the changes made  by  EPA to the ICRP-26 system are viewed negatively.
Although the rationale for changing the organ weighting factors is understandable, the
change  was not worth  it in consideration  of the  inconsistencies generated with the
literature and the rest of the world. The quantitative differences brought  about  by the
changes cannot be detected  anyway with existing sensitivities.  Also, definitions of new
acronyms  (i.e., RIF rather than AWs) is seen to be  counterproductive.  Finally, the lid
on existing limits is felt to be technically incorrect.

The wording of Recommedation 3.b is felt  to be confusing — " H. is the annual  dose
equivalent and committed dose equivalent to organ;." Does this mean that the 50-year
committed dose equivalent is not to include the present year's contribution?

             9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

A  study of the anticipated impact of reduced external radiation exposure limits on DOE
facilities was published by DOE in  February, 1981  (DOE/EV-0045 (Rev. 2/81)).   Since
these contractors contributed to this report and support  the information given in the
report, reference should be  made  to this document to obtain the impact of reduced
exposure limits.
                                      161

-------
                           1.1.  RELATIVELY NEW BWR

This relatively new boiling water reactor shares a site with a twin unit which went into
operation approximately two years earlier.  Each unit has a net electrical output of 780
MW(e).  The  newer unit  has operated at an average capacity  factor of approximately
65% since inception of operations.

The station (both units) has a  permanent staff of approximately 660 personnel. During
normal operations, an additional 1,000 personnel, from utility headquarters and contrac-
tors, supplement the permanent staff.  During outages, which  are scheduled on an 18-
month cycle and typically occupy 10 to 12 weeks time, the station complement roughly
equals 2,400.  The average annual salary of plant  personnel  is $25,000, including an
overhead  factor of 12%.  Contractor  personnel  cost $20 per hour, on  the  average,
including overhead to account  for radiation protection, security, etc.

The radiation safety organization  on-site,  which handles  radwaste management and
plant  chemistry as well  as radiation protection, has  a staff complement of  approxi-
mately 130 people.  Although the group is  responsible for  some conventional sanitary
engineering and industrial hygiene functions, the vast majority of the work is concerned
with radiation safety, both on-site and off-site.   The manager of the radiation safety
unit reports  to the manager  of  plant operations, and has  four first-line supervisors
(professionals)  reporting  to  him.   During  an outage, approximately  40 contractor
personnel supplement the permanent station  radiation safety personnel.

Only one individual in the radiation organization is a certified health physicist, although
three  other health physicists are studying for the certification  exam and should be able
to become certified.  In total, anywhere from 12 to  20 professionals at the plant are
equivalent in background  and training to  health physicists.   In  addition, there are
approximately  15  professionals at the corporate headquarters who are equivalent  in
background and training to health physicists.

Dosimetry is handled  in-house at the plant.  All personnel who enter a posted area are
required to wear TLD's which  are read monthly (more frequently during an outage) and
pocket ionization chambers which are read weekly.  The personnel dosimeters do not
have  neutron capability.  Neutron  doses  are estimated  from area exposure  rates
determined by frequent surveys using BFg counters.  The external exposure distributions
                                       162

-------
for both units in 1981 are given in the Table. On the average, the collective dose during
non-outage periods is approximately 150 to 220  man-rem per month for  both units.
During an outage, 350 to 400 man-rem per month is typical.

Internal  dosimetry is performed using a  whole-body  counter  which  is  owned  and
operated by the facility.  A whole-body count is obtained for each new employee, upon
discharge (even for transient workers used only for  an outage),  and annually for
permanent station personnel. Counts are also obtained if MFC-hours exceed 40 in a 7-
day  period and for  an incident  resulting in potential  internal  contamination.   It is
estimated  that  roughly  5,000 whole-body  counts are  taken annually (each  requiring
approximately  10  to 20 minutes of counting  time).   Fecal  and urine analyses are
performed only in the event of an incident.

Air  monitoring is routinely performed to  determine the need  for  respirators.  The
station (both units) has 10 to 15 continuous  air monitors, approximately 40  low volume
air samplers and roughly 25 high volume air samplers. Respirators are required for any
area  in which airborne  concentrations exceed 25% of MFC.   However,  MFC-hour
records are not routinely  maintained, as  in  many  other plants.   Thus,  whole-body
counting is used exclusively for estimating internal exposures.

Last year, the  maximum internal exposure was less than 10% of the maximum internal
organ burden.  On the average, workers  received less than 1% of the maximum.

A new training program  is currently being implemented. The program has three levels
of instruction.  At the first level, personnel get eight hours of instruction  in radiation
protection, security, and fire protection.  Approximately 50% of the time is devoted to
radiation protection.  The second level, which  is given to  anyone  who is likely to be a
long-term radiation  worker at the  plant  (but still requires health physics supervision),
provides eight hours of instruction in radiation protection.  The  third level is directed to
the worker who can provide his own health physics  supervision, and  involves approxi-
mately  40 hours of  instruction.   It is estimated that  approximately 300 permanent
station personnel will be required to receive instruction at this level.  All  three levels
of instruction include, to various levels of detail, information on risk  from  radiation
exposure. It is estimated that the  initial cost of developing this training program was
roughly $50,000.  The  continuing  annual  costs  are expected  to be approximately
$60,000.

                                        163

-------
                              TABLE

             EXTERNAL WHOLE-BODY DISTRIBUTIONS
                      FOR 1981 (BOTH UNITS)
        Exposure Range               Numbers of Individuals
            (Rem)

No Measurable Exposure                        1,275
Measurable Exposure less than 0.10               1,647
      0.10 to 0.25                              539
      0.25 to 0.50            ^                  365
      0.50 to 0.75                              222
      0.75 to 1                                 161
         1 to 2                                 431
         2 to 3                                 272
         3 to 4                                 168
         4 to 5                                  48
         5 to 6                                   1
      Greater than 6                              0
                             i
         TOTAL                            5,129
                          164

-------
                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This annual limit is already company policy.  The limit can only be exceeded with the
consent of the Vice-President.  In fact, the company currently has a goal of 4 rem for
the annual limit.  The only problem area is that of contractor personnel late in the year,
when a number of them have either accumulated exposures close to the 5 rem limit or
have exceeded the limit. The company makes it clear to contractors that it is unwilling
to exceed the 5 rem  annual limit.  Some of the contractors are unhappy with this, but
they reluctantly accept it.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The accumulated exposures for some of the company  employees are approaching 30
rem, and some of the  contractor employees have lifetime exposures which exceed 50
rem.  It is highly unlikely that exposure of a company employee would approach 100 rem
over a lifetime.   Therefore, there  would not be  expected  to  be  impact  from this
guidance.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

Extremity  monitors are issued  to workers if contact exposure rates are 500 mrem/hr.
in excess of general area readings.  However, with the occasional exception of radwaste
handling, extremity exposures are generally not any higher than whole-body exposures.
Thus, there will be no impact from the revised extremity exposure limits.

4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for  Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Coverage by an  ANSI-qualified H.P. technician  is currently  provided for all jobs in
which exposure levels exceed 1.0 rem/hr.  To cover all jobs at which exposure levels
exceed 100 mrem/hr. (defined,  somewhat arbitrarily, as the exposure level for which a
"significant"  contribution might be made to  an "anticipated" annual exposure  of 1.5
rem)  would require  the addition  to  the  staff of approximately  20 ANSI-qualified
technicians.  An  ANSI-qualified H.P. technician earns $2,000/mo. plus approximately
15% supplement for nuclear personnel plus as much  as 400 hrs. of overtime at time and
a half.
                                       165

-------
Approximately 70% of the H.P. technicians have bachelor's degrees, and it was felt that
the ANSI-qualified H.P. technicians (6 years experience required) could potentially pass
the H.P. certification examination if they put in enough study.  Thus the ANSI-qualified
technicians are probably equivalent in experience to health physicists. Besides, the only
feasible  approach  to  satisfying  this  guidance is to  use technicians as  "radiation
protection professionals," since  there  are not  enough  health physicist  around  to
supervise and monitor in  accordance with a literal interpretation of the guidance.  In
fact, most nuclear power plants do not have a certified health physicist on the staff.

It was pointed out  that this plant is approaching radiation protection in a  completely
different  direction  than the proposed  Range C guidance.  The  intent of the level 3
training is to qualify the individual worker to be his own H.P. technician.  It is felt that
the 40 hours of instruction provided at level 3 will be sufficient to accomplish this.

5.  Impact of Proposed  Guidance for Potential Exposures in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The requirements of the Range B guidance are currently being satisfied.
                                                          \

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

The training requirements of the  proposed guidelines are being satisfied for all three
levels  of  instruction.   Even level 1 (8 hours of instruction) includes a quantitative
presentation on levels of risk.

                 7.  Impact  of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Females constitute 5% to 10% of the  permanent station personnel and  approximately
20% of the contractor personnel.  The pregnancy rate has been surprisingly low —  3 to 4
out of several hundred  female employees.  Currently, when a pregnancy is  announced,
the pregnant female is removed from jobs involving radiation exposure and is placed in
another job  outside of the  posted areas.  This  policy  is written  in  the corporate
handbook.

Therefore, the  company is currently  operating within a, stricter  (zero exposure to the
fetus) and a mandatory  version of Alternative a. If Alternative b were to be imposed,
there  would  probably  not be  a  major disruption  to operations.   The  legal staff is
                                        166

-------
currently working on a proposal which is quite similar to Alternative c. It is not clear,
however, that this proposal will be adopted, because of the conflict with EEO goals.

Adoption of Alternative c would make it somewhat more difficult to operate the plant.
However, females currently receive lower  exposures  than their  male  counterparts,
probably because their supervisors deliberately give them easier jobs.

     8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

As  discussed earlier, the company  has in-place  an  extensive bioassay program.  At
present, the results of the whole-body counting program  are expressed in terms of organ
burden, and organ dose, using ICRP-2 methods, is only calculated when the organ burden
exceeds  10% of  the  limit.  MFC-hours  are neither routinely  recorded nor  used to
estimate dose.

Under  the  proposed  guidance for internal exposures the changes in existing practice
would be minimal.  ICRP-30, rather  than ICRP-2 methods  would be used to compute
organ dose from  the results of the whole-body  counts.   Organ doses would have  to be
added  to external whole-body dose,  using the  weighting factors prescribed  by  EPA.
However, these  changes would not involve significant costs because the company has
recently installed an automated  dose-tracking system which can  easily handle the
additional calculations.  The cost of this system  was $3 to $4  million; however, it is
being used at five nuclear units (two of which are located here).  It is estimated that
the  additional  software  required  to implement  the  proposed  guidance would  cost
approximately $10,000 (again, spread over five units).

The opinion was expressed, however, that the ICRP-26/30 approach is preferable to that
approach taken by EPA.  Nevertheless,  there would  be no  difficulty in satisfying the
DAC's under the EPA, rather than the ICRP system.

             9.   Impact of the Reduction of  the W.B. RPG to 1.5  Rem/yr.

Operation would  not  be possible if  a 1.5 rem/yr. limit were  imposed.  The required
influx of people would be so high that it would  not be  possible to train them, provide
                                        167

-------
security, etc.  Also, the people who exceed 2 rem/yr. are the very specialized workers
— the operators, H.P. technicians,  instrument technicians,  etc.   It  would be  very
difficult, indeed, to replicate these individuals.

Even an exposure limit of 4 rem/yr. would produce serious dislocations.  The breakpoint,
however, would appear to lie in the range of 3 to 4 rem/yr.
                                       168

-------
                            1.2.  RELATIVELY OLD BWR

This relatively old boiling water reactor  has  a net electrical output of approximately
650 MW(e). A pressurized water reactor (PWR) of slightly higher power output occupies
the same site as the BWR, and  was put into commercial operation approximately five
years later. The BWR has operated at a capacity factor slightly in excess of 60% since
the inception  of operations.

The  full-time staff complement at the site is approximately 700, roughly 350 of whom
are dedicated to the BWR.  Additionally, approximately 1000-1500 contractor  personnel
are used during a typical outage, which lasts  approximately 10  weeks and is scheduled
on 12-15  month intervals.   The average  annual salary  of  plant personnel is $50,000,
including  an overhead factor of 45%.  Contractor  personnel cost $21 per  hour, on the
average, and  an overhead factor of 100% is applied by them to account  for manage-
ment, radiation protection, security, etc.

The  radiation safety department  at  the site services both units.   A  Radiological
Services Supervisor,  who  manages work  in  health physics,  waste management, and
chemistry, reports directly to the Station Services Superintendent, who in turn reports
to the Site Superintendent.  A staff health physicist and three supervisors report to the
Radiological  Services  Supervisor.   Two of  the   supervisors  direct health physics
activities  at  each  of the  two reactor  units, and  the  third  provides  dosimetry,
calibration, and respiratory protection services  to both units.  Each of the Supervisors
has roughly 6-8 personnel reporting to  him.  With the exception of the staff health
physicist, all of the radiological services personnel are technicians.  During an  personnel
outage, an additional 60 to 150 health physics technicians supplement the  full-time
staff.

At the corporate headquarters, a parallel radiation protection staff of approximately 50
people provide support services  to  the  site  (and  to a third nuclear  power plant at
another site), and  supplies personnel to  the  site  on an as-needed basis.  The  staff
includes  approximately eight  professionals with degrees in health physics  and  34
additional  professionals  with  equivalent  backgrounds in radiological engineering and
nuclear engineering.
None of the health physicists is certified.
                                        169

-------
Dosimetry for all plants is performed by a unit of the Radiological Assessment Branch
at Corporate Headquarters.  External  monitoring  is accomplished using TLD's, which
are read monthly during normal operations and  on an as-needed basis during outages.
Anyone  who has occasion  to enter plant radiological areas (posted) is monitored.  For
the site (both units),  approximately 2,000  TLD's are issued during normal operations.
During outages, the number of TLD's issued  may go as high as 5,000.

Distributions of whole-body exposures at the BWR  for the past three years are given in
the Table. These distributions are synthesized from combined data for both units at the
site, and apportioned  between the two units  on the basis of total man-rem, for each
unit.  This apportionment is based on the assumption that the exposure distributions, if
not the  man-rem are  similar at the two units.  This assumption has been verified by
corporate personnel.

During the  past three years, the collective exposure at the BWR has been in the range
of approximately 1,500 to 2,150 man-rem.  This can be compared with the results  for
the PWR on the  same site, approximately 470 to 640 man-rem.  BWR exposures are
higher, not because the individual exposures are higher, but because the number of tasks
and correspondingly, the number of required workers are greater for BWR's than  for
PWR's.  As an example, the number of workers  with  measurable exposures  during the
last three years at the BWR was in the range of 2,000 to 3,000, whereas only 500 - 900
workers with measurable exposures were required at the PWR.

Extremities  are  monitored if area  dose  rates exceed 100 mrem/hr. and  if  it  is
anticipated  that  the  extremity exposure  is likely to  exceed  four times the  W.B.
exposure.   During normal operations, less than 25  extremity monitors  are generally
issued.  During outages, the number of extremity monitors issued may be as high as 200
per week. Eye lens monitoring is generally not performed.

The internal monitoring policy is as follows.  Whole-body counting (on a leased unit) is
performed for all workers  who are issued external personnel monitors at the inception
Total man-rem for each unit are obtained by aggregating pocket dosimeter data from
the Radiation Work Permits. TLD data cannot be disaggregated by individual units.
                                       170

-------
                                  TABLE
   Exposure Range
       (rem)
Less than measurable

     0.0  -0.10

     0.10 - 0.25

     0.25 - 0.50

     0.50 - 0.75

     0.75 - 1.00

     1.00 - 2.00

     2.00 - 3.00

     3.00 - 4.00

     4.00 - 5.00

Greater than 5.00
E DISTRIBUTIONS AT THE BWR
RS 1979, 1980, and 1981
Numbers of Individuals
1979
558
575
238
199
169
136
364
246
69
5
0
1980
715
758
407
447
336
249
645
157
20
5
0
1981
871
809
395
360
246
182
368
125
21
0
0
                                     171

-------
of their employment and  at termination.   (This  may be a a very  short  period  for
contractor personnel.)  Full-time plant  personnel  are counted annually.  Also, W.B.
counts are taken in the event of an incident, if a routine  facial frisk indicates high
exposures.  The cost of a W.B.  count  is $40.  Urinalyses and fecal counts are also
performed if warranted by an incident.

Last year the  maximum individual MFC-hours were 20.  The estimated average for all
individuals monitored  was less  than  one  MFC-hour.  MFC-hours are recorded  on
Radiation Work Permits, but are not currently readily accessible from the  data base.
However, a  system  is being developed and will be implemented in about  a year  which
will readily  access  W.B. counts and other bioassay results, as  well  as MFC-hours, and
will be able to sort and manipulate the data.

MFC-hours  are rarely  converted to  dose  because  committed dose equivalents are
generally low.  Committed dose equivalents were calculated  on two  occasions over the
past year.  This is  a relatively straightforward analysis using ICRP-30 methods. The
corporate health physics' staff is considering  the computerization of ICRP-30 dosi-
metric models.

Instruction in  radiation protection principles, including quantitative levels  of risk, is
given to everyone who  is issued  a personnel monitor.  This instruction lasts approxi-
mately four  hours and features a slide show and a quiz. Workers who are likely to wear
protective clothing  or respirators are  additionally trained  in  their  use, including a
practice  fitting.   This  basic instruction  is repeated annually,  but the  period  of
instruction may be considerably shorter the second time around.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

No impact is  expected from the revised whole-body exposure limit.   The company
maintains an administrative limit at  5  rem/yr. and since  1979, none  of  the full-time
plant employees has exceeded an annual exposure of 5 rem.  In fact, it is estimated that
approximately 70%  of nuclear utilities maintain an annual exposure limit of 5 rem  for
their company staff.
This system is not being developed in response to  any specific existing or anticipated
regulatory requirement.

                                       172

-------
The utility has also maintained a 5 rem limit (exposures in excess of 4.5 rem are flagged
and individuals who  exceed this level are tightly controlled) for  contractor  personnel.
However, the  vendors  who  supply  contractor  personnel do not necessarily abide  by
the limits  at  other  utility sites.   Limiting contractor  personnel to  5  rem/yr at this
utility is not believed to entail increased costs, although it may possibly reduce vendor
profits.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The  highest  accumulated  exposure for  the   full-time  workers at  this  utility  is
approximately 50 to 60 rem.  There are several workers in the range of 20 to 30 rem.
The problem would be to track the transient workers' cumulative exposures. This would
be very difficult, if not  impossible.

Several of  the transient workers could potentially exceed 100 rem cumulative exposure.
Generally  these  individuals  are  very late in their careers,  and the  impact of this
guidance on the earnings for  these particular workers could be substantial.

This guidance is not viewed favorably at this utility.  It is  felt to be technically
unjustified. Although it would have insignificant impact on the utility,  it could have a
significant economic effect  on a few workers late  in their careers. It is felt that the
5(N-18) rem presumption is adequate guidance for lifetime exposures.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

No impact  is expected from  the revised extremity limits. Over the past few years, the
highest extremity exposure  was in the range of 10 - 15 rem, to the hand.   Usually,
extremity exposures are not significantly different than W.B. exposures.

When high  beta doses to the  eye are anticipated, protective goggles are worn and this
does not degrade personnel performance.  Since this is generally  the only potential for
eye lens exposure significantly different than W.B.  exposures, it is not anticipated that
additional flexibility will be needed.
                                        173

-------
            4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the
                              Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

The only reasonable interpretation  of  this guidance is that  supervision/monitoring be
provided "under the cognizance" of a radiation protection professional.  Interpreting the
guidance that  the radiation  protection  professional  does  the  monitoring would  be
"overkill."

Currently, the only time an H.P. technician is required to be physicially present is in a
"high  radiation area",  defined as an area  in which the  exposure is in  excess  of 100
mrem/hr.  If all workers potentially receiving significant exposures required coverage, it
would be necessary to double the number of H.P. technicians  from 6 to 8 per unit to 12
to 16 per unit. H.P. technicians earn $9/hr. plus 45% fringe plus overhead.

During outages, the additional 60 to 150 H.P. technicians brought in under contract are
enough to provide the one-on-one coverage implied by the guidelines.  If actual health
physicists were required, however, the hourly rate of $24 for the H.P. technicians would
be increased to $50 - $65 per  hour, assuming the availability  of such a large number of
health physicists.

            5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures in the
                              Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The requirements of the Range B guidance are currently being satisfied.

                        6. Impact of  Training Requirements

Instruction in  radiation protection principles, including  quantitative levels of risk, is
given to anyone who is issued a personnel monitor.  Therefore, there would be no  impact
from the proposed training guidance.
                                       174

-------
                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately 2% of the plant radiation workers are females, nearly all of whom are of
child-bearing age.  The  corporate legal department has recently established a policy
regarding the  radiation exposure  of female  employees.   Openings  at  the site  are
advertised as potentially involving radiation exposures in excess of 0.5 rem during  any
nine-month period.  Thus, a condition of employment is the willingness to be exposed to
these levels of radiation.  This is not seen to be any more discriminatory than  the
qualification  requirements for  pole climbers, which  are  based on  certain physical
characteristics.

If a female is  hired under the  presumption that she is willing to be exposed to the same
extent as all other workers, and changes her mind afterwards and is not pregnant, this is
grounds  for discharge under  the  current policy.  If, however, the  female becomes
pregnant and informs management,  she  can be temporarily treated as a special case
with reduced exposure or temporarily transferred to another job.  If neither is possible,
she can be terminated.

As of yet, there has been no actual test of the new policy.  None of the females at  the
site has requested a change of status.

The existing policy, therefore, is a mandatory version of Alternative a. If Alternatives
b or c were imposed as requirements, females of child-bearing age would not be hired at
the plant.  The impact at the  plant would be small, because of the small percentage of
females.  The impact on the potential female employees, however, would be substantial.

    8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined External Exposure Guidance

This company  has  historically  added internal  and external  exposures,  although  the
numbers of significant internal  exposures have been so low as to render this  a moot
point.  Over the past ten years,  the highest estimated  internal exposure is on the order
of 50 mrem to the whole  body.

Currently, MFC-hours are tracked  very carefully.  The most  common  radionuclides
encountered in the  plant  air are  the  activation products —  cobalt-58,  cobalt-60,
manganese-54, and iron-59.   Radioiodine is rarely encountered  during plant outages,

                                       175

-------
when most of the potential for internal exposure occurs, because of the relatively short
half-life.  Tritium is generally only a significant problem at plants  with stainless steel
clad fuel, which is not used at this facility.  The opinion was expressed that airborne
levels of activity are more a function of plant housekeeping than of plant age.

The revised internal exposure policy is envisioned to have an insignificant impact at this
facility.   MFC-hours  will still be  carefully tracked  to  determine  the approximate
internal  exposure.  Whole-body monitoring frequencies are not envisioned to  change.
The need for dose calculations is expected to still be very infrequent.  The  calculation
of dose with the new models will entail about the same amount of work as previously.
Moreover, the health physics' staff is anxious  to perform dose calculations using ICRP-
30, rather than earlier  models.

It is not expected that the accuracy of dose prediction will be limited by the sensitivity
of W.B. counting, at least not for the radioisotopes normally encountered at a  nuclear
power  plant.  Despite  the apparent  lack of impact from the revised internal exposure
guidelines, disagreement was expressed with  the  EPA approach.  It was felt that our
national  policy should be in keeping  with international standards, and that EPA has
little technical justification for deviating from the ICRP-26/30 approach.  Also, it was
felt  that it is inconsistent to drop higher limits, as long as  they are derived from the
same methodology as lower limits.

             9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

There would be an enormous impact from a reduction of the W.B. RPG to  1.5 Rem/yr.
The Atomic Industrial Forum has studied reduced exposure limits, and the AIF position
is  endorsed by this utiilty.   It is felt that it is uncessary to  reduce the annual limit
below  5  rem/yr.   The  benefits to  health are  felt to be exceeded  by the costs  to
individuals' livelihoods.
                                       176

-------
                            1.3.  RELATIVELY NEW PWR

 This relatively new pressurized water reactor has a net electrical output of 850 MW(e).
 A sister unit of the same output was put into service approximately two years earlier.
 Both units have been operating at an average capacity  factor approaching 80% since
 inception of operations.

 The full-time staff complement at the station  (for both units) is 942.  Additionally,
 approximately 220 company personnel are part-time and 536 contractor personnel were
 used  last year.   The  average salary  of plant personnel is $20/hr., which includes an
 overhead factor of 36%.   Contractor personnel cost $34/hr., including an overhead
 factor of 26%.

 The Radiation Safety Department, which is also  responsible for  waste management,
 incorporates approximately 55 personnel, with plans to increase staff to approximately
 70 over the next year.   The current annual budget is approximately $5 million, roughly
 $3 million of which  goes to  contractors.  Three  of  the staff  members are health
 physicists, one of  whom  is certified.  One  additional member  of the plant staff, outside
 of the  radiation  safety staff,  is certified by  the  National  Registry of Radiation
 Protection Technologists.

 Dosimetry is performed by a unit  of  the  Radiation Safety Department.   External
 monitoring  is  accomplished  using  TLD's,  which  are  read  monthly  during  normal
 operations (more frequently during outages).  Anyone who is likely to enter a controlled
 area (radiation fields in  excess of 0.5 mrem/hr) is  monitored. Currently, the average
 number of TLD's  issued during a typical month (non-outage) is approximately 1200;
 during an outage, this  increases to  approximately  1600.   Self-reading personnel
 dosimeters are also issued to each individual who receives a TLD.

 The  external exposure distributions for the year 1981 are given  in the  Table.  It  is
 believed  that the  exposure  distributions  for  in-house  and  contractor personnel are
 similar.  The collective  exposure for both units was approximately  540  man-rem, with
 an average exposure per  worker of approximately 0.21 rem. Approximately 95% of the
The increase is not related to specific regulatory requirements.

                                      177

-------
                               TABLE

           EXTERNAL WHOLE-BODY DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 1981
                            (BOTH UNITS)
        Exposure Range
            (Rem)

No Measurable Exposure

Measurable Exposure less than 0.10

0.10 to 0.25

0.25 to 0.50

0.50 to 0.75

0.75 to 1

  1 to 2

  2 to 3

  3 to 4

  4 to 5

   >5
Numbers of Indviduals


        990

        485

        353

        289

        207

        101

        105

         15

          0

          0

          0
                            178

-------
 collective exposure  was accumulated during the refueling outage, which typically lasts
 for 11 weeks and is scheduled once every  18 months.  These data are typical of the
 radiation experience at the plant since the first unit went into operation.

 Internal  dosimetry is accomplished with a leased whole-body counter which is capable
 of detecting a small fraction of the Allowable Limit of Intake (ALI) for all radionuclides
 normally encountered  at a nuclear power plant.   All company personnel are counted
 when they are initially hired and when they are discharged by the company.  Additional-
 ly,  all personnel who receive external  whole-body  doses in excess of 0.5 rem are
 counted  annually.  Finally,  a whole-body count  is taken if an individual is exposed to
 airborne concentrations in excess of 25% of the limits —  10 MFC-hours in a week, based
 on airborne  grab samples taken during all  tasks.

 Lapel air samplers have been ordered and  they will be  used  in the  future for jobs
 involving significant exposures.

 For  1981, the collective internal exposure  for both units  was approximately 175  man-
 MPC-hours  (corresponding to an estimated 0.4 man-rem whole-body collective dose
                                                2
 equivalent)  based upon data  for 239  workers,  out  of a total  of 2,505  workers
 monitored.   The highest internal exposure was  7.5 MFC-hours; the average  for  all
 radiation workers was  0.07  MFC-hours (corresponding to  an estimated  0.17  mrem
 whole-body  dose equivalent).

 Two types of training are provided to station personnel.  For personnel who are not
 likely to enter controlled areas  (and are, accordingly, not monitored), three hours of
 training  in radiation protection are provided annually.  For those who are likely to enter
 controlled areas ("radiation workers"), li  - 2 days of training in radiation protection are
 provided annually.  The curriculum includes a unit on quantitative levels of risk (NRC
 Regulatory Guide 8.29 and the IAEA pamphlet, "Radiation —A Fact  of Life"). Training
 sessions, which incorporate  approximately 20 workers, are scheduled twice a week and
 are conducted by the Training Department and Technical Services Section.
 For example,  the  sensitivity of the counter for iodihe-131 is 2 nCi;  a standard man's
 uptakes is 56 nCi at MFC during a 40-hour week.
2
 Data are recorded whenever a worker performs a task in which the airborne concentra-
 tion exceeds 0.1 MFC.
                                       179

-------
                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

No impact is expected from the revised whole-body exposure limit. This company has
been successful in keeping actual exposures below this limit for the 7i years that the
first unit has been in operation.  In  fact, only one individual has received  an annual
exposure in excess of 4  rem.  Part  of  the  reason for relatively low  occupational
exposures is "clean fuel" (few leakers). However, some of the success in keeping annual
exposures  relatively  low  must be  attributed  to  the  maintenance  of  multi-tiered
administrative limits.  The weekly limit is 300 mrem. The quarterly limit is 900 mrem,
with a 2 rem quarterly ceiling.  Monitors are read and records are reviewed at  150
mrem increments above the 900 mrem limit.  The annual  administrative limit is 4.7
rem, with a ceiling at 5.0 rem.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The highest accumulated exposures for utility employees are in the range of 20 to 30
rem.  However, some of the contractor personnel have  accumulated exposures as  high
as 100 rem, and a few of these are in their 40's.  Most of  these contractor personnel
with high exposures are specialists, such as in-service inspectors of steam generators.
This proposed limit could potentially interfere with the livelihoods of such individuals.
Moreover, these specialists are quite scarce. Sometimes it is necessary  to go to foreign
countries to obtain this expertise.

Additionally, it is felt that there is no basis for this lifetime limit.  Neither the NCRP,
ICRP, or any other peer view group has concurred with this recommendation.

                    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

No impact is expected  from  the revised  extremity limits.  It is policy to measure
extremity  exposures  where  the  radiation field  exceeds  1  rem/hr.  and  when   the
extremity dose rate is estimated  to exceed the  whole-body  dose rate by at least 10%.
The highest recollected  hand  and forearm exposure was 7 rem.  During  last year's
outage,  approximately six  individuals received hand and forearm exposures between 3
and 4 rem.
                                     180

-------
The plant is currently in conformance with the 5 rem/yr. limit to the eye lens, so there
would be no impact from this provision of the guidelines. To keep within the 5 rem/yr.
limit,  it  is necessary  for  workers  handling some beta sources to  wear  protective
goggles.  If the recommendations of the  NCRP (15 rem/yr.) or ICRP (30 rem/yr.) were
adopted, the use of these protective goggles might not be necessary.

               4.   Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

During normal operations, there are  only a  couple  of  jobs in which there exists the
potential for exposures in Range C.   These  are  radwaste handling, which is generally
monitored by one  to two H.P. technicians,  and  the normal rounds of the operators,
which  are also  covered by  H.P.  technicians, as appropriate.   All of  this  is trivial,
however, when compared with the potential exposures during outages.

During outages, which last on the average approximately 11  weeks, as many as 1,500
workers  typically enter the contaminant, and as  many as 75 percent of these might
receive  in excess  of  1.5 rem  annually.  During the  outage,  as  many  as 150 H.P.
technicians augment the 50  full-time technicians.  Even so, it is not possible for these
technicians to cover aU tasks which might involve "significant" exposures.

There  are three possible interpretations  of this guidance.  In the least  strict  interpreta-
tion,  "supervision" would  mean control over  all of  the tasks undertaken by each
individual and cognizance  over exposure levels (through the  radiation  work  permit
system), daily monitoring of actual exposures (by reading pocket dosimeters), and real
time  coverage during certain jobs in high exposure level fields.   This is the existing
program and if this is the intent of the guidance,  there would be no impact.

In a stricter interpretation, all tasks in which  "significant" exposures may  be accrued
(interpreted  to be approximately  100  mrem  or greater)  would require   real time
coverage by H.P.  technicians.  It  is estimated that  to accomplish this,  roughly  50
additional H.P.  technicians would have  to be retained.  Contractors receive approxi-
mately $35/hr. for H.P. technicians.  During the 11-week outage, H.P. technicians work
approximately 84 hour per week.
                                      181

-------
Although approximately  one-third of the H.P. technicians are ANSI-qualified, none of
them are equivalent in background of experience to professional health physicists.  The
strict interpretation of  the guidance would require all of the roughly 200 individuals
who supervise and monitor in contaminant during the outage to be health physicists or
their equivalent.   Contractors are paid $70/hr. for health physicists.  The feasibility of
this interpretation is questionable.

               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

Both the monitoring and supervision requirements of this guidance are currently being
carried out by the Radiation Safety Department. Therefore, there would be no impact
from this proposed guidance.

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

This is currently being carried out, including instruction  on levels of risk.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately 15 percent of the plant personnel are currently females of child-bearing
age.  Although there exists no  formal policy regarding allowable exposures to women
who are not pregnant, exposures to women have never exceeded 0.5  rem/yr.  This is
probably a result of the type of work  that females perform plus the inference that
females are more highly motivated to keep exposures low ("macho" syndrome).

The company currently operates under a mandatory  version of Alternative a.  Women
are trained to inform their supervisors when they are diagnosed to be pregnant.  As soon
as the supervisor is notified, the woman is removed from a job which involves potential
exposure to radiation and is assigned to a job in a non-controlled area.

To additionally limit female exposures to less than 0.2 rem/mo. would not be a problem,
since exposures to women have never exceeded 0.2 rem/mo.  Therefore, there would be
no impact at this plant from Alternatives b or c.
                                     182

-------
                   8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                             External Exposure Guidance

 This company is already operating  in a mode  which is in consonance with the internal
 exposure provisions of the guidelines.  If a radiation work  permit indicates airborne
 concentrations in the work area which exceed 0.1 MFC, then the internal exposure (in
 units of MFC-hours) received during the  task  is aggregated  with the previous exposure
 in  his record. (This step is being automated, independent  of any revisions to current
 regulations.)  If the exposure during a 40-hour week should exceed 10 MPC-hrs (25% of
 the weekly administrative limit), the health physics  staff is alerted  and a whole-body
 count is taken.    The  results of the whole-body count are analyzed  by the health
 physics' staff and converted to dose, using ICRP-2 methods at present. If the estimated
 organ dose differs from that based on the airborne exposure (in MPC-hrs.), the revised
 organ dose is entered (manually) into the individual's record.   The estimated internal
 exposure is added automatically to  the external exposure to provide an estimate of the
               o
 total exposure.

 The procedure for treatment of  internal exposures implied by  the proposed guidelines
 are not expected to differ in any  substantial way from current practice.  Nomenclature
 is  changed (ALI  and  DAC  vs. MFC), weighting  factors differ, and  methodology for
 calculating dose is updated (ICRP-30 vs.  ICRP-2). These are not envisioned, however,
 to involve substantial costs.

 Moreover, the proposed guidelines are envisioned to permit more professional judgment
 and flexibility than the  existing regulations.  This facility envisions the  opportunity to
 adjust DAC's on the basis of actual, rather than prescribed particle size.

 Estimating organ dose from whole-body counting is not envisioned to be a problem for
 most radionuclides.  Some of the beta-emitters could pose a problem. Tritium is not a
 problem  at  this plant because  the fuel has  been relatively  "clean."   If significant
 amounts of airborne tritium were present, procedures would require  routine urinalysis.
 Strontium-90, if present in significant quantities, could also pose a problem.
1This occurs rarely; last year, no one  received  more than 10 MPC-hrs. for the entire
 year.

2The  point was made that  the summation of dose equivalent attributed to both external
 and  internal  sources has always been  the  foundation of occupational exposure  limits.
 ICRP-1 stated it, and it has been restated by ICRP-6, ICRP-9, and ICRP-26.

                                       183

-------
Given a significant intake,  the major impediment to accurate organ dose estimates is
the variability in people.  The  use of parameters  for "reference man"  introduces large
potential errors for some individuals.

Notwithstanding  the relative ease of compliance with the proposed internal exposure
guidance,  senior  personnel  at  this facility do not agree with  EPA's changes  in  the
ICRP-26 formulation.  The opinion was expressed that the revised weighting  factors are
difficult  to  correlate  with the  existing  literature  and  are  technically   incorrect.
Moreover, the maintenance  of an upper limit on the RIF's at the values currently in use
is felt to be indefensible.

                    9. Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

It would be very costly if the  limit were  lowered to 1.5 Rem/yr.   Although most in-
house personnel don't receive 1.5 rem/yr.,  many of the  contractor  personnel do.  The
individuals  hit hardest  would be  those  with  the most expertise  (i.e.,   in-service
inspection of steam generators).  An example is  the vendor crew who inspects  the
control rod  drives.  This requires very specific expertise, and it is not possible to do a
single inspection without accruing 500 mrem of exposure.
                                     184

-------
                           1.4.  RELATIVELY OLD PWR I

This is one  of two twin  PWR's  completed in the early 1970's.   The net  electrical
capacity of each of the two units at the site  is approximately 775 MW(e).  Since the
completion  of major  steam generator repairs,  both units have  been operating  at
approximately an 80% capacity factor.

The normal station staff is approximately 600  full-time employees.  However, approxi-
mately 100  additional workers are  completing design modifications mandated by the
Three  Mile  Island action plan.  During refueling outages, which last approximately 45
days and  are scheduled on 18-month intervals,  an additional 50 to  100  workers are
generally  brought in, mostly from the utility's "travelling maintenance pool." Roughly
30% of the  collective exposure  at the site  is accumulated during refueling.   The
comparatively  low number of additional employees required for a  refueling outage is
attributed to two reasons.   The  first is  that  10-14 day  maintenance  outages are
routinely  scheduled in  the spring and  fall.  These outages,  which  are  not significant
from the  point of view of collective radiation exposure, reduce the amount of work
required during refueling outages. The second  reason for  the comparatively low number
of outside workers during a refueling outage is the overtime policy at the plant.  Most
of the  work during refueling outage is  performed by full-time station personnel on
overtime.   However,  this policy  also results  in exposure  distributions  which are
generally  skewed to the  high side  in comparison with  several  other  nuclear power
plants.  On the other hand, the overtime policy and the use of the utility  maintenance
pool results in  a  relatively low use  of outside  contractors (except for specialty skills),
which may lead to lower collective exposures.

Major ten-year outages are also being planned,  which will  probably take twice as long as
ordinary refueling outages.  The collective exposure will also probably be twice as high.
These  outages will involve  a great deal  of  primary system  inspection, as  well  as
inspection of the  steam generators and the primary coolant pumps.

The radiation safety department, which is distinct at this plant from the  chemistry
department,  employs approximately 50 people  and  currently has an  annual budget
slightly in excess of $4 million.  Nearly half of these are professionals, which includes
two degreed health physicists (non-certified) and an  additional four to five personnel
                                      185

-------
                              TABLE

              EXTERNAL WHOLE-BODY DISTRIBUTIONS
                  FOR THE YEARS 1981 AND 1978
                           (BOTH UNITS)
      Exposure Range                   Number of Individuals
           (Rem)

                                      1981            1978

No Measurable Exposure                  159           1,301
Measurable Exposure less than 0.10        1,095           1,077
         0.10 to 0.25                     585             215
         0.25 to 0.50                     363             111
         0.50 to 0.75                     185              76
         0.75 to 1                       154              77
            1 to 2                       597             341
            2 to 3                       354             147
            3 to 4                       192              75
            4 to 5                       101              40
            5 to 6                        45              24
            6 to 7                        71              14
            7 to 8                         9               6
            8 to 9                         2               0
            9 to 10                       0               0
           10 to 11                       0               0
            11 to 12                       0               0
         Greater than  12                   00

            TOTAL                    3,912           3,504
                          186

-------
who are equivalent in responsibility and experience to health phyicists. The manager of
the radiation safety department reports directly to the station manager.

There  is  also a relatively small health physics support staff  at the corporate head-
quarters.  Approximately six  professionals,  all health physicists  (none  certified) or
equivalent, support this station and another one, also with two units.

External dosimetry at the station is performed with TLD's which  are normally read in-
house monthly (more frequently when required).  The policy  is to  issue a TLD to  anyone
entering the restricted  area.   Additionally,  pocket dosimeters  are  used for  running
estimates of dose  for anyone entering radiation areas.  The TLD,  however, provides the
dose of record.  The external exposure distributions for the years 1981  and 1978 are
provided in  the Table.  Exposure distributions for 1978 are included because that is the
most recent year in which major work was  not involved on the steam generators.

Internal exposures are monitored and controlled by sampling airborne concentrations at
eight locations  within  the plant.   Whole-body  counting  is  also performed  on all
employees at entry and termination, and when air concentration data indicate exposures
in excess of 10 MPC-hrs. during any week, or in the event of any suspicion of  uptake
(i.e., defective respirator, facial contamination, etc.).  The  station has its own  whole-
body counter.  In  addition, 25 workers are randomly  selected  monthly for urinalyses.
The urine specimens are shipped to a vendor for analysis of tritium and fission products.
If there is a discrepancy between the implied  internal doses derived from MPC-hrs. and
the results of bioassay, the bioassay becomes the dose of record.

The  main internal problem is radioiodine.  An activated charcoal canister is used on
respirators  to trap iodine, but credit  is  not taken for the effect of the  canister in
computing MPC-hrs. for radioiodine.   This is because NIOSH  does not recognize the
effect of the  activated  charcoal canister on radioiodine. Accordingly, one would not
expect a correlation between MPC-hrs. and whole-body counting data for  this radioiso-
tope.

Routine  statistics  on  internal exposures are not formally  tracked.   However,  on
inspection of the data, the highest internal exposure at the station in 1981  was 25 MPC-
hrs.  The average for all  workers potentially exposed was less than 5 MPC-hrs.
                                      187

-------
All radiation workers  at  the  plant are  instructed  in  the principles  of radiation
protection,  including information on quantitative levels  of  risk.   Utility employees
receive four days of training before they begin work in controlled areas. One full day is
devoted  to  radiation protection and another full  day to respiratory protection.  Con-
tractor empoyees are provided only  one day of instruction, 90% of which is devoted to
radiation protection.

                        1.   Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This plant generally has a substantial number of individuals, mostly  in-house personnel,
exposed  in excess of 5 rem/yr.  In  1981, there were  approximately 125 people with
exposures greater than 5 rem,  and  most of these people were not  involved in steam
generator work.  A number of administrative limits are established to limit exposures at
the plant.  Individuals  may be allowed to receive in excess of 1.25 rem/qtr. as follows.
In order  to go to 1.5 rem in a quarter, approvals must be obtained from the  employee's
supervisor and from  the manager of radiation protection.  An  additional approval of  the
department superintendent  must be obtained to go  to 2.0 rem/qtr.,  and  the  station
manager must approve exposures up to 2.4 rem/qtr.  Exposures higher than 2.4 rem/qtr.
require corporate approval.

If the  5  rem annual  limit were promulgated, there would initially be more dependence
on contractors and the utility's travelling maintenance pool personnel.   Overtime of
full-time personnel  would  be reduced and annual incomes of several plant personnel,
particularly operators and  mechanics, may drop.  Utimately, however, more full-time
staff would  have to be hired, in  consonance  with the company policy  of limiting the  use
of contractors.
   \
To estimate the costs of additional  personnel is difficult.   The  best  approach would
probably be to estimate the impact on the entire industry using a  methodology  such as
that developed by Stone <5c Webster.

It is not yet clear how utilities would  respond to the  elimination of quarterly  limits.
Some might permit workers to get a  sizable fraction of the 5 rem annual limit in  the
first quarter.  This might ultimately  lead  to labor problems, in that these workers could
                                     188

-------
get "burned out" early in the year and be unable to pursue their specialties or collect
overtime pay at the end of the year.   The only solution to  this dilemma might be to
establish a quarterly administrative limit of 1.25 rem.

               2.   Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

It  is  estimated that  the maximum  accumulated exposure  for  in-house workers is
approximately 50 rem, whereas some contractor employees might have accumulated as
much as 80 rem.  Thus, if the 100 rem lifetime limit were imposed, there  might be some
career shortening  for contractor personnel. The cost impact to the plant,  however,
would not be substantial.

    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities and Individual Organs

There would be no impact from the revised limits for the hands and arms/feet and legs.
The highest exposure on record is approximately 10 rem to the hands.

               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

If  the existing Radiation Work Permit  system satisfies the intent of the supervision and
monitoring requirements of the guidelines, then there would be no impact. However, a
literal interpretation of the guidelines calls for real time monitoring.  Currently, real
time coverage is only required for tasks conducted in radiation fields which  exceed 1
rem/hr. If coverage were required for tasks conducted in radiation fields which exceed
100 mrem/hr (generally agreed  to constitute a "significant" contribution to an annual
exposure of 1.5 rem), the number of H.P.  technicians would have to double from 20 to
40. During the 45 day outage, the 15 H.P. technicians under contract would have to be
doubled to 30  (assume 84 hrs per week).  H.P. technicians earn approximately $25,000
per year plus 25 percent  fringe benefits.   If actual health physicists were required to
provide the coverage, the 20 full-time H.P. technicians would have to be replaced by 40
health physicists at a salary of  at least  $35,000  per year (plus  25 percent  fringe
benefits).   During  an outage, an  additional 30 health physicists would have to be hired.
Of course,  this interpretation of the proposed guidelines is not possible since  there are
not enough health physicists to go around.
                                      189

-------
               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The requirements of the Range B guidance are currently being satisfied.

                        6.   Impact of Training Requirements

All radiation  workers at the plant are already  being instructed in the principles of
radiation protection,  including information on quantitative levels of risk.  Thus there
would be no impact from this guidance.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Ever since the introduction of NRC Regulatory Guide 8.13 a few years ago, this utility
has been operating under a mandatory  version of  Alternative a.  It is the responsibility
of the woman to announce a pregnancy to her supervisor. The  supervisor must inform
the radiation protection group.  It  is then the  responsibility of the radiation protection
group to limit the dose of the unborn  to 500 mrem. Pregnant females are not allowed
to work in  radiation areas.  In other areas, monthly exposures are not likely to exceed
25 mr.  So  far, there have been about 10 pregnancies and there have been no problems.
(Approximately 8% of radiation workers are female).  In one case, a woman's exposure
was greater than 400 mrem at the time that she discovered that she was pregnant.  She
was given an administrative job at the same level  of pay.

Alternatives b  and c  would raise the  issue  of equal  opportunity.   Even  though
Alternative b is voluntary,  a woman  would  not be  assigned  to certain jobs if  the
possibility  exists that she might choose to be reassigned at some  time in the future.
These jobs  include mechanics, operators,  and radiation protection.   If  the Federal
government were  to impose Alternative c,  it  would let  the  utility "off  the  hook"
regarding equal opportunity  considerations.  The  impact on the utility itself  would be
insignificant, given the low percentage of females working at the plant. It would limit
the opportunity for females,  however, to be promoted to higher paying jobs.
                                     190

-------
                  8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

The existing internal  exposure program is based on recorded MPC-hrs. for compliance.
Moreover, if in any one week MPC-hrs. should exceed 10 (25% of the weekly limit), a
whole-body count is taken and an organ burden is estimated from the whole-body count.
If the estimated organ burden exceeds 5% of the limit, it is documented and reported to
the worker.  Internal organ dose is not estimated.

If the internal exposure provisions  of  the proposed guidelines were implemented, two
expansions of  the existing  systems  would have to be made.  The first would be a major
modification  to the body  burden analysis system, a computer system which converts
whole-body counts to organ burden.  It also  computes 50-yr. dose commitment, but in a
very rudimentary fashion.  This system originally cost $60,000.  To get  the  system to
compute organ doses using ICRP-30  methodology would require a major expansion in
both  hardware and  software,  estimated  to  cost  approximately  double the original
system, or roughly $120,000.

The  second system  requiring modification  is the computer system  which  handles
external exposures. Relying on input organ doses from the revised body burden analysis
system,  this  system would compute the  effective  dose  equivalent.   The system
originally cost $80,000  for  hardware and $100,000 for software.   A similar software
modification to the one envisioned here took a programmer about three months and cost
approximately $10,000. The original contractor for this software  is still on-board, so
that modifications to the software can be accomplished in a cost-effective manner.

It is  envisioned  that the  link between the  two systems  would be done manually,
providing an  intermediate check  on the  estimated  organ doses.  The  three-four
technicians  who currently run the  body burden  analysis  system could handle this
additional task relatively easily, but they  would require additional training.  This could
be obtained most cost  effectively using  existing training consultants.  An analogous
two-week training course  relating to changes  in the radwaste regulations cost approxi-
mately $10,000 to $25,000.

There is one serious problem envisioned in the application of the proposed methodology.
This is the treatment of the time-dependence of intake  for chronic intake situations.
                                      191

-------
Some guidance would have to be provided in this area.  The problem could be avoided if
MPC-hrs.  were  used to  estimate organ  doses,  but  the  results  would be overly
conservative and not at all indicative of actual organ doses.

It  is  felt that  EPA's  deviation  from  the ICRP-26 prescription  introduces  serious
inconsistencies.  One aspect  of this would be in the computation of exposures to the
general public, if ICRP-30 methods were to be used.  Also, the lower DAC's resulting
from  the EPA changes might have a subtle effect on  the sensitivity of the  measure-
ments, requiring  longer calibration times.

            9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG to 1.5 Rem/yr.

Operation at an annual exposure limit  of  1.5 rem/yr.  would  be  virtually  impossible.
Last year, 1,371  workers, or approximately 35 percent  of the total number of workers
monitored, received exposures in excess of one rem.
                                    192

-------
                           1.5.  RELATIVELY OLD PWR E

This is a three-unit station of 860 MW(e)  Pressurized Water Reactors.  The oldest unit
recently completed its 10-year in-service  inspection.   The average capacity factor of
all three units through September, 1982 has been roughly 40 percent. The station is one
of three nuclear stations owned by the utility, the second has one unit  in operation and
another completing construction, and  the  third  station has not been completed.  The
three stations incorporate seven units.

The  full-time staff complement at the station is approximately 1,000.  During outages,
the permanent staff is supplemented by as many as  500 transient workers and about
1,000 other  utility employees.   Outages  are conducted during refueling operations,
which were originally scheduled on a 12-month period,  and are being extended to an 18-
month interval.  A refueling outage typically lasts from two to three months.

The  plant  has a health physics staff consisting of 80-90 people.  During outages, in-
house personnel are  supplemented  by as many as  140 health  physics  contractor
personnel.  Five of the permanent staff are professional health physicists.  None are
certified.  The manager of the station health physics group reports to the Superinten-
dent of Technical Services, who reports to the Station Manager, who reports to the
Corporate  General Manager of Nuclear Stations, who reports  to the Vice-President of
Nuclear Production.

The  radiation protection  program at  all the nuclear  stations is developed by  the
corporate health physics staff, which consists of eight professionals, two of whom are
certified.  The  manager of the corporate  health physics staff  reports to a corporate
Manager of Technical Services, who  reports to  the  Vice-President of Nuclear  Produc-
tion.  Therefore, although  the corporate health physics staff sets the overall corporate
radiation protection policy,  the plant  health physics staff has a parallel reporting chain.

External personnel  monitoring  is accomplished  with  TLD's,  which are  centrally  pro-
cessed monthly at  corporate headquarters  and are issued to almost all  personnel who
enter the restricted area.   Pocket dosimeters are also issued to these individuals who
enter the radiation  control area (the reactor building and the auxiliary building), but the
TLD  readings provide the dose of  record.  The whole-body exposure statistics for
                                      193

-------
calendar year 1981 at the station are given in the Table.  The collective exposure at the
station during calendar year 1981 was approximately 1200 man-rem.

Internal  monitoring  is  performed  by  a  combination of  air  sampling and bioassay.
Installed and portable air monitors provide area  air concentrations  which are  entered
into the Radiation  Work  Permits.  MFC-hours are  maintained in the computer  data
files, together with external exposures, as surrogates for  internal dose.   The highest
recorded intake over the past year was approximately 80-100 MPC-hrs. Only about 100
personnel received measurable internal exposures.

Bioassay is performed with company-owned body burden analyzer chairs.  Counts are
performed for new employees and non-employees, upon termination, and annually during
employment  with the company.  Special counts are also taken in the event of an
incident involving suspected intake, and on a random sample of workers throughout the
exposure range quarterly.  Whole-body counts are also made if a worker  is exposed to
more than 35 MPC-hrs.  of iodine in a  period  of  one week.   From time-to-time,
urinalyses are also performed on workers who are potentially exposed to tritium.

During a recent typical quarter involving approximately 2700 whole-body counts, 27
individuals indicated organ burdens in excess of one percent of the maximum permissi-
ble organ burden.  Two individuals had uptakes of  approximately five percent  of the
maximum permissible  organ burdens.   (A higher uptake was observed,  but this was
believed  to be anomalous, the  result of skin contamination.)  At five percent  of the
limits, a dose analysis is performed using ICRP-2 or MIRD methods.  At five percent of
the maximum permissible body burden, 50-year organ dose commitments on the order of
200-300 mrem are calculated, depending on the radionuclide involved.

The results of bioassays are maintained in each individual worker's record. The record,
which  is not maintained  on  the computer,  includes  the whole-body count,  intake
expressed as percent body or organ burden, and dose (if computed).  This information is
all entered by hand from the output of the multi-channel analyzer.

Three levels  of instruction on radiation protection are provided to  station workers.
Workers  who perform hands-on work in radiation fields, which  constitutes the lion's
share of  station personnel, receive 27  hours  of instruction  annually.  The instruction,
which is  consistent  with the provisions of Regulatory Guide 8.27, includes a section on
levels of risk from radiation.
                                     194

-------
                             TABLE
       WHOLE-BODY EXPOSURES FOR CALENDAR YEAR 1981
                                          Number of Individuals
Annual Whole-Body Dose Ranges                  in Each Range
            (Reins)
No Measurable Exposure                              820
Measurable Exposure Less than 0.100                   945
      0.100-0.250                                  371
      0.250 - 0.500                                  338
      0.500-0.750                                  195
      0.750 - 1.000                                  138
      1.000-2.000                                  331
      2.000 - 3.000                                  121
      3.000 - 4.000                                    6
      4.000 - 5.000                                    0
 Greater than 5.000                                  	0
            Total                                 3265
                             195

-------
Personnel who may  enter controlled areas but are not expected  to perfom hands-on
work receive up to six hours of instruction annually, including a discussion of risk from
radiation  exposure.   Finally,  all other  employees  who  are not expected to enter
controlled areas  receive an  hour or two instruction in  radiation protection at the
beginning of their employment.

Any employee can by-pass the next annual update of instruction on radiation protection
by taking and passing a more comprehensive examination than the regular test.

Training is conducted by a training group  at  the  site.  However, the content of the
radiation protection  instructional program is developed by the corporate  and station
health physics groups.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This utility has always maintained  an administrative limit of less  than 5 rem/yr., and
has never had an annual exposure which exceeded this limit.  Thus there would be no
impact at this plant from the imposition of a 5 rem  annual regulatory limit.  In addition,
exposures to contractor personnel are maintained below 3 rem per quarter and under 5
rem/yr. at this utility's sites.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

This guidance  is felt to be ill-advised.  There are about 150 people in the nuclear power
industry  who will exceed 100 rem in a  lifetime.  Most of these workers  are highly-
trained specialists whose skills are difficult and costly to replicate.

                    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

Maximum extremity  exposures at the station are generally a few rem per year, a small
fraction of the reduced limit of 50 rem/yr.  These exposures are received by a small
fraction of station workers, possibly about a hundred, who  work on  steam generators or
divers who perform repairs in the spent fuel pools.  Therefore, there is not  expected to
be an impact from the reduced extremity limits.
                                     196

-------
               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

This facility currently complies with the Range C guidance.  Every radiation worker is
tracked continuously by  a large control system.  An administrative limit of 500 mrem
applies to any contiguous 5-week period. If it appears that a worker is likely to receive
a significant fraction of the administrative limit, he/she is provided coverage by an H.P.
technician.

               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

This facility currently complies with the Range B guidance.

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

All workers who  enter  controlled areas  receive instruction  in  radiation protection,
including a unit on quantitative levels of risk.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

This utility  is currently operating in consonance with the provisions of NRC Regulatory
Guide 8.13,  and is thus in conformance with a mandatory version of Alternative a. It is
the responsibility  of the  female to announce a pregnancy to her supervisor.  The
exposure of the embryo/fetus is then limited, by careful supervision,  frequent  moni-
toring, and/or removal from radiation work, to 500 mrem during the pregnancy.

Alternatives b  and c are felt  to be unfair to women and, for that matter,  to men as
well.  They  would limit the ability of females of child-bearing age to get certain jobs at
the plant.

                  8. Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

A considerable  amount of software development would have to be performed in order to
revise  the existing automated system in accordance with the provisions of the internal
                                      197

-------
 exposure guidance. Approximately one man-year  of effort is estimated to be required
 to change the MPC-hr. calculations to estimates of DAC-hrs. and dose.  (A very simple
 dose conversion scheme is assumed, in which conversion factors are supplied by Agency
 guidance.)  One man-year of a health physics  technician is assumed to be required  to
 design the forms to feed the input data into the program.  Finally, approximately one-
 half of a man-year of a professional is estimated for QA of the resulting software and
 an additional one-half man-year of a professional for training of the health physics staff
 in the use of the revised software.  Thus the total one-time effort for the development,
 QA, and training  associated with the automated  records' system  is estimated to be
 approximately 3-man years.

                    9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

 The costs would be very high to operate within a W.B. exposure limit of 1.5 rem/yr. In
 1981, approximately 15 percent of the workers  at the plant received annual exposures in
 excess of 1.5 rem.
Computer costs are assumed within the manpower estimates.
                                     198

-------
                            J.  UNIVERSITY REACTOR

This  is  a 2  MW(t) swimming pool research reactor  with MTR-type  fuel.   Of the
approximately 50 U.S. university research reactors in operation, approximately 10 are
of this type.  The moderator is ordinary light water, the fuel is highly enriched, and the
cooling is by forced convection.

The reactor  is used for graduate and undergraduate (3rd and 4th year students) nuclear
engineering laboratory courses.  Additionally, an extensive  research program is under-
way. The most highly funded program is an investigation of the neutron embrittlement
of reactor pressure vessel steels.  This involves round-the-clock irradiation of samples,
requiring three-shift  operation of  the reactor.   Several projects  involve  neutron
activation analysis. A study of radioiodine partition coefficients in water/air systems
requires activation of iodine in the reactor.  Gamma-ray spectroscopy is underway using
beams from the reactor.  Approximately a dozen small  colleges and universities in the
region share  the reactor for research  and training under a Department  of  Energy
program.

The reactor  is located in a separate, relatively remote building on the campus.  The
reactor room is airtight and serves as a containment around the reactor. The building
houses  the  Nuclear Engineering Department at the University, and accordingly has
several offices,  classrooms, laboratories, a machine shop, and an  electronics shop.
Additionally,  a small, low-power (approximately 100 w) pool reactor is located in the
building for nuclear engineering laboratory courses.

The reactor  is one of several  facilities at the university under the cognizance of the
Radiation Safety Office.   The  Radiation Safety  Office  is  one of three divisions in the
University Environmental  Health  and  Safety  Office.  With a  current  budget  of
approximately $300,000  per year, the  Radiation  Safety  Office employs a  Radiation
Safety Officer (a health physicist who is also a staff member in the Nuclear Engineering
Department), three health physicists (with  at least bachelor's degrees and one year of
experience),  three technicians, and  one secretary.  None  of the  health physicists is
registered.   One health  physicist  and  approximately  one-half of a  technician  are
assigned to  the reactor facility full time.   Additionally, the Radiation  Safety Officer
estimates that approximately 10% of his time is devoted to reactor activities.
                                      199

-------
The  Radiation  Safety Officer  reports  to the  Chairman of  the  Radiation Safety
Committee.  This committee is comprised of 15 individuals, mostly  faculty, and  is
currently chaired by the Manager of Environmental Health and  Safety.

The  Radiation  Safety  Officer handles personnel  monitoring and determines  radiation
protection  policy for all facilities at the University.  All personnel with offices in the
reactor building  and all  students  with classes  in the building  are issued personnel
dosimeters, about 107 people in  total for the academic year 1982. This includes roughly
2 technicians, 2 janitors, 2 secretaries, the  director of the reactor facility, the reactor
supervisor, 15  faculty members, 4 senior reactor operators,  15 reactor operators, 15
operators in training, and 60 students.

Film is used for dosimetry; it  is processed monthly  by  an  outside dosimetry service.
The  cost is $l/monitor/month.   Approximately 20 of the 150 monitors have neutron
capability; those cost $4/monitor/month.  Extremity monitoring is performed on an ad-
hoc basis.  On the  average, about six ring badges  are  issued, mostly to the senior
reactor operators who pull activated  samples  out of  the pool. Visitors to the facility
are issued pocket dosimeters.

A  formal bioassay program exists based  on action levels.  For example, bioassays are
performed  for individuals  handling 1 mCi  of iodine, 5  mCi of phosphorous-32 or 15 mCi
of tritium  in unsealed forms.   It is rare at the reactor  facility  to  exceed the action
levels; it has not occurred for over a year. The  only airborne radionucb'des  normally
encountered  at  the reactor facility are  argon-41 and tritium (in non-detectible
                    —^      —*i
concentrations — 10   to 10   of the MFC).  Whole-body counting has never been
performed; every couple of years, an ad-hoc program of urinalysis is conducted.

External exposure distributions for the years 1980  and  1981 are given in the Table.  The
highest exposures, 0.50 to 0.75  rem,  were received in both years by the senior reactor
operators who retrieve samples  from the pool. The individuals in the range,  0.0 - 0.1
rem, include 60 students in each year.  Exposures are  maintained relatively low, in part
by a  restrictive ALARA program,   which requires reports by the  individual,  his
supervisor, and the  Radiation Safety Officer when an  exposure exceeds 0.5 rem for the
year.  These  reports,  which are reviewed by the Radiation Safety Committee,  are
required to explain  why the cumulative exposure is so high and what measures  are being
taken to reduce future exposures.
                                      200

-------
                            TABLE

    EXTERNAL EXPOSURE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR 1980 AND 1981


     Exposure Range                      Numbers of Individuals
         (rem)
                                        1980             1981

No Measurable Exposure                   45               46

      0.0  - 0.1                          95               99

      0.1  - 0.25                          8                2

      0.25-0.50               .          2                4

      0.50 - 0.75                          2                3

      0.75 - 1.00                          0                0

Greater than 1.00                          0                0
                           201

-------
An extensive program of instruction is provided in radiation protection principles.  The
reactor health physicist provides, early in the fall semester, a two-hour orientation to
all new students, faculty,  and staff members on radiation protection.  The  University
health physics manual and copies of NRC Regulatory Guide 8.13 are distributed, and
recipients are required to pass an exam on this material.  For the non-technical staff at
the reactor  facility,  this is normally  all  of the instruction provided  in  radiation
protection principles.

Users  of radioactive materials must  additionally  become  certified.   There are three
levels  of  certification.  For the  lowest, or "restricted" level,  a ten-hour course in
radiation protection principles must be taken, which includes instruction on quantitative
levels  of  risks.   The students normally are  certified at  this  level.   The next level,
denoted  as  "qualified," contains some  use  restrictions,  and  is generally applied to
supervisors (faculty, operators, etc.).  The highest level is "authorized," contains no use
restrictions (other than those imposed by the license), and is generally applied only to
the Director of the  Reactor Facility.  Applicants for certification at the  levels of
"qualified" and "authorized" must take and pass a full-semester course in health physics.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

There  would be no impact on operations at this facility from this change in occupational
limits.  Limits are  currently maintained nearly an order of magnitude lower than the
proposed  annual  limit.  Only under  a  severe accident scenario  could  exposures be
anticipated  in excess of 5  rem. Refueling, performed on a 3  to 5 year interval, only
exposes personnel to an additional 10 - 15 mrem above normal operational levels.

               2.  Impact of Reduction  in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The maximum accumulated exposure  at this  facility is believed to be in the  range of 5
to 10  rem. On the basis of documented exposures,  therefore, there should be no impact
from  this proposed guidance.  There is concern,  however, about  the  undocumented
exposures.  Sometimes difficulties are  encountered  in  obtaining exposure  histories.
Several years ago,  the University hired  a radiation worker with 30 years of experience
and no record to document his radiation exposure history.  Since the maximum would
have  to be  assumed for this individual (5 rem/yr. after  1960 and 15 rem/yr. before
then),  he would be unable to obtain  a job  under this proposed guidance.
                                      202

-------
It  was felt that the 5(N-18) rem limit is more  than adequate to protect workers and,
therefore, the 100 rem limit is not needed.  A proposed alternative approach would be
to limit accumulated exposure to "100 rem documented."

              3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to Extremities
                               and Individual Organs

Maximum hand exposures at the facility are on the order of 5 rem/yr., roughly an order
of magnitude lower than the revised limit.  These exposures are received by operators
who retrieve activated samples from the  pool.  The revised limits to hand and feet,
therefore, would have no impact.

Eye lens exposures are not monitored.  The only potential for eye  lens exposures  in
excess of W.B. exposures is on the beam port floor.  It is believed, however, that annual
eye lens exposures, even for beam port experimenters, are  considerably lower than 5
rem.  Monitoring of eye lens exposures, if required, would be very difficult.

               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Exposures in excess of 1.5 rem/yr. are not  anticipated  at the reactor facility.  This is
corroborated by recent experience, in which the highest annual exposures were in the
range of 0.5 to 0.75 rem.   Nevertheless, this facility abides by the proposed Range C
supervision and monitoring guidance.  A health physicist is permanently assigned to the
reactor facility.  Any time that something  is taken out of the pool, the health physicist
supervises the activity and performs continuous monitoring.

              5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

This  facility  conforms  to the proposed  guidance of  Range  B.   Every  proposed
experiment  is reviewed  by  the Reactor Safety  Committee.  Moreover, as discussed
above, this facility currently conforms to the Range C guidance for Range B.
                                     203

-------
                        6.  Impact of Training Requirements

All new students,  faculty,  and staff members are given a two-hour orientation early in
the fall semester on radiation protection principles by the reactor health physicist.  At
present, this short course does not include a portion on quantitative levels of risk.  To
include this, and to update the training manual to this effect, would be a negligible cost
at this facility, since the staff and the workers are in the education business.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately 20  percent of those monitored at the reactor facility are female.  Under
current policy, if  a female  were to announce a pregnancy (this has never occurred at
the reactor facility),  she  would be removed  from  exposure situations and would be
monitored very closely (with a pocket dosimeter as well as film). If the female were a
student, she would probably be allowed to  finish the course, but she would be monitored
very closely and would be required to file a letter with  the University providing her
permission for potential exposure.  Given the exposure history at the reactor facility, it
would  not be  difficult to maintain  exposures to the fetus less than 0.5 rem, even if a
pregnant female were permitted to conduct business as usual.

Therefore, this facility is currently operating under a mandatory version of Alternative
a. It would not be difficult to amend the existing policy to conform with Alternative b.
This would state that a female of child-bearing  age could voluntarily decide not to pull
samples out of the pool.  This is  the only activity that could potentially expose the fetus
in excess  of 0.2  rem/mo.   It would not be difficult to accommodate this degree of
flexibility, since only about 20 percent of operators are  female.

If Alternative  c were imposed, women of child-bearing age could not be hired as reactor
operators.   This  would not  be  an extreme hardship for the facility since only four
operators  are currently  female.   However, it  would  limit  the potential sources of
support for females.

Some  concern was  expressed  about  the ability to  estimate  the committed dose
equivalent  to the fetus from radionuclides taken into the body.  It is assumed that the
NRC would provide some guidance, possibly as  a  Regulatory Guide, on the calculation
of internal exposure to the fetus.   In any case, it is unlikely  that internal exposures
would contribute significantly to fetal exposures at this facility.
                                       204

-------
                  8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

The  weighted-organ approach to combining internal and external exposures appears to
be sensible.  There would be no impact at this facility, since no additional monitoring
would  be  required under  normal  operations.   At present,  routine bioassays are
performed at the reactor facility.

The  Derived Air Concentrations (DAC's) for the radionuclides potentiaUy encountered
at the reactor facility, primarily gamma and beta emitters, are largely unchanged under
the EPA guidelines. The levels of tritium in the air above the pool are well below the
detection limit (8 x 10~7  Ci/ml).

Some concern was expressed about  the state-of-the-art for  calculating dose  from
measured organ burdens.  Currently, if detectable  organ burdens are measured at the
University, the results are  entered into the  records as organ  burden,  and are not
converted  to dose.  Because of variability between people  and uncertainties in the time
of exposure, calculation of actual dose is very highly uncertain.  The former problem
can be dealt with by requiring only dose equivalent to "standard man."

The  time problem, however, is difficult to surmount.  Some guidelines would be required
from the NRC on acceptable methods for converting measured organ burden to dose.  A
Ph.D.  student  at  the  University is  looking  at  this problem  for iodine-125.   It  is
estimated  that uncertainties as high as 50 - 100% are potentially associated with the
conversion to dose from the intake of iodine-125 for specific individuals.

Large uncertainties would also be expected in the  conversion to dose  for  intake of
tritium, phosphorous-32, sulfur-35 and carbon -14.

No new  software  or  staff would be  required, however, for  treatment of internal
exposures.  Measurable intakes  are so infrequent that bioassays could be  performed at
the Radiation Safety Office.   Also, several well-qualified staff and  faculty members
would be available to estimate the dose.
                                      205

-------
                    9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

A  1.5  rem/yr.  limit would have  no  impact at  this facility.   Limits are currently
maintained nearly an order of magnitude below the proposed 5 rem annual  limit.  At
present,  the  Radiation  Safety Committee must  approve exposures in excess of 0.5
rem/yr.  As seen in the Table, only a couple of individuals have been exposed in excess
of 0.5  rem/yr. over the past two years,  and  their exposures have been less than 0.75
rem/yr.
                                     206

-------
                           K.I.  LARGE URANIUM MILL

This facility processes ore  received from mines to extract the uranium.    The mill,
which is about 20 years old, operated continuously (three shifts per day) until recently,
but is now running ten days on and four days off.  It is shut down for about three weeks
once a year for maintenance  and for vacations.  The mill is designed to process 7,000
tons of  ore per day, but it is currently operating at about 50 percent of design capacity.
The output of the mill on a fuU schedule is about 4,300  tons of ammonium  diuranate
mixed with uranium oxide (yellowcake) per year.  The mill utilizes the conventional acid
leach-solvent extraction process for uranium recovery. A flow chart of the mill process
is shown in the Figure.

The  industry  currently consists of 20  operating  uranium  mills,  located  in western
states   and accounts for 85% - 90% of natural tLOg production.  These mills have a
combined rated capacity of about 54,000 tons of ore per day and  an  output  of 21,000
tons per year of yellowcake.  Of these mills, 76 percent utilize conventional acid leach
- solvent extraction  processes, and  10 percent  utilize  conventional  alkaline leach
processes.

Although record yellowcake production occurred during 1980, reports for 1981 indicate
a decline in production.  For  calendar year 1982,  a greater decrease in production is
expected.  During  1981,  several of the larger mills curtailed  their operations, while
others  either  shut  down  completely or  temporarily closed down  until  such time as
demand  for yellowcake catches up with supply.  It is estimated that  the workforce in
the industry has been reduced  by about 60 percent because of this decreased  demand.

The  present  full time complement of  the mill is  250.   This includes maintenance
personnel (approximately 40).   The work force  before layoffs was about 1100.   All
employees except clerical  personnel are considered radiation  workers.  The average
annual salary of millworkers is $25,000, including an overhead factor of 35 percent.

Radiation  safety  is the responsibility  of  the superintendent of  Environment  and
Industrial Hygiene,  who reports  to the General  Manager.   Reporting to the Superin-
U.S. Department of  Fjiergy,  Statistical  Data of the Uranium Industry, GJO-100(82),
Grand Junction Area Office, Colorado, January 1, 1982.
                                      207

-------
                          FIGURE

                       MILL CIRCUIT

CONVENTIONAL ACID LEACH-SOLVENT EXTRACTION PROCESS
                         Ore Storage
                   Ore Crushing <5c Grinding
                          Leaching
                      Counter Current
                   Decantation Thickening
                   Solvent Extraction Feed
                        Preparation
                     Solvent Extraction
                        Precipitation
                    Drying and Cracking
Two-stage  with  decant
thickener between stages.
Discharge slurry of sol-
ids  and   solution   of
uranium and concentrated
H2S04
2-Series of 6 decantation
tanks (known as thickeners)
U3Og Product
                            208

-------
tendent is one senior environmental engineer, one  environmental technician, and two
industrial hygiene and health physics technicians.  The  technicians in  radiation safety
are expected to complete  a course in radiation protection principles and  to attend
periodic  sessions at  the  mill on specific safety problems.  There is a  staff health
physicist  at the corporate headquarters, who is  responsible  for  providing radiation
health and safety standards for  all facilities operated by the corporation.   The staff
health physicist has  taken  the  Health Physics certification examination.  Within  the
corporation there is also a regulation and control group that conducts  quarterly audits
of the health physics program at each facility.  Results of such audits are written up
and corrective measures taken, as required, on the basis of the findings.

Potential exists in the mill for both internal exposure from inhalation of uranium and
daughter compounds. (U-238, Th-230, Ra-226, Bi-210, Pb-210, and Rn-222  progeny) and
external exposure from the low  energy gamma rays emitted by these isotopes. There is
potential for external exposure in all mill areas except the acid plant. The potential for
inhalation  is at the crushing circuit, leaching and solvent extraction,  and the  precipi-
tation and packaging area.

All personnel wear  TLD dosimeters to measure  exposure  from external sources  of
radiation.  Gamma radiation surveys are conducted using calibrated ion  chambers or
scintillation  detectors.   Contamination  surveys are  performed  at least  quarterly  to
evaluate the presence and  extent  of contamination of  the  surfaces of equipment and
buildings.  The instruments are capable of selective response  to alpha radiation  by
direct measurement or swipe samples.

Air sampling programs are conducted to determine the airborne concentrations to which
employees are exposed.  The frequency of air sampling is dependent upon the nature of
the work and previous experience  with concentrations of airborne radioactive material
associated with a particular job.   Established operations are sampled on a  variable
schedule, at least once per week where yellowcakeidust is the predominant hazard and
weekly where ore dust is the hazard.  General air sampling with a permanent multiple-
station air sampling  system or  with continuous  air monitors are used for the  periodic
monitoring  of established  operations.   Sampling  for  radon daughters is performed
biweekly.
                                       209

-------
The  data from  the air sampling program are used to calculate the time-weighted
average  exposure  concentration  (TWA).   The  TWA  is  the  sum  of the  exposure
concentrations in the  work area multiplied by the length of time that the worker is
exposed in each  area, divided by the total exposure time.  If the calculated exposure is
above  the radiation protection  action limit of 40 MPC-hours/week,  the  employee is
informed, and a urine  sample is  taken for bioassay.  Bioassays at the mill generally
follow the  procedures described in the  NRC  Regulatory  Guide  8.22.   The mill's
operating procedure for bioassay of uranium is shown in Table 1.

The  average internal and external exposures for routine milling operations in 1979 are
given in Table 2. Approximately 3% of those monitored received whole-body exposures
in excess of 1.5 rem.   The maximum exposure was 2.2 rem.  The maximum  average
annual intake  of uranium in 1979 was  0.098 uCi,  in the precipitation and packaging
areas.  The  range was 0 to 0.098 uCi for the year 1979. The data for the years 1980 and
1981 are comparable to those for 1979.

The  current limit  is based upon  the MFC for insoluble  uranium (1  x 10~   uCi/ml)
multiplied by  a  40-hour work week.  100 percent of the employees  are within these
limits. The average MFC hrs in 1977 were 8 in the YC area, 18 in the crushing circuit,
and  14 in the  bucking room.  All operators work the same position  and get the same
exposure.   These  numbers are based upon the conservative assumptions  of  insoluble
natural uranium,  totally  respirable  particle  size  distribution,  and  no  respiratory
protection.

All new employees are required to attend a 24-hour training program.  This program
includes three  hours of training on the principles of radiation protection, followed by an
examination.  The  session does not include a discussion of quantitative levels of risk;
however, it  is  expected to be included in the near future.  Special attention is given to
female employees.  Each  female is  given  a  copy of Regulatory Guide 8.13 and is
expected to read it and understand its contents.   Periodic review sessions are conducted
as part of industrial safety training to review all rules and regulations and to promote
good working  habits and awareness of safety procedures.  Every year, an eight hour
refresher  training course is conducted for all  employees,  which includes  li hours of
instruction in radiation safety.
                                     210

-------
                                    TABLE 1;

                            BIOASSAY FOR URANIUM


INTERNAL

Internal exposure from uranium may be determined from urine sample results. Routine
samples are collected from persons working in the yellowcake process and packing areas
biweekly after periods of  at least  twenty-four hours away from the facility.   Urine
samples are given at the  person's home to avoid contamination.  Standard  fluorimetric
assay techniques are  used for sample analysis.    Pre-assignment  and  termination
samples are collected and analyzed.

Additional special samples are collected and analyzed after suspect or known accidental
exposures to excessive airborne uranium  concentrations.

URINE ACTION LEVELS

Action levels are established for single biweekly samples for the purpose of controlling
kidney and bone exposure in cases of soluble uranium and  lung  exposure  in  cases
involving inhalation of insoluble uranium.

Routine samples are collected after a worker has been out of the plant for at least 24
hours. These are voidings of about 150 mi in 6 oz. bottles.

Any employee  submitting  two  consecutive biweekly routine or special samples  above
150 Pg/fc  shall be promptly restricted to non-uranium work. Daily samples shall then be
analyzed until a sample result below 50yg/£    is received at which  time the employee
may be removed from work restriction.

An employee who submits  four consecutive biweekly samples which  are all analysed to
be less than 150.Vg/i but greater than 50   yg/S, shall be promptly placed on a "24-hour
equivalent" sampling schedule. The schedule is performed as follows:

      (a)    A quart-size sample bottle is supplied to the employee for at-home urine
             sample collection.

      (b)    The employee collects a voiding  before retiring, any  voiding during the
             night, and any voiding the morning after.  He returns the bottle  on his
             next work shift.

Should the 24-hour equivalent sample analysis be greater  than 50 ug/fc , the employee is
restricted to non-uranium  work.  He  is  resampled at  least  weekly.   Whenever the
employee's sample analysis returns to below 50 ug/1  , he may then resume uranium work.
                                        211

-------
                                  TABLE 2;

            AVERAGE INTERNAL INTAKE AND EXTERNAL EXPOSURES
                  FOR ROUTINE MILLING OPERATIONS IN 1979

MILL
AREA
Crushing Circuit
Bucking Room
Leaching 
-------
                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This limit  is not expected  to  have an impact at the  mill,  at least with respect to
external exposure.   The  highest  whole body  exposure  in 1979 was  2.2  rem.   The
maximum average external  exposure was 1.62 rem, in the precipitation and packaging
area.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated  Exposure Limit

The  reduction of the accumulated exposure  limit to 100 rem  is not expected to have a
cost impact at this mill.  The highest accumulated exposure  for mill personnel is well
below this limit.

                    3. Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

No impact is expected  from  the revised extremity limits.  There are potential exposures
of the extremities (hands and skin) for the scrap pickers, where the dose rate is about 3
mrem/hr.  There are 6-8 employees in  this work area.  However, even for continuous
work in  this area,  annual exposures are expected to be less than 10 percent of the
proposed limit.  The eye lenses of employees are not expected to be exposed to higher
levels than the whole body.

               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

The  average annual internal exposure in the precipitation and packaging area is  1.62
rem. All other areas are less than 1.5  rem. About  three percent of those monitored
receive whole body exposures in excess  of 1.5 rem. The main impact from the proposed
guideline would be  due to the  new internal exposure RPG.  As noted in Table 2, the
solubility class for the Derived Air Concentrations for uranium inhalation is a critical
parameter  for compliance.  If the new  guidelines on  internal exposures are imposed it
would be difficult to maintain  combined exposures below 30  percent of the RPG.  The
difficulty in meeting the new RPG is discussed later in this case study.
                                     213

-------
Potential internal exposures are monitored  with a multiple air sampling  system and
external exposures for all personnel are measured with TLD dosimeters.  One senior
environmental engineer, one environmental technician and two industrial hygiene and
health physics technicians provide radiation protection services.  It is anticipated that a
certified health physicist at a cost of $40,000 per year would have to be employed in
the precipitation and packaging area to comply with the proposed Range C guidance.

               5.   Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposure
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The mill is currently operating in full compliance  with this proposed guideline.   All
personnel wear  TLD  dosimeters to measure external exposures.   Potential internal
exposures are monitored with a multiple air sampling system.  One senior environmental
engineer and two industrial hygiene and health physics technicians maintain records on
external sources of radiation and airborne  concentrations at the four  mill  operating
areas, review health physics procedures and are available to monitor during non-routine
operations.  These professionals are expected to assure that exposures are justified and
are ALAR A.

                        6.  Impact of Training Requirement

There would  be no impact from the training requirements of the proposed guidelines,
since all new employees receive instruction in radiation protection principles (a unit on
levels of risk to be added in the near future).

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately eight  percent of the  mill personnel  are  currently females  of child-
bearing  age.  There would be no impact from Alternative a of  the  proposed  Guidance
for Protection  of the unborn, since the present corporate policy follows NRC Regula-
tory Guide 8.13, "Instruction Concerning Prenatal Radiation Exposure."  Women are
instructed to inform their supervisors when they are diagnosed to be pregnant. As soon
as the supervisor is notified, the woman is removed from the job and is  assigned to a job
in a non-controlled area.  Alternatives b  and c  might result in women being denied
certain jobs.
                                     214

-------
                  8. Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

The  current approach at this mill is to conduct complete surveys of all locations on a
weekly basis.  Compliance with existing guidance on internal exposures is determined by
calculating potential exposures to airborne concentrations of uranium from airborne
monitoring data plus time and  area assignments for each worker.  From these data, a
time-weighted average exposure  (TWA) of an individual is determined which is reported
as a fraction  of the MFC.  Internal  doses are not calculated  unless  the calculated
airborne exposure is greater than 40 MPC-hrs/week for  soluble uranium and 520 MPC-
hrs/qtr. for insoluble uranium.  These  exposures to soluble uranium are verified, using
the  bioassay  procedures described earlier.   Although airborne  exposure  calculations
predict higher exposures than the individual actually receives, they are used as the dose
of record since the data are more timely than bioassay results.  External exposures
obtained from TLD  readings are not presently  added  to estimated internal doses.  A
computer program at the mill is currently in place which provides data for determining
compliance with the existing regulations.

Reference to Table 2  indicates  that  the current average  intakes in  most areas are
higher than the Allowable Limit of Intake (ALI)  prescribed by ICRP-30 for insoluble
(Class Y) uranium — 0.054 uCi.  Therefore, in order  to comply  with the new limits, the
conservative assumption of total insolubility would have to be relaxed. The DAC for
soluble uranium (Class D) is a factor of about 30 higher than that for insoluble uranium
(Class Y).   It is  estimated that  using  actual solubility  fraction  would lower  the
calculated exposure  by a factor of about 15. (Recent measurements indicate 60% Class
D and 40% Class W.)  The justification  for this relaxation would require continual
determination of the actual solubility fractions in the mill process areas.

Establishment of routine  system  for measuring solubility  fractions  would  take  a
professional approximately  6 man-months of effort (at a cost of approximately $3,800
per  man-month).  Then routine  monitoring of  this  parameter  is  expected to  take a
technician approximately 10 man-days each month.  (It is assumed  that the NRC would
require  continual routine monitoring of this parameter.) The one time equipment cost
for solubility fraction sampling is estimated to be approximately $22,000. Additionally,
laboratory support is estimated to cost approximately $30,000 per year.
                                      215

-------
Particle size determinations would also have to be made at approximately 10 locations
for a one-time equipment cost of $20,000 and an analytical cost of $2,000/yr.   Also, in
order to provide  adequate personnel monitoring,  an additional  number of  personal
sampling pump assemblies would be required at a cost of $9,000.  Finally, all particulate
air samples will have to be analyzed for isotopic content.   This  is estimated to cost
$192,500 per year.

The computer software and hardware used for the evaluation of personnel exposures
would also  have  to be  upgraded.    It  is estimated  that  to  modify the software,
approximately 6 man-months of a programmer would be required. Hardware costs of
$30,000 are  estimated.   Additionally,  a full-time records  clerk would  have to be
employed at an annual cost of $16,200.

It  is  expected  that the  effect of  the  above  exposure  procedures   would be  to
demonstrate compliance  with the ICRP-30 limits. However, the proposed EPA limits
are about another  30-40 percent lower.  At present, it is not certain that these  changes
will bring calculated potential exposures down to the proposed EPA levels.

The weighted organ  doses in the proposed guidelines are viewed as a potential problem
area, since  they appear to be in conflict with ICRP 26 and 30.

                    9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 rem/yr.

The imposition of this alternative RPG would have a cost impact on the mill operations,
particularly in light  of the reduced  intake limits.  It is  reasonable  to conclude  that
there would be a problem in the precipitation and packaging area.  In order to meet the
guideline it would probably require a process  change; i.e., a change to a slurry process.
Moreover, it would possibly require additional people  for health physics protection and
to  demonstrate compliance with the guidance.
                                     216

-------
                       K.2.  URANIUM CONVERSION PLANT

This plant produces uranium hexafluoride (UFg) at a rated output of 10,000 MT/yr.  and
employs 160 people. The plant operates three shifts per day, seven days per week.  The
raw  material is uranium concentrate (yellowcake) and some yellowcake slurry received
from all uranium mills in the country.  At present there is only one other conversion
plant in operation, with a rated output of 14,000 MT/yr. of UFg.  Both plants, due to the
reduced  demand for uranium in the nuclear power industry, are currently operating at
reduced capacity.

This conversion plant utilizes a complex wet chemistry process, whereas the other plant
utilizes a dry process.  The yellowcake at this plant starts at the sampling plant and is
processed by  stages through digestion, solvent extraction, denitrification, reduction,
hydrofluorination, fluorination, and in  the final stage  to a primary cold  trap  that is
heated  with steam to 200 F° at 200 psi.  At this point, the the UFg is a liquid and is
drained to  shipping  cylinders that hold  10 tons.  Workers at the plant are potentially
exposed  to both soluble (uranium hexafluoride, uranium  trioxide, uranyl oxyfluoride, and
uranyl nitrate) and less soluble (uranium tetrafluoride and uranium dioxides) compounds
of uranium.

Radiation safety is the responsibility  of the   manager, Health Physics and Industrial
Safety, who reports to the  Plant Manager. Five health physics technicians, and  one
clerk report to the  Manager, Health Physics and  Industrial Safety.  The technicians in
Radiation Safety are expected to complete a course in radiation protection principles.
The  annual health physics cost at the plant is approximately $181,000. There  is a staff
health  physicist at  corporate headquarters who is responsible for providing  radiation
health  and physics standards for  facilities operated by the  corporation.  He has taken
the health  physics  certification examination.   Within the corporation  there  is also a
regulatory  compliance group  that conducts  quarterly audits  of the health  physics
program at each facility.  Results of such audits are written up and corrective  measures
taken,  as required on the basis of the findings.

Potential exists in the plant for both internal exposure  from inhalation of uranium and
daughter compounds and external exposure from low  energy gamma rays emitted by
these isotopes. There  is potential for external exposure in all plant processing areas,
                                       217

-------
with the highest radiation fields in the fluorination area, 90 mrem/hr. and 20 mrem/hr.
in 1980  and 1981, respectively. There is potential for inhalation in all plant processing
areas, with  monthly average  concentrations in  1981 ranging from 0.08 MFC to 0.36
MFC. Normally, people are in these areas four to six hours per shift.

Air sampling is  extensive throughout the plant. There are 45 sampler heads in  dry
process  areas that are connected to a central vacuum.   The filters are changed after
each eight-hour shift.  Air samples reading  above 0.5 MFC  are considered facility
action levels and are reported to corporate management.  Additionally, depending upon
working  conditions,  breathing zone air  samples,  and  operational  air  samples  are
collected weekly. Internal exposures are evaluated daily  for each person by calculating
the time-weighted average exposure concentrations (TWA), based on the air sampling
results and work location. The TWA is the sum of the exposure concentrations in each
work area  multiplied by the  time that the worker is  exposed, divided by the total
exposure time.

The internal bioassay and in-vivo counting policy for uranium (except UFfi and UO?F~)
is described in Table 1.  The bioassay policy for UF_ and  UO^F- is described separately
in Table 2.  Fecal sampling procedures for early assessment of uranium and  thorium
exposures are included in the radiation protection procedures and samples are taken as
determined from air sample results.

The  results of the bioassay program  in  1981 gave uranium concentrations in urine
ranging  from a minimum of 2 ug/1 to a maximum  of 51 ug/L

Whole-body  counting is done by an outside  contractor.  The  results of whole-body
counting in 1981 are given in Table 3.

Airborne concentrations in each plant area for the years 1979, 1980 and 1981, expressed
in fractions of MFC, are given in Table 4.  These  also  correspond to annual average
personnel  exposures to airborne concentrations because personnel do not  ordinarily
divide their time between areas.  At any one  time, airborne concentrations may go as
high as 30 times MFC (from incidents).

The  current limit is based on the MFC  for insoluble uranium (1  x 10     uCi/ml),
multiplied by a 40-hour work week.  One hundred percent of the employees have been
                                      218

-------
                                     TABLE 1

                        URINALYSIS   20 ug  U/l, he is  assigned to non-
uranium work.  He is  resampled daily until a sample shows  <20 ug U/l, after which he
may return to his regular work assignments.

Whole Body Counting

In-Vivo (lung) counting to detect internal deposition is performed annually for employees
who fall under one of  the following categories:

      •      Routine analysis shows consistly elevated uranium-in-urine concentration
             (above the 20 ug/1 guideline.)

      •      Exposure to uranium aerosols which are insoluble  in body fluids.

      •      Exhibit  a  lung burden >•  30 percent  of the allowable committed dose
             equivalent

      •      Previous lung counting history shows a  significant fraction of body burden
             of natural  uranium or U-235.

All other employees  who normally work in  radiation  areas are counted every two
years.

                                        219

-------
                                     TABLE 2

                         BIOASSAY FOR UFg AND


The uranium in UFg and UO2F2 exhibits a very rapid urinary excretion half time. The
model for standard  man indicates an elimination half time of six hours.  For different
individuals it  is not  unusual to  have half times  of four  hours  to seven  hours.
Accordingly, urine samples must be  obtained within a few hours of such an intake. The
appropriate sampling program shall be selected as given below:

Time of Intake Known and Recorded -
 (Spills and High Airborne Concentrations)

      1.    Each  exposed  individual should  empty his/her bladder  and discard this
            urine as soon after the exposure as possible but in no case longer than 30
            minutes after the exposure. Do not void again until step 2 below.

      2.    The first single urine sample shall be collected three (3) to six (6) hours
            after the exposure. The voiding time shall be recorded on bottle No. 1.

      3.    The next voiding from about  6-10 hours after the exposure does not need
            to be collected.

      4.    Collect  the following single urine  sample  10 to  15  hours after the
            exposure.  Record the  voiding time on bottle No. 2.

      5.    If the voiding  collection in step 4 is missed, be sure to collect the next
            voiding no later  than  20 hours after the exposure.  Record  the  voiding
            time.

      6.    The analysis results of the two  samples collected  are reported in ugA.
            Plot these values vs. hours on semi-log paper and extropolate  back to the
            end of the exposure where the time is zero hours. Determine the  4-hour
            intercept on the line draw on the semi-log paper and calculate the intake
            as follows:

                   1 = 1.32C

                   Where:      I  =   Intake in micrograms of uranium

                               C  =  Concentration of uranium  in urine (ug/1) at  4
                                      hours  after the end of the exposure as deter-
                                      mined from the plot on the semi-log paper.

                                      2500
                              1.32  =  1900,   where  2500  micrograms of  uranium
                                      intake results  in a concentration of 1900 ug/1
                                      of uranium in the total urine excreted for four
                                      hours  after  a  UFg  inhalation  exposure by  a
                                      "standard" man.
                                      220

-------
                        TABLE 2 (CONT.)



7.     The MPC-hr exposure estimate is calculated as follows:


            1 x 40 MFC - hrs.
            48 M3 x 200 ug/M3
                              =  MFC-hrs.
            Where:      I  =    ug intake

                        3
                    48 M  =   air breathed at work for 40 hours


               200 ug/M3  =   0.2 mg/M3 = 1 MFC (see footnote No.  4 to
                        Appendix B of 10 CFR 20).
                              221

-------
                                    TABLE 3

                          IN-VIVO (LUNG) COUNTING1
Plant Area                  No. of                   1981 In-Vivo Counting
                          Employees                   Range of Results
                           Counted            ugU-235             nCi U(nat.)

Sampling Plant                                    +                    +
 Operators                     1             0.0  -  29            1.5  -   1.0


Processing                                       .
 Personnel                    29             0.0  -  28 to          1.4  7   1.0 to
                                             47   -  39            8.2  -   1.6
Maintenance                                                           +
 Personnel                    23             0.0  +  33 to          0.0  7  1.1 to
                                             0.0  -  46            11.5-  1.5
Other Personnel                15             0.0     31 to          1.3     1.1 to
                                             0.0  -  57            4.5  -  1.2
The analysis for U-235 is the least reliable when the lung burden is <100 ugms U-235
(Yat 186 KeV).  The MPLB for U (nat) is 180 ugm U-235 or 25.35 mgm U (nat).
                                      222

-------
                              TABLE 4
ANNUAL AVERAGE
AIRBORNE CONCENTRATIONS

FRACTIONS OF MFC*
Operating No. of Sample
Area(s) Locations
Sampling Plant 5
Digestion 4
Denitration 6
Reduction and
Hydrofluorination 11
Fluorination 11
Misc. Areas 8
1979 1980
.26 .26
.18 .28
.35 .41

.42 .55
.26 .39
.07 .11-
1981
.14
.23
.15

.18
.17
.05
*MPC  =  1 x 10"10 uCi
                ml
                                223

-------
within this limit.   The new Derived Air  Concentration for  insoluble uranium is
approximately 2 x 10    uCi/ml and the DAC for soluble uranium is 6 x 10~  /^Ci/ml.

The  current Maximum Permissible Concentration (MFC) for occupational exposure to
                1 o                                     -11
Th-230 is 2 x 10    uCi/ml for soluble material and 1 x 10    uCi/ml for insoluble.  An
airborne  aerosol of raffinate solids is the most likely source of the radionuclide Th-230.
If the dried product has Class W solubility, then the bone will be  the primary organ at
risk. If it has Class Y solubility, then the lung will be the primary organ at risk.

All personnel except clerical workers wear film badges to monitor external exposures to
radiation.  Film badges are processed monthly by an outside  dosimetry service.

The  measured whole-body exposures for the years 1979, 1980, and 1981 are given in
Table 5.   Radiation levels  in plant  areas are also  measured by  ionization chambers.
General  area  surveys are  made  monthly  at  fixed  work  stations,  particularly  the
fluorination ash receiver area.  This area is usually designated as a radiation area (in
excess of 5 mrem/hr).  However, the surface contact of filled ash containers could be as
high as  100  mrem/hr.   Gamma  surveys in  plant areas  for  1981 showed  that  the
fluorination area had the highest dose rates  — 1 to 20 mr/hr.  Contamination surveys
are  performed at  least  weekly  to  evaluate  the presence and  extent of smearable
contamination on the surfaces of equipment and buildings.

All new  employees are required  to attend  a  li hour orientation training program.
Individuals assigned to work with uranium receive at least eight hours of  formal training
on the hazards associated with the  handling of uranium, the procedures for radiation
protection, safety procedures, and government rules and regulations.   Included in  the
training for all employees is the subject matter in Regulatory Guide 8.29, "Instruction
Concerning Risk from Occupational  Exposures," and for female employees, the subject
matter contained in Regulatory Guide 8.13, "Instruction Concerning Prenatal Exposure."
A discussion of the quantitative levels  of risk is not presently included in the training
but is expected to be included in the  very near future.

A written  examination  demonstrating that the employee has a good understanding of
the  training  subjects  is  given to  each employee.   "Tailgate"  safety meetings  are
conducted monthly by line supervisors.  Employees that are required to wear respiratory
protection  devices are given li hours of special training on the use of the devices  and
                                      224

-------
                                   TABLE 5
     Annual Dose Ranges
           (Rem)	
Minimal Exposure

Measurable
  Exposure   <  0.10

        .10   to   .249

        .250  to   .499

        .500  to   .749

        .750  to   .999

      1.00   to  1.99

      2.00   to  2.99

      3.00   to  3.99

      4.00   to  4.99

Greater than 5.00
IODY EXPOSURES


Numbers of Individuals
In Each Range
1979
8
57
52
33
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
1980
10
88
35
38
8
1
1
0
0
0
0
1981
23
89
42
23
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
             Totals
156
181
182
                                      225

-------
the plant conditions for  which these devices are required.  Every year an eight hour
refresher training course  is conducted for all employees and this includes approximately
two hours devoted to radiation protection.

                        1. Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

This revised limit is not expected to have an impact at the plant, at least with respect
to external exposures. The highest whole-body exposure in 1981 was less than one rem.

               2.  Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

The reduction of the accumulated exposure limit to 100 rem is not expected to have a
cost impact at this plant. The highest  accumulated exposure for plant personnel is
considerably lower than the 100 rem limit.

                    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

No impact is expected from the revised extremity limits.

               4.  Impact of Proposed  Guidance for Potential Exposure
                          in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

The whole body exposures of all plant personnel have been maintained at less than 1.0
rem for the years  1979, 1980, and 1981,  except  for one employee in  1980.  The main
impact from  the proposed guideline would be due to  the new internal exposure RPG.
Some plant workers would be potentially exposed to airborne concentrations in excess
of the revised insoluble uranium limit (RPG 1x10    uCi/me).  As presented in Table 4,
the average annual exposures  in each of the five process areas would range from 1.4 to
2.3 times the insoluble uranium RPG for the year 1981. If the new guidance on internal
exposures were to be imposed, it would  be difficult to  maintain combined exposures
below 30 percent of the  RPG.  The difficulty in meeting the new RPG  is discussed in
item 8 of this case study.

Potential internal exposures  are monitored by means of an extensive air sampling
system in which 45 sampler heads are  connected to  a central vacuum and the filters
                                     226

-------
changed after each eight-hour shift.  The  manager of  Health  Physics  and Industrial
Safety and five health physics technicians provide radiation protection services at the
plant.  It is anticipated that a certified health physicist, at a cost of $40,000 per year,
would  have to be employed to provide radiation protection,  supervision in the plant
areas in order to comply with the proposed Range C guidance.

               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                            in the Range O.I to 0.3 RPG

The  plant  is currently  operating in full compliance with this proposed guidance.  All
personnel wear film badges to measure external exposures. Potential internal exposures
are monitored with an extensive air sampling system.  The manager of Health Physics
and Industrial Safety and five  health physics technicians maintain records on external
sources of radiation and airborne concentrations in the six plant areas, and are available
to monitor during non-routine  operations.  These  professionals are expected to assure
that exposures are justified and are ALARA.

                         6.  Impact of Training Requirement

The existing training program satisfies the proposed guidance on training.

                7. Impact of the Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

At present, approximately 19 percent  of the  plant employees are females of child-
bearing  age.    Presently  the  corporation  management  conforms  to  the policy  as
described in Regulatory  Guide 8.13,  "Instruction Concerning Prenatal  Radiation  Ex-
posure." Accordingly, there  is not  expected  to be a cost impact from Alternative a of
the guidance for protection of the unborn. The proposed Alternative b is not considered
to be  a  viable alternative at  this plant since  pregnant women  are  assigned  to  non-
radiation areas.  Alternative c might result  in  women not being considered for certain
jobs.

                  8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

The  current approach is  to  calculate time-weighted average exposure concentrations
(TWA) based on measured airborne  concentrations of uranium  and work location cards.
                                  227

-------
The  TWA is calculated for each person that routinely works in a process area and is
recorded  as a  fraction  of  the MFC.   Internal doses  are  not estimated  unless  the
calculated airborne exposure is greater than 40 MPC-hrs/week for soluble uranium  and
520  MPC-hrs/qtr. for  insoluble  uranium.   These  exposures are verified using  the
bioassay procedures described earlier and the results are recorded along with MPC-hrs.
Measured external exposures obtained from the film badge readings are not currently
added to the  estimated internal exposures.   A computer program at  the plant is
currently in  place  which provides  output  data for determing compliance with  the
existing 10CFR20.

As can  be seen from the data presented in Table 4, some of the plant workers would be
potentially exposed  to  airborne  concentrations in  excess  of the  revised insoluble
uranium limit  (DAC of 2 x 10~   //Ci/ml).  For 1981, the average annual personnel
exposures in each of the five process areas  would range from approximately 0.7 to 1.2
times the insoluble uranium DAC.  The approach to compliance with the revised limits
would be essentially the same as at present,  namely calculation of potential exposure to
uranium for each worker using the TWA method.  However, the conservative assump-
tions currently made would  have  to  be relaxed. In particular, measured particle sizes
and solubilities would be used in the calculations.

Particle size distributions  in  air  are presently not  available for the facility.  It is
estimated that  using actual measured particle size distributions would reduce calculated
potential exposures by about 20 to 30 percent.  Larger  gains are potentially available
from the use of measured solubility factors.

Determination  of actual solubility  fractions  could lead to  the  relaxation of  the
conservative assumption of total insolubility (Class Y).  The MFC's for soluble uranium
are a factor  of about  30 higher than those of insoluble uranium.  It is  estimated that
using actual solubility  class  (i.e.,   Class W solubility)  would lower  the  calculated
potential exposures by about a factor of fifteen (i.e., Class Y to Class W).

Establishment of a routine system  for  measuring  solubility  fractions would take a
professional approximately six  man-months  of effort (at a cost of approximately $3800
per man-month).  Then  routine monitoring  of this parameter  is expected to take a
technician approximately 10 man-days each month.  (It is assumed that NRC I&E would
require  continual routine monitoring of  these  parameters.)  The one-time equipment
                                      228

-------
costs for sampling  of solubility  class are  estimated to be approximately  $22,000.
Additionally, laboratory support for determination of solubility fractions is estimated to
cost approximately $30,000 per year.

Particle size determinations would also have to be  made at approximately 10 locations
for a one-time equipment cost of $20,000 and an analytical cost of $2,000/yr.  Also, in
order to  provide  adequate personnel monitoring,  an additional number of  personal
sampling pump assemblies would be required at a cost of $9,000.  Finally, all particulate
air samples will have  to be analyzed for isotopic content.  This is  estimated to  cost
$192,500 per year.

The computer  software  and hardware used for the evaluation of personnel exposures
would  also  have  to be upgraded.   It  is  estimated  that to  modify the software,
approximately  six man-months of  a programmer would be required.  Hardware costs of
$30,000 are  estimated.   Additionally,  a full-time records clerk would have  to be
employed at an annual  cost of $16,200.

It  is expected  that the effect of  the above internal exposure procedures would be to
demonstrate  compliance with the  ICRP-30 limits.  However,  the proposed EPA limits
are about another 30-40 percent lower.  At present, it  is not certain  that these changes
will bring calculated potential exposures down to the proposed EPA limits.

The weighted organ doses in the proposed guidelines are viewed as a potential problem
area since they appear  to be in conflict with ICRP 26 and 30.

                    9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

The imposition of this alternative RPG  would have a cost impact  on the  conversion
plant operations, given the parallel imposition of  the reduced intake limits.  There
would probably have to  be process changes and/or increased confinement on certain
operations.   Moreover, considerably more effort would have to be expended on this
radiation protection program.
                                      229

-------
                           L.  NUCLEAR PHARMACY

With gross sales of $30M annually,  this nuclear pharmacy has approximately 50 percent
of the market for radiopharmaceuticals supplied  out-of-house.  (Roughly 50 percent of
the unit dosages used in nuclear medicine are made up in-house.)  Another large nuclear
pharmacy has most of the remaining market, and four  small firms have less than 10
percent of the market.

The firm is comprised of approximately 30 operational pharmacies located in separate
cities  throughout the U.S., mostly  in non-Agreement  States.   A typical pharmacy
employs  three pharmacists, one nuclear  medicine technologist,  a secretary, and 10
delivery personnel.  Additionally, a salesman services four pharmacies.  The firm has a
itotal of about 500 employees.

Ninety percent of the radiopharmaceuticals consist of Tc-99m (eluted from  a molyb-
denum generator) or Tc-99m — tagged compounds.  Most of the remainder are either
iodine-131 or xenon-133. A smattering of Tl-201, Ga-67,1-123, Yb-169, Cr-151, and In-
Ill is also handled.  A typical pharmacy  handles approximately five Curies per day of
Tc-99m and roughly 200  mCi of the others.

Personnel dosimeters (film) are provided  to all employees.  Dosimetry is performed by
an  outside   service  and  whole-body  badges  are  read   monthly  at  a  cost  of
$.70/badge/month.   Additionally, approximately  380  workers  are provided extremity
monitors (ring badges).  Of these, approximately 100 (for the dispensers — largely the
pharmacists)  are read weekly and the remainder (for the handlers — largely the drivers)
are read monthly. A few people wear wrist badges in addition to ring badges.

Whole-body exposures are relatively  low.  Of the hundred or so dispensers who receive
measurable doses, the average  is  less than 500 mrem/yr. and the maximum is less than
1 rem/yr.  The W.B. exposures of the handlers is insignificant.

The average  hand exposure during a  recent quarter was  about 2.8 rem.   Thirteen
individuals exceeded 4.75  rem hand  exposure during the same  quarter.  The maximum
hand exposure was roughly 9 rem.
                                    230

-------
Bioassays,  in accordance with NEC Regulatory Guide 8.23, are performed routinely on
all  individuals  who handle 1-131.  Both urinalyses and  thyroid  monitoring are done.
Initially, thyroid  monitoring is  performed  bi-monthly.   If nothing is detected,  the
frequency is reduced to quarterly.  Urinalyses are routinely performed monthly.

Air sampling is additionally performed at some of the facilities.  Typically one sampler
is set up and counts are taken at the end of the day.  The existence of  the air sampler
at a facility has historical,  rather than health physics significance.  Eventually, these
air samplers may be eliminated if compliance can be demonstrated by calculation.

In  1981, the maximum thyroid burden of those monitored was .06//CJ or approximately
40% of  the limit.  Most individuals had no measurable thyroid burden.   Moreover,
radioiodine was not detected in anyone's urine.

This nuclear pharmacy is one of two wholly-owned subsidiaries of a parent organization.
The complete health physics organization is situated in the parallel subsidiary, and the
Corporate  Radiation  Safety  Officer reports to the president of this subsidiary, who in
turn reports to the president of the corporation.  A generic health physics program is
established by  the corporate health  physics group for each pharmacy.   This program
includes a  safety manual  and  procedures, and  periodic  audits.   Additionally,  the
personnel monitoring program is run out of the corporate office.

At the local level, each pharmacy has a Radiation Safety Officer (usually a pharmacist)
who reports  on radiation safety matters to the Corporate Radiation  Safety  Officer.
Typically,  the  local  RSO spends  approximately  10  percent of his time  on matters
relating to radiation safety.

The  corporate RSO has approximately 20 years of experience as a radiological physicist
at a hospital.  His academic background  is radiation biophysics.  The backgrounds of the
other three individuals comprising the corporate health physics staff are also in nuclear
medicine rather than  health physics.  However, it is felt that the  experience of aU four
individuals renders them equivalent to radiation protection professionals (i.e.,  health
physicists).

A radiation protection instructional program is in the developmental stage. This is an
audio-visual program directed to  both dispensers and  handlers.   The core  of  this
                                       231

-------
program will  be presented to an  individual  before  he starts  work,  with an update
annually.  He will be required  to pass an examination on the material, which includes a
section on quantitative levels of risk from radiation exposure.

                        1.  Impact of Reduction in W.B. RPG

In 1981, the highest whole-body exposure  was less than one rem.  The average whole-
body exposure was  0.5 rem.   Thus, the imposition of a 5 rem annual limit would not
impose a burden on this firm.

               2. Impact of Reduction in Accumulated Exposure Limit

There  are  probably  no employees  with lifetime exposures exceeding  5  rem.  This
proposed guideline would have  no impact for this firm.

                    3.  Impact of Proposed Guidance Relative to
                         Extremities and Individual Organs

Skin and eye lens doses are comparable to whole-body doses.  However, hand exposures,
by virtue of the nature  of the work performed by the dispensers, are relatively high.
Accordingly,  the reduced hand limits (from  75 rem/yr. to  50 rem/yr.)  could be a
problem for selected individuals. For example, one individual exceeded 50% of the hand
exposure limit last quarter.  This same individual generally averages 13 rem/qtr.  Most
individuals average approximately 1  rem/month.

Hand exposures  should be able to be maintained well below 50 rem/yr.  The problem
with the few-outliers is  technique, and this should be able to be  remedied with a little
attention from the corporate health physics staff. Currently, an  administrative limit of
1 rem/wk.  is in  effect.   If the revised extremity limits were to be promulgated, an
administrative limit of approximately 3  rem/mo. would be adopted.   The  costs of
complying with the revised hand limit should be minimal.

There  may  actually be a cost benefit from the new extremity  limits.  Presently, the
cost of personnel monitoring is $36,000 yr.  Approximately  $9,000 of this  is from the
weekly hand monitoring of 100 employees ($1.72/badge/week).  If the quarterly limit
were dropped,  monthly monitoring should suffice, providing  a cost savings  of  approxi-
                                    232

-------
mately $7,000.  Also, the annual costs for analysis of exposure data is estimated to be
approximately $15,000. This would be reduced by approximately 50 percent if weekly
monitoring were dropped.

               4.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.3 to 1.0 RPG

Exposures in excess of 0.3  times an RPG are only possibly anticipated for  the hands
(greater than 15 rem/yr.).  At present, the average annual exposure to the hands is 12
rem/yr.   High doses to the hands  are obtained  by  the dispensers who "pull doses."
However, full-time supervision and  monitoring by a  radiation protection professional
would not be required under the  proposed guidelines because there is no single task  in
which the contribution to the annual exposure is "significant."

               5.  Impact of Proposed Guidance for Potential Exposures
                           in the Range of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG

The  guidance for exposures in the range  of 0.1 to 0.3 RPG  describes the existing
program.  Thus,  there would be no impact from this guidance.

                        6.   Impact of Training Requirements

The  training program  which is currently  under  development by the company satisfies
the proposed guidance.  By  the  time  that  the  guidelines are  formally  proposed, this
training program will be well under way.

                 7.  Impact of Guidance for Protection of the Unborn

Approximately five  percent of the dispensers  and handlers are  female.  All female
employees are required to read NRC Regulatory Guide 8.13.  As of yet, however, there
has not been a pregnant pharmacist. If there were, she  would probably be asked to take
a leave of absence. Exposures to the fetus could probably be maintained below 500 mrem,
but it would be  too risk.  If a handler were to become pregnant, she would be kept out
of the  restricted area (no packing, just delivering). Whole-body exposures to deliverers
can easily be kept below 500 mrem over a nine-month period.  Therefore,  the firm is
currently operating under a mandatory version of Alternative a.
                                      233

-------
It is possible, though unlikely, for a worker to receive a W.B. exposure in excess of 0.2
rem/mo. who milks generators or compounds radiopharmaceuticals.  Thus, if Alterna-
tives b or c were to be promulgated,  women of child-bearing ages would be precluded
from doing these jobs.   However, there are currently  only  about six women in the
company who perform  these jobs.   Thus the impact on the firm would be inconse-
quential. However, these alternatives would pose substantial EEO problems.

                  8.  Impact of the Internal Exposure and Combined
                            External Exposure Guidance

The  two radioisotopes of concern from an internal exposure perspective are iodine-131
and xenon-133.  Intakes of these isotopes are currently  a very small fraction of the
proposed RIF's.

If the  proposed internal  exposure  guidance were  to be promulgated, no  additional
monitoring  is expected to be required.  However, the existing software  would have to be
modified to convert the measurements to dose and to add the weighted organ dose to
the external exposure.  It is estimated that the cost to develop the additional software
is approximately $15,000.   Moreover,  the operating costs for the dose  tracking system,
currently at approximately $30,000/yr., would be increased by an estimated 30 percent,
or approximately $9,000/yr.

                   9.  Impact of the Reduction of the W.B. RPG
                                  to 1.5 Rem/yr.

The  firm could operate within  a 1.5 rem/yr. W.B. exposure limit with  little  or no
impact.
                                     234

-------